WO2008056174A2 - Novel compositions and uses thereof - Google Patents

Novel compositions and uses thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2008056174A2
WO2008056174A2 PCT/GB2007/004303 GB2007004303W WO2008056174A2 WO 2008056174 A2 WO2008056174 A2 WO 2008056174A2 GB 2007004303 W GB2007004303 W GB 2007004303W WO 2008056174 A2 WO2008056174 A2 WO 2008056174A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
cells
virus
viruses
group
apoptotic
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/GB2007/004303
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2008056174A3 (en
Inventor
Anna-Lena Spetz-Holmgren
Ulrika Johansson
Lilian Walther-Jallow
Jan Andersson
Original Assignee
Avaris Ab
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Avaris Ab filed Critical Avaris Ab
Priority to US12/514,233 priority Critical patent/US20100040589A1/en
Priority to EP07824532A priority patent/EP2089054A2/en
Publication of WO2008056174A2 publication Critical patent/WO2008056174A2/en
Publication of WO2008056174A3 publication Critical patent/WO2008056174A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/12Viral antigens
    • A61K39/21Retroviridae, e.g. equine infectious anemia virus
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/12Viral antigens
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/39Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies characterised by the immunostimulating additives, e.g. chemical adjuvants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/46Cellular immunotherapy
    • A61K39/461Cellular immunotherapy characterised by the cell type used
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/46Cellular immunotherapy
    • A61K39/461Cellular immunotherapy characterised by the cell type used
    • A61K39/4611T-cells, e.g. tumor infiltrating lymphocytes [TIL], lymphokine-activated killer cells [LAK] or regulatory T cells [Treg]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/46Cellular immunotherapy
    • A61K39/461Cellular immunotherapy characterised by the cell type used
    • A61K39/4615Dendritic cells
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/46Cellular immunotherapy
    • A61K39/462Cellular immunotherapy characterized by the effect or the function of the cells
    • A61K39/4622Antigen presenting cells
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/46Cellular immunotherapy
    • A61K39/464Cellular immunotherapy characterised by the antigen targeted or presented
    • A61K39/464838Viral antigens
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04Antibacterial agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/14Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/18Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/04Immunostimulants
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N5/00Undifferentiated human, animal or plant cells, e.g. cell lines; Tissues; Cultivation or maintenance thereof; Culture media therefor
    • C12N5/06Animal cells or tissues; Human cells or tissues
    • C12N5/0602Vertebrate cells
    • C12N5/0634Cells from the blood or the immune system
    • C12N5/0636T lymphocytes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K35/00Medicinal preparations containing materials or reaction products thereof with undetermined constitution
    • A61K35/12Materials from mammals; Compositions comprising non-specified tissues or cells; Compositions comprising non-embryonic stem cells; Genetically modified cells
    • A61K2035/124Materials from mammals; Compositions comprising non-specified tissues or cells; Compositions comprising non-embryonic stem cells; Genetically modified cells the cells being hematopoietic, bone marrow derived or blood cells
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/51Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising whole cells, viruses or DNA/RNA
    • A61K2039/515Animal cells
    • A61K2039/5154Antigen presenting cells [APCs], e.g. dendritic cells or macrophages
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/51Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising whole cells, viruses or DNA/RNA
    • A61K2039/515Animal cells
    • A61K2039/5156Animal cells expressing foreign proteins
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/555Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies characterised by a specific combination antigen/adjuvant
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/555Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies characterised by a specific combination antigen/adjuvant
    • A61K2039/55588Adjuvants of undefined constitution
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/57Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies characterised by the type of response, e.g. Th1, Th2
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K2239/00Indexing codes associated with cellular immunotherapy of group A61K39/46
    • A61K2239/31Indexing codes associated with cellular immunotherapy of group A61K39/46 characterized by the route of administration
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K2239/00Indexing codes associated with cellular immunotherapy of group A61K39/46
    • A61K2239/38Indexing codes associated with cellular immunotherapy of group A61K39/46 characterised by the dose, timing or administration schedule
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2501/00Active agents used in cell culture processes, e.g. differentation
    • C12N2501/40Regulators of development
    • C12N2501/48Regulators of apoptosis
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2501/00Active agents used in cell culture processes, e.g. differentation
    • C12N2501/50Cell markers; Cell surface determinants
    • C12N2501/51B7 molecules, e.g. CD80, CD86, CD28 (ligand), CD152 (ligand)
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2501/00Active agents used in cell culture processes, e.g. differentation
    • C12N2501/50Cell markers; Cell surface determinants
    • C12N2501/515CD3, T-cell receptor complex
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2501/00Active agents used in cell culture processes, e.g. differentation
    • C12N2501/50Cell markers; Cell surface determinants
    • C12N2501/599Cell markers; Cell surface determinants with CD designations not provided for elsewhere
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2740/00Reverse transcribing RNA viruses
    • C12N2740/00011Details
    • C12N2740/10011Retroviridae
    • C12N2740/13011Gammaretrovirus, e.g. murine leukeamia virus
    • C12N2740/13034Use of virus or viral component as vaccine, e.g. live-attenuated or inactivated virus, VLP, viral protein
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2740/00Reverse transcribing RNA viruses
    • C12N2740/00011Details
    • C12N2740/10011Retroviridae
    • C12N2740/15011Lentivirus, not HIV, e.g. FIV, SIV
    • C12N2740/15034Use of virus or viral component as vaccine, e.g. live-attenuated or inactivated virus, VLP, viral protein
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2740/00Reverse transcribing RNA viruses
    • C12N2740/00011Details
    • C12N2740/10011Retroviridae
    • C12N2740/16011Human Immunodeficiency Virus, HIV
    • C12N2740/16034Use of virus or viral component as vaccine, e.g. live-attenuated or inactivated virus, VLP, viral protein
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02ATECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A50/00TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
    • Y02A50/30Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to T cell compositions, in particular vaccines, adjuvant compositions for use therewith and microbicide compositions.
  • the invention provides compositions comprising activated, apoptotic T cells (optionally modified to contain or express a foreign antigen) and the use thereof to provide an activation/maturation signal to antigen-presenting cells and/or to form an anti-microbial milieu.
  • apoptosis is an inconspicuous process in vivo due to rapid clearance of dead cells by phagocytosing cells, which does not normally evoke immune responses (Henson et ah, 2001, Nat Rev MoI Cell Biol 2:627).
  • the phagocytosing antigen-presenting cells hence, require additional stimulation apart from uptake of apoptotic bodies, per se, to obtain capacity to induce primary T cell activation. It has however become clear that some antigen- presenting cells can acquire antigens from dead infected cells to be presented to virus specific CD8 + T cells (Albert et ah, 1998, Nature 392:86; Subklewe et ah,
  • DCs Dendritic cells
  • Th lymph-node-based na ⁇ ve T helper cells
  • Activation/maturation of DCs involves several steps such as a transient increased capacity to take up antigen, migration towards nearby lymph nodes and simultaneous up regulation of molecules including chemokine receptors and co- stimulatory molecules.
  • the DCs provide Th cells with antigen specific "signal 1" and co-stimulatory "signal 2". Emerging data also support the involvement of a third signal contributing to the polarisation towards ThI or Th2 responses (Sporri & Reis e Sousa, 2005, Nat Immunol 6:163-70).
  • US 6,506,596 describes a method of transfer of genomic DNA from apoptotic bodies to engulfing cells.
  • the engulfing cells are antigen-presenting cells that will synthesise, process and present the proteins on their surface for stimulation or tolerisation of T cells.
  • the method is useful in several pharmaceutical applications, such as vaccine preparations and gene identification procedures.
  • US 6,602,709 relates to methods for delivering antigens to dendritic cells which are then useful for inducing antigen-specific cytotoxic T lymphocytes and T helper cells.
  • the method comprises contacting dendritic cells capable of internalising antigens for presentation to immune cells with apoptotic cells comprising the antigen that is to be presented by the immune cells.
  • the present invention seeks to provide improved vaccines, for example for immunisation against HIV infection, and adjuvant compositions and microbicide compositions for use therewith.
  • a first aspect of the present invention provides an a cellular vaccine for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of a pathological condition, the vaccine comprising or consisting of a population of CD 4 + T cells modified such that they contain an antigenic component and/or a nucleic acid molecule encoding an antigenic component, wherein the T cells are (a) activated, or capable of being activated, and (b) apoptotic, or capable or being made apoptotic.
  • cellular vaccine we mean a vaccine composition comprising or consisting of CD 4 + T cells, which composition is capable of providing a prophylactic and/or therapeutic treatment effect against a pathological condition when administered into a suitable subject.
  • the cellular vaccine is capable of providing active immunisation in a host against a pathological condition.
  • the cellular vaccines of the invention are believed to provide an activation/maturation signal to immature antigen-presenting cells, thus enabling effective antigen presentation after uptake and processing of antigen, leading to induction of immune responses.
  • the cellular vaccines of the invention need not be 100% pure.
  • the vaccines may comprise CD 4 + T cells which are not activated and/or are not induced to undergo apoptosis, or capable of the same, hi addition, the vaccines may additionally comprise cells other than T cells, such as monocytes (e.g. low CD4 + expressing monocytes).
  • the cellular vaccines of the invention are predominantly composed of CD 4 + T cells which are (a) activated, or capable of being activated, and (b) apoptotic, or capable or being made apoptotic, for example at least 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% or more of such T cells (i.e. % by number of T cells to total number of all cell types).
  • the vaccine is substantially free of CD 8 + T cells (e.g. less than 5%, for example 4%, 3%, 2%, 1% or less CD 8 + T cells, and most preferably completely free of CD 8 + T cells).
  • 'treatment' we include both therapeutic and prophylactic treatment of the subject/patient.
  • the term 'prophylactic' is used to encompass the use of a composition described herein which either prevents or reduces the likelihood of a pathologic condition developing in a patient or subject.
  • the composition may provide partial or complete protection against the pathologic condition in a patient or subject by inducing production in the patient or subject of antibodies against a pathogen.
  • the term 'therapeutic' is used to encompass the use of a composition described herein which induces a favourable change in a pathologic condition in a patient or subject, whether that change is a remission, a favourable physiological result, a reversal or attenuation of a disease state or condition treated, depending upon the disease or condition treated.
  • the treatment is therapeutic, i.e. treatment of a subject suffering from the pathological condition.
  • pathological condition we include disease states of the human and animal body.
  • the pathological condition may be a disease or condition caused by the infection or infestation of a host with a pathogenic microbial agent, such as a virus, bacterium, protozoa, mycoplasma, yeast or fungus.
  • pathological condition is intended to include other disease states of the human and animal body, such as proliferative disorders (i.e. cancers).
  • T cells T cell receptor bearing (T-) lymphocytes.
  • CD 4 + T cells we mean T-lymphocytes which express on their surface the CD4 glycoprotein (CD 4 + T cells are also known as T helper cells).
  • CD 8 + T cells we mean T-lymphocytes which express on their surface the CD 8 glycoprotein (CD 8 + T cells are also known as cytotoxic T cells).
  • modified we mean that the T cells are genetically engineered, conjugated, fused, derivatised or otherwise altered from their natural state such that they contain an antigenic component and/or a nucleic acid encoding such an antigenic component.
  • the modified T cells display the antigenic component at their surface.
  • the term 'modified' includes the modification of a T cell through introduction of foreign DNA, such as hut not limited to microbial genes, by using an appropriate method.
  • microbial genes are introduced through transfection or infection, but also other methods, such as fusion, can be used.
  • antigenic component we include foreign (i.e. non-T cell derived) proteins, carbohydrates and lipids, and combinations and fragments thereof, which are capable of inducing the immune system to make a specific immune response.
  • antigenic component' specifically encompasses whole virions, proteins (such as, but not limited to, envelope and capsid proteins), carbohydrates and lipids derived therefrom, as well as combinations thereof, and fragments of the same which are capable of eliciting an immune response in a host.
  • the term 'antigenic component' also encompasses components, such as proteins, carbohydrates and lipids, as well as combinations and fragments thereof, derived from bacterial cells, which components are capable of eliciting an immune response in a host.
  • the term 'antigenic component' specifically encompasses cell surface expressed proteins, and antigenic fragments thereof, associated (either exclusively or preferentially) with cancer cells.
  • variant, i.e. non-naturally occurring, forms of naturally-occurring antigenic components such as variant proteins or fragments thereof which have been mutated to enhance their antigenic potential.
  • the antigenic component such as a protein or lipid, may comprise carbohydrate moieties; for example, the antigenic component may be a glycoprotein or glycolipid, or fragment thereof.
  • activated in the context of T cells, as used herein, we include the modification of a large number of T cell proteins by exposure to a suitable activating agent ⁇ i.e. activation produces a recognisable phenotypic change in the
  • T cells T cells Activation of the T cells can be confirmed by studying, for example,
  • T cell-activating mediators include, but not limited to, lectins (such as PHA and ConA), chemicals or agents that induce Ca 2+ influx in the T cells (such as ionomycin), alloantigens, superantigens (which interact with the T cell receptor in a domain outside of the antigen recognition site, such as Staphylococcal enterotoxins A and B [SEA and SEB]), monoclonal antibodies (such as anti-CD3, anti-CD28 and anti-CD49d, used either alone or in combination), cytokines (such as IL-I and TNF- ⁇ ), chemokines and chemokine receptors, and molecules capable of interfering with T cell surface receptors or their signal transducing molecules.
  • lectins such as PHA and ConA
  • chemicals or agents that induce Ca 2+ influx in the T cells such as ionomycin
  • alloantigens which interact with the T cell receptor in a domain outside of the antigen recognition site, such as Staphylococcal enterotoxins
  • Certain activating agents such as PHA, ConA and superantigens, require the presence of antigen-presenting cells (APCs) in order to activate the T cells.
  • APCs antigen-presenting cells
  • the cellular vaccine may comprise or consist of peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs), containing both T cells and monocytes (as APCs).
  • PBMCs peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • the PBMCs are treated to remove CD8+ cells but preserve the monocytes, to allow enhanced activation (and, optionally, inclusion of virus variants).
  • the monocytes are cultured with a maturation stimulus prior to use, for example IL-4 and GM-CSF.
  • apoptotic we mean programmed cell death in which the T cells ultimately disintegrate into membrane-bound particles which are then eliminated by phagocytosis.
  • Apoptosis may be induced by exposure of the T cells to an apoptosis-inducing agent, such as gamma-irradiation, cytostatic drugs, UV- irradiation, mitomycin C, starvation (e.g.
  • apoptosis of T cells may be induced either in vitro or in vivo.
  • the CD 4 + T cells are obtainable or obtained by a method comprising:
  • steps (a) to (c) may be performed in any order.
  • the method further comprises culturing the population of CD 4 T cells in an appropriate medium. Culturing of the T cells may be performed at any stage of the above process, for example before or after activation and/or modification of the T cells.
  • appropriate medium refers to any medium that can be used for culturing T cells, thus enabling the cells to grow and divide.
  • Examples of such media include, but are not limited to, Ex vivo 15, Ex vivo 10, AIM V, LGMl, 2 or 3, Stemline, RPMI containing 2 mM L-glutamine, 1% penicillin- streptomycin, 10 mM HEPES, 5-10% serum (autologous serum), human AB+ serum and foetal calf serum.
  • Ex vivo media may be used without addition of serum.
  • the cells can be cultured with or without addition of IL-2 and/or IL-7 to the medium.
  • the method further comprises freezing the population of CD 4 + T cells.
  • This optional step may be performed at any stage of the above process, for example before or after activation and/or modification of the T cells.
  • the cells are frozen after activation and modification, and then stored until the time of use (apoptosis may be induced either prior to freezing or after the cells have been thawed ready for use).
  • freeze-dried we include conventional freezing as well as freeze- drying; “frozen” shall be construed accordingly.
  • the T cell compositions of the invention are freeze-dried prior to use.
  • the CD 4 T cells may be obtained from any suitable source using methods well known in the art.
  • the T cells may be obtained from peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) isolated from a blood sample.
  • PBMCs peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • the CD 4 + T cells are isolated/derived from primary lymphocytes.
  • the T cells may be enriched for cells expressing the CD 4 + glycoprotein either by positive selection for CD 4 + T cells or by negative selection (i.e. depletion) of CD 8 + T cells. Suitable methods are well known in the art.
  • T cells may be isolated by methods such as immunomagnetic isolation, Sheep red blood cell rosette formation with or without inclusion of an antibody-based separation step, flow cytometry based cell sorting, leukapheresis methods, density gradients,' antibody panning methods, and antibody/complement • depletion (see also Current Protocols in Immunology, 2006, by John Wiley & sons, Editors; Coligan, Bierer, Margulies, Shevach, Strober and Coico; Hami et aL, 2004, Cytotherapy 6:554-62).
  • CD A + T cells may be derived from human or non-human animals, e.g. domestic and farm animals (including mammals such as dogs, cats, horses, cows, sheep, etc).
  • the CD 4 + T cells are derived from a human.
  • the CD 4 + T cells are derived from the subject in whom the cellular vaccine is to be used, i.e. the T cells are autologous.
  • the CD 4 + T cells are derived from the same species as that of the subject in which the cellular vaccine is to be used, i.e. the T cells are allogeneic.
  • an essential feature of the cellular vaccine of the first aspect of the invention is that the CD 4 + T cells are activated, or capable of being activated.
  • the CD 4 + T cells are activated, or capable of being activated, by exposure to an activating agent selected from the group consisting of lectins (such as PHA and ConA), chemicals or agents that induce Ca 2+ influx in the T cells (such as ionomycin), alloantigens, superantigens (such as SEA and SEB), monoclonal antibodies (such as anti-CD3, anti-CD28 and anti-CD49d), cytokines (such as IL- 1 and TNF- ⁇ , chemokine and chemokine receptors, and molecules capable of . interfering with T cell surface receptors or their signal transducing molecules.
  • an activating agent selected from the group consisting of lectins (such as PHA and ConA), chemicals or agents that induce Ca 2+ influx in the T cells (such as ionomycin), alloantigens, superant
  • the concentration and exposure time required for each activating agent can be determined by routine experimentation.
  • the activating agent is PHA.
  • the T cells (together with monocytes/APCs) may be cultured overnight or longer in medium containing 2.5 ⁇ g/ml PHA.
  • the activating agent may be one or more monoclonal antibodies (for example, at a concentration in the medium of 2 ⁇ g/ml).
  • monoclonal antibody activating agents include anti-CD3 antibodies, anti-CD28 antibodies and anti-CD49d antibodies, used either alone or in combination.
  • the CD 4 + T cells are modified such that they contain an antigenic component, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding an antigenic component.
  • the vaccine may comprise a mixture of modified and non- modified T cells.
  • the CD 4 + T cells are modified such that they contain a microorganism or antigenic component thereof, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding a microorganism or antigenic component thereof.
  • the microorganism is selected from the group consisting of bacteria, mycoplasmas, protozoa, yeasts, prions, archaea, fungi and viruses.
  • the microorganism is a virus.
  • the virus may be selected from the group consisting of retroviruses (such as HIV viruses, e.g. HIVl and HIV2), adenoviruses (such as adenoviruses 1, 2 and 5, chimpanzee), hepatitis viruses (such as hepatitis B virus and hepatitis C virus), CMV, Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), herpes viruses (such as HHV6, HHV7 and HHV8), human T-cell lymphotropic viruses (such as HTLVl and HTLV2), Pox viruses (such as canarypox, vaccinia), rabies viruses, murine leukaemia viruses, alpha replicons, measles, rubella, polio, caliciviruses, paramyxoviruses, vesicular stomatitis viruses, papilloma, leporipox, parvoviruses, pap
  • the virus is an HIV virus, such as HIVl or HIV2.
  • the microorganism is a bacterium.
  • the CD 4 + T cells may be modified such that they contain an antigenic component of a bacterial cell, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding such an antigenic component.
  • the bacterium may be selected from the group consisting of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, salmonella, listeria, Treponema pallidum, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis and Haemophilus ducreyi.
  • the microorganism is a protozoan, such as the causative agent of malaria (i.e. Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium ovale, or Plasmodium malariae) or Trichomonas vaginalis.
  • the causative agent of malaria i.e. Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium ovale, or Plasmodium malariae
  • Trichomonas vaginalis Trichomonas vaginalis
  • the CD 4 + T cells are modified such that they contain an antigenic component of a cancer cell, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding such an antigenic component.
  • the cancer cell is selected from the group consisting of cancer cells of the breast, bile duct, brain, colon, stomach, bone, reproductive organs, lung and airways, skin, gallbladder, liver, nasopharynx, nerve cells, kidney, prostate, lymph glands, gastrointestinal tract, bone marrow, blood and other tumour cells containing viruses.
  • cancer cell-associated antigens examples include those listed in Table 1 below. Table 1
  • Placental Alkaline H17E2 (ICRF 5 ' Imaging & Therapy of Phosphatase Travers & Bodmer) testicular and ovarian cancers.
  • Pan Carcinoma NR-LU-10 (NeoRx Imaging & Therapy of Corporation) various carcinomas incl. small cell lung cancer.
  • HMFGl Polymorphic Epithelial HMFGl (Taylor- Imaging & Therapy of Mucin (Human milk fat Papadimitriou, ICRF) ovarian cancer, pleural globule (Antisoma pic) effusions, breast, lung & other common epithelial cancers.
  • Lymphoma normal and phosphatase. (S enter et neoplastic) al (1988) Proc. Natl.
  • cancer cell-associated antigens include alphafoetoprotein, Ca-125, prostate specific antigen and members of the epidermal growth factor receptor family, namely EGFR, erbB2, erbB3 and erbB4.
  • a further essential feature of the cellular vaccine of the first aspect of the invention is that the CD 4 + T cells are apoptotic, or capable or being made apoptotic by exposure to an apoptosis-inducing agent.
  • the apoptosis-inducing agent may be selected from the group consisting of gamma- irradiation, cytostatic drugs, UV-irradiation, mitomycin C, starvation (e.g.
  • the apoptosis-inducing agent is gamma-irradiation.
  • cells may be treated such that they will undergo apoptosis in vivo (i.e. after administration into the subject being treated with the vaccine).
  • the cells may be injected shortly after treatment with an agent that will induce apoptosis (e.g. 30 min to 2hrs after apoptosis induction), without an in vitro step.
  • an agent that will induce apoptosis e.g. 30 min to 2hrs after apoptosis induction
  • the apoptotic machinery may have been initiated but apoptosis not yet induced.
  • the cells may undergo apoptosis in vivo after being injected.
  • the activated, apoptotic CD 4 + T cells in the cellular vaccine are capable of activation/maturation of antigen-presenting cells.
  • activation of antigen-presenting cells and “maturation of antigen-presenting cells”, as used herein, refer to the activation/maturation of antigen-presenting cells, such as dendritic cells (DCs,) through the addition of a signal initiating such activation/maturation.
  • Antigen-presenting cells require activation/maturation signals in order to undergo phenotypic and functional changes to acquire a fully competent antigen-presenting capacity.
  • Activation/maturation of, for example, DCs involves several steps such as a transient increased capacity to take up antigen, migration towards nearby lymph nodes and simultaneous up regulation of molecules including chemokine receptors and co-stimulatory molecules.
  • activation/maturation signals include, but not limited to, inflammatory mediators such as cytokines (TNF- ⁇ ), CD40 ligand, microbial and viral products (pathogen-associated molecular patterns, PAMPs). PAMP are recognised by pattern-recognition receptors (PRRs) including members of the Toll-like receptor (TLR) family. PRR signalling in DCs leads to production of pro-inflammatory cytokines such as interferon- ⁇ (IFN- ⁇ ) or IFN- ⁇ , tumour necrosis factor- ⁇ (TNF ⁇ ) and interleukin-1 (IL-I), which can also promote DC activation steps.
  • cytokines such as interferon- ⁇ (IFN- ⁇ ) or IFN- ⁇ , tumour necrosis factor- ⁇ (TNF ⁇ ) and interleukin-1 (IL-I)
  • IFN- ⁇ interferon- ⁇
  • TLR Toll-like receptor
  • One embodiment of the present invention encompasses induction of activation/maturation in antigen-presenting cells by using apoptotic, activated T cells.
  • the cellular vaccine further comprises a population of (exogenous) antigen-presenting cells.
  • the antigen-presenting cells are macrophages and/or dendritic cells.
  • the' invention encompasses the possibility of isolating APCs 5 e.g. dendritic cells, from a patient (and/or deriving them in vitro from a patient's monocytes), inducing APC maturation in vitro with the cellular vaccine and then injecting the matured APCs into the patient.
  • a second aspect of the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a cellular vaccine according to the first aspect of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is suitable for parenteral administration (for example, intra-dermal or sub-cutaneous administration).
  • the pharmaceutical composition further comprises an adjuvant for use with vaccine compositions (which adjuvant is distinct from the T cells).
  • an adjuvant for use with vaccine compositions which adjuvant is distinct from the T cells.
  • the concept of vaccine adjuvants is described in detail in Gamvrellis et al. (2004) Immunology & Cell Biology 82:506-516.
  • Suitable adjuvants are well known to those skilled in the art (for example, see Aguilar & Rodriguez, 2007, Vaccine 10;25(19):3752-62).
  • the adjuvant may be GM-CSF.
  • the pharmaceutical composition does not comprise an additional (i.e. distinct) adjuvant.
  • additional adjuvant it will be appreciated by persons skilled in the art that the T cells of the vaccine composition may possess an inherent adjuvant activity (as discussed below).
  • kits of parts for preparing a cellular vaccine according to the first aspect of the invention comprising or consisting of:
  • a fourth aspect of the present invention provides a method for making a cellular vaccine according to the first aspect of the invention, the method comprising:
  • T cells are activated (or capable of being activated) and apoptotic (or capable or being made apoptotic).
  • step (a) comprises isolating/purifying the CD 4 + T cells from primary lymphocytes (as described above).
  • the population of CD 4 + T cells in step (a) are derived from the subject in whom the cellular vaccine is to be used, i.e. the T cells are autologous.
  • the population of CD 4 + T cells in step (a) may be derived from the same species as that of the subject in which the cellular vaccine is to be used, i.e. theJILQell_are_allpgeneic.
  • step (b) comprises modifying the CD 4 + T cells such that they contain a microorganism or antigenic component thereof, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding a microorganism or antigenic component thereof.
  • the microorganism is selected from the group consisting of bacteria,
  • the microorganism is a virus.
  • the virus may be selected from the group consisting of retroviruses (such as HIV viruses, e.g. HIVl and HIV2), adenoviruses (such as adenoviruses 1, 2 and 5, chimpanzee), hepatitis viruses (such as hepatitis B virus and hepatitis C virus), CMV, Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), herpes viruses (such as HHV6, HHV7 and HHV8), human T-cell lymphotropic viruses (such as HTLVl and HTL V2), Pox viruses (such as canarypox, vaccinia), rabies viruses, murine leukaemia viruses, alpha replicons, measles, rubella, polio, caliciviruses, paramyxoviruses, vesicular stomatitis viruses, papilloma, leporipox, parvoviruses, pap
  • the virus is an HIV virus, such as HIVl or HIV2.
  • the microorganism may be a bacterium.
  • the CD 4 + T cells may be modified such that they contain an antigenic component of a bacterial cell, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding such an antigenic component.
  • the bacterium may be selected from the group consisting of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, salmonella, listeria, Treponema pallidum, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis and Haemophilus ducreyi.
  • the microorganism is a protozoan, such as the causative agent of malaria (i.e. Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium ovale, or Plasmodium malariae) or Trichomonas vaginalis.
  • step (b) comprises modifying the CD 4 T cells such that they contain an antigenic component of a cancer cell, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding such an antigenic component.
  • the cancer cell is selected from the group consisting of cancer cells of the breast, bile duct, brain, colon, stomach, bone, reproductive organs, lung and airways, skin, gallbladder, liver, nasopharynx, nerve cells, kidney, prostate, lymph glands, gastrointestinal tract, bone marrow, blood and other tumour cells containing viruses.
  • cancer cell associated antigens examples include those listed in Table 1 above.
  • Modification of the CD 4 + T cells may be accomplished using techniques well known in the art, for example transfection, infection and fusion.
  • transfection refers to the introduction of foreign DNA into the T cell, through the use of a vector, such as, but not limited to, a virus, phage, plasmid or synthetic carrier of DNA (e.g. a nanoparticle). Transfection can also be accomplished through electrical stimulation.
  • a vector such as, but not limited to, a virus, phage, plasmid or synthetic carrier of DNA (e.g. a nanoparticle). Transfection can also be accomplished through electrical stimulation.
  • infection refers to colonisation of a host organism by a foreign species.
  • the colonising organism interferes with the normal functioning and, eventually perhaps, the survival of the host.
  • the infecting organism is referred to as a pathogen.
  • pathogens include, but not limited to, bacteria, parasites, fungi and viruses.
  • fusion refers to a method for introducing foreign DNA into a T cell through the fusion with another cell comprising the DNA to be transferred.
  • the cell membranes need to be permeabilised. Permeabilisation can be obtained, for example, through the addition of a detergent, such as, but not limited to, poly ethylene glycol (PEG).
  • PEG poly ethylene glycol
  • a detergent such as, but not limited to, poly ethylene glycol (PEG).
  • PEG poly ethylene glycol
  • a cell comprising microbial DNA is fused with an activated T cell according to the invention and thereby introduces the foreign DNA into the immunostimulatory T cell.
  • a pathogen that does not normally infect the activated T cell may be transferred into the cell by fusion using a reagent such as PEG.
  • the CD 4 + T cells are modified by transfection with a nucleic acid molecule encoding the antigen component.
  • the nucleic acid molecule may be a viral or bacterial gene encoding an antigenic protein or fragment thereof, or alternatively may be a gene encoding a cancer cell-associated antigen or fragment thereof same.
  • transfection is achieved using nanoparticles to which are coupled nucleic acid molecules encoding the antigenic component (see Examples).
  • the nanoparticles may be coupled directly to the antigenic component itself.
  • the CD 4 + T cells are modified by infection with a whole virus/ virion.
  • the method further comprises the step of activating the CD 4 + T cells (either before or after modification of the T cells; see above).
  • the CD 4 + T cells may be activated by exposure to an activating agent selected from the group consisting of lectins (such as PHA and ConA), chemicals or agents that induce Ca 2+ influx in the T cells (such as ionomycin), alloantigens, superantigens (such as SEA and SEB), monoclonal antibodies (such as anti-CD3, anti-CD28 and anti-CD49d), cytokines (such as IL-I and TNF- ⁇ , chemokine and chemokine receptors, and molecules capable of interfering with T cell surface receptors or their signal transducing molecules.
  • the method of the fourth aspect of the invention further comprises the step of culturing the CD 4 + T cells (at any stage of the method).
  • the method also comprises freezing the population of CD 4 + T cells.
  • This optional step may be performed at any stage of the above process, for example before or after activation and/or modification of the T cells.
  • the cells are frozen after activation and modification, and then stored until the time of use (apoptosis may be induced either prior to freezing or after the cells have been thawed ready for use).
  • the method additionally comprises the step of inducing the CD 4 + T cells to undergo apoptosis (either before or after activation and/or modification of the T cells; see above).
  • apoptosis may be induced by exposure to an apoptosis-inducing agent selected from the group consisting of selected among gamma-irradiation, cytostatic drugs, UV-irradiation, mitomycin C, starvation (e.g. serum deprivation), Fas ligation, cytokines and activators of cell death receptors (as well as then- signal transducing molecules), growth factors (and their signal transducing molecules), interference with cyclins, over-expression of oncogenes, molecules interfering with anti-apoptotic molecules, interference of the membrane potential of the mitochondria and steroids.
  • an apoptosis-inducing agent selected from the group consisting of selected among gamma-irradiation, cytostatic drugs, UV-irradiation, mitomycin C, starvation (e.g. serum deprivation), Fas ligation, cytokines and activators of cell death receptors (as well as then- signal transducing molecules), growth
  • the method additionally comprises the step of the step of adding a population of antigen-presenting cells to the cellular vaccine.
  • the antigen-presenting cells are macrophages or dendritic cells (see above).
  • the method is suitable for GMP -production of a cellular HIV vaccine according to the invention, the method comprising the following steps, in order:
  • peripheral blood mononuclear cells are isolated from a blood sample from the patient to be tested;
  • the PBMCs isolated in step (a) are enriched for CD4+ cells (e.g. the CD8+ ' cells are depleted from the PBMCs);
  • step (c) the CD4+ cell-enriched cells obtained in step (b) are cultured in vitro;
  • the cells are activated (for example, with anti-CD8 and anti-CD28 mAbs in the presence of IL-2) ;
  • steps (a) and (b) are repeated to prepare the cells to be used as immunogens;
  • the cells obtained in step (g) are cultured in vitro;
  • the cells are activated (for example, with anti-CD8 and anti-CD28 mAbs in the presence of IL-2);
  • the activated CD8 negative PBMCs are incubated with autologous virus, from the stock obtained in step (f), to obtain infected cells;
  • the infected cells are thawed (if frozen), washed and exposed to an apoptosis-inducing agent (for example, gamma-irradiation); and
  • the cells are kept in room temperature after apoptosis induction and are used for immunisation within a limited time thereafter (for example, within 30 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 5 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, or 24 hours).
  • the PBMCs isolated in step (a) are co-cultured with activated (for example, with anti-CD8 and anti-CD28 monoclonal antibodies in the presence of IL-2) allogeneic CD8-depleted PBMCs.
  • activated for example, with anti-CD8 and anti-CD28 monoclonal antibodies in the presence of IL-2
  • allogeneic CD8-depleted PBMCs are co-cultured with activated CD4 enriched allogeneic cells.
  • CD4 enriched allogeneic cells having produced the virus in vitro using allogeneic cells, it is preferred to use autologous infected apoptotic T cells for immunisation.
  • the virus stock can be ultracentrifuged to get an even higher concentration of the virus.
  • the virus stock (or bank) can also be investigated to measure the titre using TCID50 tests and/or p24 ELISA. Sterility in terms of other pathogens can also be investigated.
  • Step (j) the obtained infected cells can be stored frozen.
  • An aliquot of the autologous infected cell stock (or bank) can be analysed for sterility, mycoplasma, endotoxin, HTV-DNA content, HTV-RNA content, HTV-p24 protein content, %CD4/CD8 cells, and % T cell activation markers (such as CD69 and CD25) by flow cytometry.
  • Step (j) an aliquot of the cells can be analysed for efficacy of apoptosis induction, which may be measured after incubation in vitro. An aliquot can also used to investigate the capacity to mature DCs in vitro (e.g. upregulation of co- stimulatory molecules).
  • a fifth aspect of the present invention provides a method for treatment of a subject with a pathological condition, the method comprising administering to the subject a cellular vaccine according to the first aspect of the invention or a pharmaceutical composition according to the second aspect of the invention.
  • the treatment is therapeutic.
  • the subject may be human or a non-human animal, e.g. domestic and farm animals (including mammals such as dogs, cats, horses, cows, sheep, etc.).
  • the subject is a primate, for example a human.
  • the pathological condition is caused by a microorganism selected from the group consisting of bacteria, mycoplasmas, protozoa, prions, archaea, yeasts, fungi and viruses.
  • the pathological condition may be caused by a virus.
  • viruses include, but are not limited to, retroviruses (such as HIV viruses, e.g. HIVl and HIV2), adenoviruses (such as adenoviruses 1, 2 and 5, chimpanzee), hepatitis viruses (such as hepatitis B virus and hepatitis C virus), CMV, Epstein- Barr virus (EBV), herpes viruses (such as HHV6, HHV7 and HHV8), human T- cell lymphotropic viruses (such as HTLVl and HTL V2), Pox viruses (such as canarypox, vaccinia), rabies viruses, murine leukaemia viruses, alpha replicons, measles, rubella, polio, caliciviruses, paramyxoviruses, vesicular stomatitis viruses, papilloma, leporipox, parvoviruses, papovaviruse
  • the virus is an HIV virus, such as HIVl or HIV2.
  • the pathological condition may caused by bacteria, for example selected from the group consisting of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, salmonella, listeria, Treponema pallidum, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis and Haemophilus ducreyi.
  • the pathological condition may be caused by protozoan, such as the causative agent of malaria ⁇ i.e. Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium ovale, or Plasmodium malariae) or Trichomonas vaginalis.
  • the CD 4 + T cells are modified such that they contain an antigenic component of a cancer cell, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding such an antigenic component.
  • the cancer cell is selected from the group consisting of cancer cells of the breast, bile duct, brain, colon, stomach, bone, reproductive organs, lung and airways, skin, gallbladder, liver, nasopharynx, nerve cells, kidney, prostate, lymph glands, gastrointestinal tract, bone marrow, blood and other tumour cells containing viruses.
  • the T cells in the cellular vaccine are exposed to an apoptosis- inducing agent immediately prior to ⁇ e.g. within 2 hours of) administration to the subject.
  • a sixth aspect of the invention provides a cellular vaccine according to the first aspect of the invention or a pharmaceutical composition according to the second aspect of the invention for use in medicine, for example in the treatment of a subject with a pathological condition.
  • a seventh aspect of the invention provides the use of a cellular vaccine according to the first aspect of the invention or a pharmaceutical composition according to. the second aspect of the invention in the preparation of a medicament for treatment of a subject with a pathological condition.
  • a related aspect provides the use of a cellular vaccine according to the first aspect of the invention or a pharmaceutical composition according to the second aspect of the invention for treatment of a subject with a pathological condition.
  • the treatment is therapeutic.
  • An eighth aspect of the invention provides an adjuvant composition for use in a method of vaccination, the composition comprising or consisting of a population of T cells, wherein the T cells are (a) activated, or capable of being activated, and (b) apoptotic, or capable or being made apoptotic.
  • adjuvant composition we mean a composition which is capable of enhancing the immunogenicity of an antigen.
  • the 'adjuvant composition' is capable of augmenting the adaptive immunity induced by administration of a vaccine to a subject.
  • this aspect of the invention provides a population of T cells capable of delivering an activation/maturation signal to antigen-presenting cells.
  • the adjuvant compositions of the invention are capable of inducing non- antigen specific stimulation of the immune system, which leads to improved adaptive (antigen-specific) immune responses to a vaccine.
  • the T cells are not transfected with foreign DNA (i.e. exogenous DNA derived from another organism).
  • the adjuvant composition is not itself a vaccine, i.e. the adjuvant compositions is not capable of inducing antigen-specific stimulation of the immune system per se.
  • activated T cells is not intended to include T cells activated by exposure to a particular antigen.
  • the T cells can be activated by signalling through the T cell receptor, although the fine specificity of the T cell receptor is not utilized in order to obtain adjuvant activity.
  • the T cells are polyclonally activated(for example, the T cells have not been cultured in the presence of a specific antigen, such as gplOO or a peptide thereof).
  • a specific antigen such as gplOO or a peptide thereof.
  • adjuvant compositions are described in detail in Gamvrellis et al. (2004) Immunology & Cell Biology 82:506-516.
  • the adjuvant composition and the vaccine are separate entities.
  • the adjuvant composition and the vaccine may be a single entity (see below).
  • the adjuvant composition may comprise CD 4 + T cells and/or CD 8 + T cells.
  • the adjuvant composition may comprise or consist of PBMCs.
  • the adjuvant composition comprises preferentially or predominantly CD 4 + T cells, for example at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or more CD 4 + T cells.
  • the adjuvant composition comprises preferentially or predominantly CD 8 + T cells, for example at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or more CD 8 + T cells.
  • the T cells for use in the adjuvant compositions of the invention may be obtained from any suitable source, using methods well known in the art.
  • the T cells may be obtained from peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) isolated from a sample blood.
  • PBMCs peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • the T cells are isolated/derived from primary lymphocytes.
  • the T cells may be enriched for cells expressing the CD 4 + or CD 8 + T glycoproteins either by positive selection for or by negative selection (i.e. depletion) of a subpopulation of T cells. Suitable methods are well known in the art.
  • T cells may be isolated by methods such as immunomagnetic isolation, Sheep red blood cell rosette formation with or without inclusion of an antibody-based separation step, flow cytometry based cell sorting, leukapheresis methods, density gradients, antibody panning methods, and antibody/complement depletion (see also Current Protocols in Immunology, 2006, by John Wiley & sons, Editors; Coligan, Bierer, Margulies, Shevach, Strober and Coico; Hami et al., 2004, Cytotherapy 6:554-62).
  • the T cells may be derived from human or non-human animals, e.g. domestic and farm animals (including mammals such as dogs, cats, horses, cows, sheep, etc). Preferably, however, the T cells are derived from a human source.
  • the T cells are derived from the subject in whom the adjuvant composition is to be used, i.e. the T cells are autologous.
  • the T cells are derived from the same species as that of the subject in which the adjuvant composition is to be used, i.e. the T cells are allogeneic.
  • the T cells are activated, or capable of being activated, by exposure to an activating agent selected from the group consisting of lectins (such as PHA and ConA), chemicals or agents that induce Ca 2+ influx in the T cells (such as ionomycin), alloantigens, superantigens (such as SEA and SEB), monoclonal antibodies (such as anti-CD3, anti-CD28 and anti-CD49d), cytokines (such as IL-I and TNF- ⁇ , chemokine and chemokine receptors, and molecules capable of interfering with T cell surface receptors or their signal transducing molecules.
  • an activating agent selected from the group consisting of lectins (such as PHA and ConA), chemicals or agents that induce Ca 2+ influx in the T cells (such as ionomycin), alloantigens, superantigens (such as SEA and SEB), monoclonal antibodies (such as anti-CD3, anti-CD28 and anti-CD49d), cytokines (such as
  • the concentration and exposure time required for each activating agent can be determined by routine experimentation.
  • the activating agent is PHA.
  • the T cells (together with monocytes/APCs) may be cultured overnight or longer in medium containing 2.5 ⁇ g/ml PHA.
  • the activating agent may be one or more monoclonal antibodies (for example, at a concentration in the medium of 2 ⁇ g/ml).
  • monoclonal antibody activating agents include anti-CD3 antibodies, anti-CD28 antibodies and anti-CD49d antibodies, used either alone or in combination.
  • the T cells are apoptotic, or capable or being made apoptotic by exposure to an apoptosis-inducing agent.
  • the apoptosis-inducing agent may be selected from the group consisting of gamma-irradiation, cytostatic drugs, UV-irradiation, mitomycin C, starvation (e.g.
  • the apoptosis-inducing agent is gamma-irradiation.
  • cells may be treated such that they will undergo apoptosis in vivo (i.e. after administration into the subject being treated with the vaccine).
  • the cells may be injected shortly after treatment with an agent that will induce apoptosis (e.g. 30 min to 2hrs after apoptosis induction), without an in vitro step.
  • an agent that will induce apoptosis e.g. 30 min to 2hrs after apoptosis induction
  • the apoptotic machinery may have been initiated but apoptosis not yet induced.
  • the cells may undergo apoptosis in vivo after being injected.
  • the activated, apoptotic T cells in the adjuvant composition are capable of activation/maturation of antigen-presenting cells.
  • the adjuvant compositions of the present invention are suitable for use with any vaccine which provides active immunisation.
  • the adjuvant composition is for use with a vaccine against a pathogenic condition selected from the group consisting of HIV, tuberculosis, malaria, influenza and cancer.
  • the vaccine is an HIV vaccine.
  • the vaccine may be a cancer vaccine.
  • the adjuvant composition may be used in conjunction with any vaccine capable ⁇ of presenting an antigen to the host immune system.
  • the vaccine may comprise or consist of an attenuated or original viral vector selected from the group consisting of adenoviruses (such as adenoviruses 1, 2 and 5, chimpanzee), hepatitis viruses (such as hepatitis B virus and hepatitis C virus), Pox viruses
  • rabies virus murine leukaemia virus, alpha replicons, measles, rubella, polio, calicivirus, paramyxovirus, vesicular stomatitis virus, papilloma, leporipox, parvovirus, papovavirus, togavirus, picornavirus, reovirusx and ortmyxo virus (such as influenza viruses) and bacterial vectors
  • the T cells are modified such that they contain an antigenic component, and/or a nucleic acid molecule encoding an antigenic component thereof.
  • the T cells may be modified such that they contain a microorganism or antigenic component thereof, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding a microorganism or antigenic component thereof.
  • the microorganism is selected from the group consisting of bacteria, mycoplasmas, protozoa, yeasts, prions, archaea, fungi and viruses.
  • the microorganism is a virus.
  • the virus may be selected from the group consisting of retroviruses (such as HIV viruses, e.g. HIVl and HIV2), adenoviruses (such as adenoviruses 1, 2 and 5, chimpanzee), hepatitis viruses (such as hepatitis B virus and hepatitis C virus), CMV 5 Epstein- Barr virus (EBV), herpes viruses (such as HHV6, HHV7 and HHV8), human T- cell lymphotropic viruses (such as HTLVl and HTLV2), Pox viruses (such as canarypox, vaccinia), rabies viruses, murine leukaemia viruses, alpha replicons, measles, rubella, polio, caliciviruses, paramyxoviruses, vesicular stomatitis viruses, papilloma, leporipox, parvoviruses, papova
  • the virus is an HIV virus, such as HIVl or HIV2.
  • the microorganism may be a bacterium.
  • the CD 4 T cells may be modified such that they contain an antigenic component of a bacterial cell, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding such an antigenic component.
  • the bacteria may be selected from the group consisting of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, salmonella, listeria, Treponema pallidum, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis and Haemophilus ducreyi.
  • the microorganism is a protozoan, such as the causative agent of malaria ⁇ i.e. Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium ovale, or Plasmodium malariae) or Trichomonas vaginalis.
  • a protozoan such as the causative agent of malaria ⁇ i.e. Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium ovale, or Plasmodium malariae) or Trichomonas vaginalis.
  • the T cells are modified such that they contain an antigenic component of a cancer cell, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding such an antigenic component.
  • the cancer cell is selected from the group consisting of cancer cells of the breast, bile duct, brain, colon, stomach, bone, reproductive organs, lung and airways, skin, gallbladder, liver, nasopharynx, nerve cells, kidney, prostate, lymph glands, gastrointestinal tract, bone marrow, blood and other tumour cells containing viruses.
  • the activated, apoptotic T cells in the adjuvant composition of the invention induce activation/maturation of endogenous antigen-presenting cells in the host in being treated with the adjuvant composition.
  • the adjuvant composition further comprises a population of (exogenous) antigen-presenting cells.
  • the antigen-presenting cells are macrophages and/or dendritic cells.
  • the composition is frozen, for storage prior to use.
  • a ninth aspect of the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising an adjuvant composition according to the eighth aspect of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is suitable for parenteral administration.
  • the present invention further provides, as a tenth aspect, a combination product comprising:
  • each of components (a) and (b) is formulated in admixture with a pharmaceutically-acceptable diluent or carrier.
  • the combination product of the invention comprises an adjuvant composition according to the eighth aspect of the invention, a vaccine and a pharmaceutically-acceptable diluent or carrier.
  • the combination product of the invention comprises a kit of parts comprising components:
  • components (a) and (b) are each provided in a form that is suitable for administration in conjunction with the other.
  • components (a) and (b) of the kit of parts may be:
  • the term "administration in conjunction with” includes that the two components of the combination product (i.e. a pharmaceutical formulation according to the ninth aspect of the invention and a vaccine) are administered (optionally repeatedly), either together, or sufficiently closely in time, to enable a beneficial effect for the patient. Determination of whether a combination provides a beneficial effect in respect of, and over the course of treatment of, a particular condition will depend upon the condition to be treated or prevented, but may be achieved routinely by the skilled person.
  • An additional aspect of the present invention provides a kit of parts for preparing an adjuvant composition according to the eighth aspect of the invention, the kit comprising or consisting of;
  • a twelfth aspect of the present invention provides a method for making an adjuvant composition according to the eighth aspect of the invention, the method comprising obtaining a population of T cells, wherein the T cells are activated (or capable of being activated) and apoptotic (or capable or being made apoptotic).
  • the T cells are isolated/purified from primary lymphocytes (as described above).
  • the population of T cells is derived from the subject in whom the adjuvant composition is to be used, i.e. the T cells are autologous.
  • the population of T cells may be derived from the same species as that of the subject in which the adjuvant composition is to be used, i.e. the T cells are allogeneic.
  • the method further comprises the step of activating the T cells (either before or after modification of the T cells; see above).
  • the T cells may be activated by exposure to an activating agent selected from the group consisting of lectins (such as PHA and ConA), chemicals or agents that induce Ca 2+ influx in the T cells (such as ionomycin), alloantigens, superantigens (such as SEA and SEB), monoclonal antibodies (such as anti-CD3, anti-CD28 and anti-CD49d), cytokines (such as IL-I and TNF- ⁇ , chemokine and chemokine receptors, and molecules capable of interfering with T cell surface receptors or their signal transducing molecules.
  • an activating agent selected from the group consisting of lectins (such as PHA and ConA), chemicals or agents that induce Ca 2+ influx in the T cells (such as ionomycin), alloantigens, superantigens (such as SEA and SEB), monoclonal antibodies (such as anti-CD3, anti-CD28 and anti-CD49d), cytokines (such as IL-I and TNF
  • the activating agent is PHA.
  • the T cells (together with monocytes/APCs) may be cultured overnight or longer in medium containing 2.5 ⁇ g/ml PHA.
  • the activating agent may be one or more monoclonal antibodies (for example, at a concentration in the medium of 2 ⁇ g/ml).
  • monoclonal antibody activating agents include anti-CD3 antibodies, anti-CD28 antibodies and anti-CD49d antibodies, used either alone or in combination.
  • the method of the twelfth aspect of the invention further comprises the step of culturing the T cells (at any stage of the method).
  • the method also comprises freezing the population of T cells.
  • This optional step may be performed at any stage of the above process, for example before or after activation and/or modification of the T cells.
  • the cells are frozen after activation and modification, and then stored until the time of use (apoptosis may be induced wither prior to freezing after the cells have been thawed ready for use).
  • the method additionally comprises the step of inducing the T cells to undergo apoptosis (either before or after activation and/or modification of the T cells; see above).
  • apoptosis may be induced by exposure to an apopto sis-inducing agent selected from the group consisting of selected among gamma-irradiation, • cytostatic drugs, UV-irradiation, mitomycin C, starvation (e.g. serum deprivation), Fas ligation, cytokines and activators of cell death receptors (as well as their signal transducing molecules), growth factors (and their signal transducing molecules), interference with cyclins, over-expression of oncogenes, molecules interfering with anti-apoptotic molecules, interference of the membrane potential of the mitochondria and steroids.
  • an apopto sis-inducing agent selected from the group consisting of selected among gamma-irradiation, • cytostatic drugs, UV-irradiation, mitomycin C, starvation (e.g. serum deprivation), Fas ligation, cytokines and activators of cell death receptors (as well as their signal transducing molecules), growth
  • the T cells are modified such that they contain an antigenic component thereof, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding an antigenic component.
  • step (b) may comprise modifying the T cells such that they contain a microorganism or antigenic component thereof, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding a microorganism or antigenic component thereof.
  • the microorganism is selected from the group consisting of bacteria, mycoplasmas, protozoa, prions, archaea, yeasts, fungi and viruses.
  • the microorganism is a virus.
  • the virus may be selected from the group consisting of retroviruses (such as HIV viruses, e.g. HIVl and HIV2), adenoviruses (such as adenoviruses 1, 2 and 5, chimpanzee), hepatitis viruses (such as hepatitis B virus and hepatitis C virus), CMV, Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), herpes viruses (such as HHV6, HHV7 and HHV8), human T-cell lymphotropic viruses (such as HTLVl and HTL V2), Pox viruses (such as canarypox, vaccinia), rabies viruses, murine leukaemia viruses, alpha replicons, measles, rubella, polio, caliciviruses, paramyxoviruses, vesicular stomatitis viruses, papilloma, leporipox, parvoviruses, pap
  • the virus is an HIV virus, such as HTVl or HTV2.
  • the microorganism may be a bacterium.
  • the T cells may be modified such that they contain an antigenic component of a bacterial cell, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding such an antigenic component.
  • the bacterium may be selected from the group consisting of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, salmonella, listeria, Treponema pallidum, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis and Haemophilus ducreyi.
  • the microorganism is a protozoan, such as the causative agent of malaria (i.e. Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium ovale, or Plasmodium malariae) or Trichomonas vaginalis.
  • the T cells are modified such that they contain an antigenic component of a cancer cell, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding such an antigenic component.
  • the cancer cell is selected from the group consisting of cancer cells of the breast, bile duct, brain, colon, stomach, bone, reproductive organs, lung and airways, skin, gallbladder, liver, nasopharynx, nerve cells, kidney, prostate, lymph glands, gastrointestinal tract, bone marrow, blood and other tumour cells containing viruses.
  • cancer cell-associated antigens examples include those listed in Table 1 above.
  • T cells may be accomplished using techniques well known in the art, for example transfection, infection and fusion (see above).
  • transfection is achieved using nanoparticles to which are coupled nucleic acid molecules encoding the antigenic component.
  • the nanoparticles may be coupled directly to the antigenic component itself.
  • the T cells may be modified by infection with a whole virus/ virion.
  • the method of the twelfth aspect of the invention further comprises the step of culturing the T cells (at any stage of the method).
  • the method also comprises freezing the population of T cells.
  • This optional step may be performed at any stage of the above process, for example before or after activation and/or modification of the T cells.
  • the cells are frozen after activation and modification, and then stored until the time of use (apoptosis may be induced wither prior to freezing after the cells have been thawed ready for use).
  • the method additionally comprises the step of adding a population of antigen- presenting cells to the adjuvant composition.
  • the antigen-presenting cells are macrophages or dendritic cells (see above).
  • a thirteenth aspect of the invention provides a method for treatment of a subject with a pathological condition, the method comprising administering to the subject a vaccine together with an adjuvant composition according to the eighth aspect of the invention, a pharmaceutical composition according to the ninth aspect of the invention, or a combination product according to the tenth aspect of the invention.
  • the subject may be human or a non-human animal, e.g. domestic and farm animals (including mammals such as dogs, cats, horses, cows, sheep, etc.).
  • the subject is human.
  • the vaccine and adjuvant composition can be distinct agents or a single agent.
  • the adjuvant composition may comprise activated, apoptotic T cells modified to contain an antigenic component.
  • the thirteenth aspect of the invention provides a method of vaccination.
  • the thirteenth aspect of the invention does not include adoptive transfer of T cells in vivo (for example, as described in Lou et al., 2004, Cancer Res. 64:3783-3790).
  • the pathological condition is caused by a microorganism selected from the group consisting of bacteria, mycoplasmas, yeasts, prions, archaea, fungi and viruses.
  • the pathological condition may be caused by a virus.
  • viruses include, but are not limited to, group consisting of retroviruses (such as HIV viruses, e.g. HTVl and HTV2), adenoviruses (such as adenoviruses 1, 2 and 5, chimpanzee), hepatitis viruses (such as hepatitis B virus and hepatitis C virus), CMV, Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), herpes viruses (such as HHV6, HHV7 and HHV8), human T-cell lymphotropic viruses (such as HTLVl and HTLV2), Pox viruses (such as canarypox, vaccinia), rabies viruses, murine leukaemia viruses, alpha replicons, measles, rubella, polio, caliciviruses, paramyxoviruses, vesicular stomatitis viruses, papilloma, leporipox, parvoviruse
  • the pathological condition may be caused by a bacterium, for example selected from the group consisting of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, salmonella, listeria, Treponema pallidum, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis and Haemophilus ducreyi.
  • a bacterium for example selected from the group consisting of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, salmonella, listeria, Treponema pallidum, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis and Haemophilus ducreyi.
  • the pathological condition may be caused by a protozoan, such as the causative agent of malaria ⁇ i.e. Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium ovale, or Plasmodium malariae) or Trichomonas vaginalis.
  • a protozoan such as the causative agent of malaria ⁇ i.e. Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium ovale, or Plasmodium malariae
  • Trichomonas vaginalis such as the causative agent of malaria ⁇ i.e. Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium ovale, or Plasmodium malariae
  • the T cells are modified such that they contain an antigenic component of a cancer cell, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding such an antigenic component.
  • the cancer cell is selected from the group consisting of cancer cells of the breast, bile duct, brain, colon, stomach, bone, reproductive organs, lung and airways, skin, gallbladder, liver, nasopharynx, nerve cells, kidney, prostate, lymph glands, gastrointestinal tract, bone marrow, blood and other tumour cells containing viruses.
  • the T cells in the adjuvant composition are exposed to an apoptosis-inducing agent immediately prior to ⁇ e.g. within 2 hours of) administration to the subject.
  • An additional aspect of the invention provides an adjuvant composition according to the eighth aspect of the invention, a pharmaceutical composition according to the ninth aspect of the invention, or a combination product according to the tenth aspect of the invention for use in medicine, for example in the treatment of a subject with a pathological condition.
  • a fourteenth aspect of the invention provides the use of an adjuvant composition according to the eighth aspect of the invention, a pharmaceutical composition according to the ninth aspect of the invention, or a combination product according to the tenth aspect of the invention in the preparation of a medicament for treatment of a subject with a pathological condition.
  • a further aspect of the invention provides the use of an adjuvant composition according to the eighth aspect of the invention, a pharmaceutical composition according to the ninth aspect of the invention, or a combination product according to the tenth aspect of the invention for treatment of a subject with a pathological condition.
  • the invention additionally provides the use of an adjuvant composition according to the eighth aspect of the invention, a pharmaceutical composition according to the ninth aspect of the invention, or a combination product according to the tenth aspect of the invention in the preparation of a medicament for use as an adjuvant.
  • a further aspect of the invention provides the use of an adjuvant composition according to the eighth aspect of the invention, a pharmaceutical composition according to the ninth aspect of the invention, or a combination product according to the tenth aspect of the invention for use as an adjuvant.
  • such use does not include adoptive transfer of T cells in vivo (for example, as described in Lou et al., 2004, Cancer Res. 64:3783-3790).
  • a method of enhancing the effect of a vaccine comprising administering to a subject an adjuvant composition according to the eighth aspect of the invention, a pharmaceutical composition according to the ninth aspect of the invention, or a combination product according to the tenth aspect of the invention.
  • a method of activating antigen-presenting cells comprising contacting the antigen-presenting cells with an adjuvant composition according to the eighth aspect of the invention, a pharmaceutical composition according to the ninth aspect of the invention, or a combination product according to the tenth aspect of the invention.
  • a fifteenth aspect of the invention provides a composition having microbicide activity, or capable thereof upon exposure to antigen-presenting cells, the composition comprising or consisting of a population of T cells, wherein the T cells are (a) activated, or capable of being activated, and (b) apoptotic, or capable or being made apoptotic.
  • composition having microbicide activity we mean that the composition which is able, at least in part, to kill or inhibit the growth and/or prevent infection of one or more microorganism species (for example, viruses, bacteria, etc), or is capable of killing or inhibiting the growth or preventing infection thereof upon exposure of the composition to antigen-presenting cells.
  • the invention provides a composition which is capable of producing a microbicide milieu in combination with antigen-presenting cells. This effect may be achieved in vivo or in vitro.
  • the microbicide composition may comprise CD 4 + T cells and/or CD 8 + T cells.
  • the microbicide composition may comprise or consist of PBMCs.
  • the microbicide composition comprises predominantly CD 4 + T cells, for example at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or more CD 4 + T cells.
  • the microbicide composition comprises predominantly CD 8 + T cells, for example at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or more CD 8 + T cells.
  • the T cells for use in the microbicide compositions of the invention may be obtained from any suitable source, using methods well known in the art.
  • the T cells may be obtained from peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) isolated from a sample blood.
  • PBMCs peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • the T cells may be obtained or derived from an immortalised cell line.
  • the T cells are isolated/derived from primary lymphocytes.
  • the T cells may be enriched for cells expressing the CD 4 or CD 8 T glycoproteins either by positive selection for or by negative selection (i.e. depletion) of a subpopulation of T cells. Suitable methods are well known in the art.
  • T cells may be isolated by methods such as immunomagnetic isolation, Sheep red blood cell rosette formation with or without inclusion of an antibody-based separation step, flow cytometry based cell sorting, leukapheresis methods, density gradients, antibody panning methods, and antibody/complement depletion (see also Current Protocols in Immunology, 2006, by John Wiley & sons, Editors; Coligan, Bierer, Margulies, Shevach, Strober and Coico; Hami et al, 2004, Cytotherapy 6:554-62).
  • T cells may be derived from human or non-human animals, e.g. domestic and farm animals (including mammals such as dogs, cats, horses, cows, sheep, etc.).
  • the T cells may be derived from a human.
  • the T cells are derived from the subject in whom the microbicide composition is to be used, i.e. the T cells are autologous.
  • the T cells are derived from the same species as that of the subject in which the microbicide composition is to be used, i.e. the T cells are allogeneic.
  • the T cells are activated, or capable of being activated, by exposure to an activating agent selected from the group consisting of lectins (such as PHA and ConA), chemicals or agents that induce Ca 2+ influx in the T cells (such as ionomycin), alloantigens, superantigens (such as SEA and SEB), monoclonal antibodies (such as anti-CD3, anti-CD28 and anti-CD49d), cytokines (such as IL-I and TNF- ⁇ , chemokine and chemokine receptors, and molecules capable of interfering with T cell surface receptors or their signal transducing molecules.
  • an activating agent selected from the group consisting of lectins (such as PHA and ConA), chemicals or agents that induce Ca 2+ influx in the T cells (such as ionomycin), alloantigens, superantigens (such as SEA and SEB), monoclonal antibodies (such as anti-CD3, anti-CD28 and anti-CD49d), cytokines (such as
  • the concentration and exposure time required for each activating agent can be determined by routine experimentation.
  • the activating agent is PHA.
  • the T cells (together with monocytes/APCs) may be cultured overnight or longer in medium containing 2.5 ⁇ g/ml PHA.
  • the activating agent may be one or more monoclonal antibodies (for example, at a concentration in the medium of 2 ⁇ g/ml).
  • Particularly preferred monoclonal antibody activating agents include anti-CD3 antibodies, anti-CD28 antibodies and anti-CD49d antibodies, used either alone or in combination.
  • a further essential feature of the composition of the fifteenth aspect of the invention is that the T cells are apoptotic, or capable or being made apoptotic by exposure to an apopto sis-inducing agent.
  • the apoptosis-inducing agent may be selected from the group consisting of gamma-irradiation, cytostatic drugs, UV-irradiation, mitomycin C, starvation (e.g.
  • the apoptosis-inducing agent is gamma-irradiation.
  • cells are treated in a way that they will undergo apoptosis in vivo (i.e. after administration into the subject being treated with the microbicide).
  • the cells may be injected shortly after treatment with an agent that will induce apoptosis (e.g. 30 min to
  • the apoptotic machinery may have been initiated but apoptosis not yet induced, hi other words, the cells may undergo apoptosis in vivo after being injected.
  • the activated, apoptotic T cells in the microbicide composition are capable of activation/maturation of antigen-presenting cells. Activation/maturation of antigen-presenting cells is known to make them less susceptible to HTV-I infection (see McDyer et al, 1999, J. Immunology 162:3711-3717).
  • the T cells are modified such that they contain an antigenic component, and/or a nucleic acid molecule encoding an antigenic component thereof.
  • the T cells may be modified such that they contain a microorganism or antigenic component thereof, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding a microorganism or antigenic component thereof.
  • the microorganism is selected from the group consisting of bacteria, mycoplasmas, protozoa, yeasts, prions, archaea, fungi and viruses.
  • the microorganism is a virus.
  • the virus may be selected from the group consisting of retroviruses (such as HIV viruses, e.g. HIVl and HIV2), adenoviruses (such as adenoviruses I 5 2 and 5, chimpanzee), hepatitis viruses (such as hepatitis B virus and hepatitis C virus), CMV, Epstein- Barr virus (EBV), herpes viruses (such as HHV6, HHV7 and HHV8), human T- cell lymphotropic viruses (such as HTLVl and HTLV2), Pox viruses (such as canarypox, vaccinia), rabies viruses, murine leukaemia viruses, alpha replicons, measles, rubella, polio, caliciviruses, paramyxoviruses, vesicular stomatitis viruses, papilloma, leporipox, parvoviruses, pap
  • the virus is an HIV virus, such as HIVl or HTV2.
  • the microorganism may be a bacterium.
  • the T cells may be modified such that they contain an antigenic component of a bacterial cell, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding such an antigenic component.
  • the bacterium may be selected from the group consisting of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, salmonella, listeria, Treponema pallidum, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis and Haemophilus ducreyi.
  • the microorganism is a protozoan, such as the causative agent of malaria ⁇ i.e. Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium ovale, or Plasmodium malariae) or Trichomonas vaginalis.
  • the T cells are modified such that they contain an antigenic component of a cancer cell, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding such an antigenic component.
  • the cancer cell is selected from the group consisting of cancer cells of the breast, bile duct, brain, colon, stomach, bone, reproductive organs, lung and airways, skin, gallbladder, liver, nasopharynx, nerve cells, kidney, prostate, lymph glands, gastrointestinal tract, bone marrow, blood and other tumour cells containing viruses.
  • cancer cell associated antigens examples include those listed in Table 1 above.
  • the activated, apoptotic T cells in the microbicide composition of the invention induce activation/maturation of endogenous antigen- presenting cells in the host.
  • the microbicide composition further comprises a population of (exogenous) antigen-presenting cells.
  • the antigen-presenting cells are macrophages and/or dendritic cells.
  • the composition is frozen, for storage prior to use.
  • the microbicide composition according to the fifteenth aspect of the invention further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent (i.e. a pharmaceutical composition).
  • the pharmaceutical composition is suitable for local mucosal administration prior to or after exposure to a pathogen.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is suitable for parenteral administration.
  • the present invention further provides, as a sixteenth aspect, a combination product comprising:
  • each of components (a) and (b) is formulated in admixture with a pharmaceuticaUy-acceptable diluent or carrier.
  • the combination product of the invention comprises a microbicide composition according to the fifteenth aspect of the invention, a population of antigen-presenting cells and a pharmaceuticaUy-acceptable diluent or carrier.
  • the combination product of the invention comprises a kit of parts comprising components:
  • components (a) and (b) are each provided in a form that is suitable for administration in conjunction with the other.
  • components (a) and (b) of the kit of parts may be: (i) provided as separate formulations (i.e. independently of one another), which are subsequently brought together for use in conjunction with each other in combination therapy; or
  • the term "administration in conjunction with” includes that the two components of the combination product (i.e. a pharmaceutical formulation according to the fifteenth aspect of the invention and a population of antigen-presenting cells) are administered (optionally repeatedly), either together, or sufficiently closely in time, to enable a beneficial effect for the patient. Determination of whether a combination provides a beneficial effect hi respect of, and over the course of treatment of, a particular condition will depend upon the condition to be treated or prevented, but may be achieved routinely by the skilled person.
  • kits of parts for preparing a composition according to the fifteenth aspect of the invention comprising or consisting;
  • An eighteenth aspect of the invention provides a method of making a composition according to the fifteenth aspect of the invention, the method comprising obtaining a population of T cells, wherein the T cells are activated (or capable of being activated) and apoptotic (or capable or being made apoptotic).
  • the T cells are isolated/purified from primary lymphocytes (as described above).
  • the population of T cells is derived from the subject in whom the microbicide composition is to be used, i.e. the T cells are autologous.
  • the population of T cells may be derived from the same species as that of the subject in which the microbicide composition is to be used, i.e. the T cells are allogeneic.
  • the method further comprises the step of activating the T cells (either before or after modification of the T cells; see above).
  • the T cells may be activated by exposure to an activating agent selected from the group consisting of lectins (such as PHA and ConA), chemicals or agents that induce Ca 2+ influx in the T cells (such as ionomycin), alloantigens, superantigens (such as SEA and SEB), monoclonal antibodies (such as anti-CD3, anti-CD28 and anti-CD49d), cytokines (such as IL-I and TNF- ⁇ , chemokine and chemokine receptors, and molecules capable of interfering with T cell surface receptors or their signal transducing molecules.
  • an activating agent selected from the group consisting of lectins (such as PHA and ConA), chemicals or agents that induce Ca 2+ influx in the T cells (such as ionomycin), alloantigens, superantigens (such as SEA and SEB), monoclonal antibodies (such as anti-CD3, anti-CD28 and anti-CD49d), cytokines (such as IL-I and TNF
  • the activating agent is PHA.
  • the T cells (together with monocytes/APCs) may be cultured overnight or longer in medium containing 2.5 ⁇ g/ml PHA.
  • the activating agent may be. one or more monoclonal antibodies (for example, at a concentration in the medium of 2 ⁇ g/ml).
  • monoclonal antibody activating agents include anti-CD3 antibodies, anti-CD28 antibodies and anti-CD49d antibodies, used either alone or in combination.
  • the method of the eighteenth aspect of the invention further comprises the step of culturing the T cells (at any stage of the method).
  • the method also comprises freezing the population of T cells.
  • This optional step may be performed at any stage of the above process, for example before or after activation and/or modification of the T cells.
  • the cells are frozen after activation and modification, and then stored until the time of use (apoptosis may be induced wither prior to freezing after the cells have been thawed ready for use).
  • the method additionally comprises the step of inducing the T cells to undergo apoptosis (either before or after activation and/or modification of the T cells; see ' above).
  • apoptosis may be induced by exposure to an apopto sis-inducing agent selected from the group consisting of gamma-irradiation, cytostatic drugs, UV-irradiation, mitomycin C, starvation (e.g. serum deprivation), Fas ligation, cytokines and activators of cell death receptors (as well as their signal transducing molecules), growth factors (and their signal transducing molecules), interference with cyclins, over-expression of oncogenes, molecules interfering with anti- apoptotic molecules, interference of the membrane potential of the mitochondria and steroids.
  • an apopto sis-inducing agent selected from the group consisting of gamma-irradiation, cytostatic drugs, UV-irradiation, mitomycin C, starvation (e.g. serum deprivation), Fas ligation, cytokines and activators of cell death receptors (as well as their signal transducing molecules), growth factors (and their signal
  • the T cells are modified such that they contain an antigenic component thereof, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding an antigenic component.
  • step (b) may comprise modifying the T cells such that they contain a microorganism or antigenic component thereof, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding a microorganism or antigenic component thereof.
  • the microorganism is selected from the group consisting of bacteria, mycoplasmas, protozoa, yeasts, prions, archaea, fungi and viruses.
  • the microorganism is a virus.
  • the virus may be selected from the group consisting of retroviruses (such as HIV viruses, e.g. HIVl and HIV2), adenoviruses (such as adenoviruses 1, 2 and 5, chimpanzee), hepatitis viruses (such as hepatitis B virus and hepatitis C virus), CMV, Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), herpes viruses (such as HHV6, HHV7 and HHV8), human T-cell lymphotropic viruses (such as HTLVl and HTL V2), Pox viruses (such as canarypox, vaccinia), rabies viruses, murine leukaemia viruses, alpha replicons, measles, rubella, polio, caliciviruses, paramyxoviruses, vesicular stomatitis viruses, papilloma, leporipox, parvoviruses, pap
  • the virus is an HIV virus, such as HIVl or HIV2.
  • the microorganism may be a bacterium.
  • the T cells may be modified such that they contain an antigenic component of a bacterial cell, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding such an antigenic component.
  • the bacterium may be selected from the group consisting of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, salmonella, listeria, Treponema pallidum, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis and Haemophilus ducreyi.
  • the microorganism is a protozoan, such as the causative agent of malaria ⁇ i.e. Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium ovale, or Plasmodium malariae) or Trichomonas vaginalis.
  • a protozoan such as the causative agent of malaria ⁇ i.e. Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium ovale, or Plasmodium malariae) or Trichomonas vaginalis.
  • the T cells are modified such that they contain an antigenic component of a cancer cell, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding such an antigenic component.
  • the cancer cell is selected from the group consisting of cancer cells of the breast, bile duct, brain, colon, stomach, bone, reproductive organs, lung and airways, skin, gallbladder, liver, nasopharynx, nerve cells, kidney, prostate, lymph glands, gastrointestinal tract, bone marrow, blood and other tumour cells containing viruses.
  • T cells examples include those listed hi Table 1 above. Modification of the T cells may be accomplished using techniques well known in the art, for example transfection, infection and fusion (see above).
  • transfection is achieved using nanoparticles to which are coupled nucleic acid molecules encoding the antigenic component.
  • the nanoparticles may be coupled directly to the antigenic component itself.
  • the T cells may be modified by infection with a whole virus/ virion.
  • the method of the eighteenth aspect of the invention further comprises the step of culturing the T cells (at any stage of the method).
  • the method also comprises freezing the population of T cells.
  • This optional step may be performed at any stage of the above process, for example before or after activation and/or modification of the T cells.
  • the cells are frozen after activation and modification, and then stored until the time of use (apoptosis may be induced wither prior to freezing after the cells have been thawed ready for use).
  • modification (optional), culturing (optional), activation, freezing (optional) and induction of apoptosis; or (e) modification (optional), culturing (optional), activation, induction of apoptosis and freezing (optional).
  • the method additionally comprises the step of adding a population of antigen- presenting cells to the microbicide composition.
  • the antigen-presenting cells are macrophages or dendritic cells (see above).
  • a nineteenth aspect of the invention provides a method for treatment of a subject with a pathological condition, or recently exposed to a pathogen or susceptible to such exposure, the method comprising administering to the subject a composition according to the fifteenth aspect of the invention, or a combination product according to the sixteenth aspect of the invention.
  • the subject may be human or a non-human animal, e.g. domestic and farm animals (including mammals such as dogs, cats, horses, cows, sheep, etc.). Preferably, however, the subject is human.
  • the pathological condition is caused by a microorganism selected from the group consisting of bacteria, mycoplasmas, yeasts, fungi, prions, archaea and viruses.
  • the pathological condition may be caused by a virus (i.e. the pathogen to which subject has been or could be exposed may be a virus).
  • viruses include, but are not limited to, retroviruses (such as HTV viruses, e.g. HIVl and HTV2), herpes simplex viruses, human papilloma viruses, and Leporipox viruses.
  • the virus is an HIV virus, such as HTVl or fflV2.
  • the pathological condition may be caused by a bacterium, for example selected from the group consisting of Treponema pallidum, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis and Haemophilus ducreyi.
  • the pathological condition may be caused by a protozoan (such as Trichomonas vaginalis) or fungus (such as Candida albicans).
  • a protozoan such as Trichomonas vaginalis
  • fungus such as Candida albicans
  • a twentieth aspect of the invention provides a composition according to the fifteenth aspect of the invention or a combination product according to the sixteenth aspect of the invention for use in medicine, for example in the treatment of a subject with a pathological condition or after expose to a pathogen.
  • a twenty-first aspect of the invention provides the use of composition according to the fifteenth aspect of the invention or a combination product according to the sixteenth aspect of the invention in the preparation of a medicament for treatment of a subject with a pathological condition or after expose to a pathogen.
  • composition having microbicide activity comprising contacting a population of activated, apoptotic T cells with a population of antigen-presenting cells in a cell medium in vitro and then obtaining cell medium therefrom (e.g. as a supernatant).
  • composition having microbicide activity obtained or obtainable by the above method (preferably, comprising one or more chemokines/cytokines with anti- viral activity).
  • chemokines/cytokines with anti- viral activity a composition having microbicide activity obtained or obtainable by the above method (preferably, comprising one or more chemokines/cytokines with anti- viral activity).
  • such an effective amount of the vaccines and compositions of the invention may be delivered as a single bolus dose (i.e. acute administration) or, more preferably, as a series of doses over time (i.e. chronic « administration).
  • the vaccines and compositions of the invention can be formulated at various concentrations, depending on the efficacy/toxicity of the compound being used and the indication for which it is being used.
  • the formulation comprises an amount of the vaccine or composition of the invention comprising about 0.1-600 x 10 6 cells, for example about 0.1 - 100 x 10 6 cells.
  • the cellular vaccines, adjuvant compositions or microbicide compositions of the invention will generally be administered in admixture with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient diluent or carrier selected with regard to the intended route of administration and standard pharmaceutical practice (for example, see Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 19 th edition, 1995, Ed. Alfonso Gennaro, Mack Publishing Company, Pennsylvania, USA).
  • the agents of the invention can be administered orally, buccally or sublingually in the form of tablets, capsules, ovules, elixirs, solutions or suspensions, which may contain flavouring or colouring agents, for immediate-, delayed-, or controlled-release applications.
  • the agents of invention may also be administered via intracavernosal injection.
  • Such tablets may contain excipients such as microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, sodium citrate, calcium carbonate, dibasic calcium phosphate and glycine, disititegrants such as starch (preferably corn, potato or tapioca starch), sodium starch glycollate ⁇ croscarmellose sodium and certain complex silicates, and granulation binders such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxvpropylmethylcellulose (HPMC) 3 hydroxy-propylcellulose (HPC), sucrose, gelatin and acacia. Additionally, lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid, glyceryl behenate and talc may be included.
  • excipients such as microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, sodium citrate, calcium carbonate, dibasic calcium phosphate and glycine
  • disitegrants such as starch (preferably corn, potato or tapioca starch), sodium starch glycollate ⁇ croscarmellose sodium
  • Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in gelatin capsules.
  • Preferred excipients in this regard include lactose, starch, cellulose, milk sugar or high molecular weight polyethylene glycols.
  • the compounds of the invention may be combined with various sweetening or flavouring agents, colouring matter or dyes, with emulsifying and/or suspending agents and with diluents such as water, ethanol, propylene glycol and glycerin, and combinations thereof.
  • the agents of the invention can also be administered parenterally, for example, intravenously, intra-nasally, intra-dermally, locally applied to the vagina, mouth or rectum, intra-articularly, intra-arterially, intraperitoneally, intra-thecally, intraventricularly, intrasternally, intracranially, intra-muscularly or subcutaneously, or they may be administered by infusion techniques. They are best used in the form of a sterile aqueous solution which may contain other substances, for example, enough salts or glucose to make the solution isotonic with blood. The aqueous solutions should be suitably buffered (preferably to a pH of from 3 to 9), if -necessary. The preparation of suitable parenteral formulations under sterile conditions is readily accomplished by standard pharmaceutical techniques well known to those skilled in the art.
  • Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous and nonaqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain anti-oxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non- aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents.
  • the formulations may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose containers, for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilised) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water for injections, immediately prior to use.
  • Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets of the kind previously described.
  • the daily dosage level of the agents of the invention will usually be from about 0.1-600 x 10 6 cells per adult, administered in single or divided doses.
  • the agents of the invention can also be administered intranasally or by inhalation and are conveniently delivered in the form of a dry powder inhaler or an aerosol spray presentation from a pressurised container, pump, spray or nebuliser with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g. dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoro- methane, dichlorotetrafiuoro-ethane, a hydrofluoroalkane such as 1,1,1,2- tetrafluoroethane (HFA 134A3 or 1,1,1,2,3,3,3-heptafiuoropro ⁇ ane (HFA 227EA3), carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • a suitable propellant e.g. dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoro- methane, dichlorotetrafiuoro-ethane, a hydrofluoroalkane such as 1,1,1,2- tetrafluoroe
  • the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount.
  • the pressurised container, pump, spray or nebuliser may contain a solution or suspension of the active compound, e.g. using a mixture of ethanol and the propellant as the solvent, which may additionally contain a lubricant, e.g. sorbitan trioleate.
  • a lubricant e.g. sorbitan trioleate.
  • Capsules and cartridges (made, for example, from gelatin) for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated to contain a powder mix of a compound of the invention and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
  • Aerosol or dry powder formulations are preferably arranged so that each metered dose or 'puff contain about 0.1-600 x 10 6 cells for delivery to the patient. It will be appreciated that the overall daily dose with an aerosol will vary from patient to patient, and may be administered in a single dose or, more usually, in divided doses throughout the day.
  • the agents of the invention can be administered in the form of a suppository or pessary, or they may be applied topically in the form of a lotion, solution, cream, ointment or dusting powder.
  • the compounds of the invention may also be transdermally administered, for example, by the use of a skin patch or other intra-dermal devices. They may also be administered by the ocular route.
  • the agents of the invention can be formulated as a suitable ointment containing the active compound suspended or dissolved in, for example, a mixture with one or more of the following: mineral oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum, propylene glycol, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene compound, emulsifying wax and water.
  • they can be formulated as a suitable' lotion or cream, suspended or dissolved in, for example, a mixture of one or more of the following: mineral oil, sorbitan monostearate, a polyethylene glycol, liquid paraffin, polysorbate 60, cety ⁇ esters wax, cetearyl alcohol, 2-octyldodecanol, benzyl alcohol and water.
  • Formulations suitable for topical administration in the mouth include lozenges. comprising the active ingredient in a flavoured basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth; pastilles comprising the active ingredient in an inert basis such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia; and mouthwashes comprising the active ingredient in a suitable liquid carrier.
  • agents and pharmaceutical formulations of the present invention have utility in both the medical and veterinary fields.
  • the agents of the invention may be used in the treatment of both human and non-human animals (such as horses, dogs and cats).
  • the patient is human.
  • FIG. 1 Schematic diagram of exemplary method of the invention
  • the figure shows the principle set up in vitro, which comprises induction of apoptosis in autologous or allogeneic cells and thereafter addition to phagocytes.
  • Flow cytometry is used for measurements of apoptosis by annexin V/ PI stainings, phenotypic analyses of apoptotic cells, dendritic cell maturation, quantification of phagocytosis, and intracellular cytokine production.
  • PBMC peripheral blood mononuclear cells.
  • PBMCs peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • PBMCs peripheral blood cells were isolated from healthy blood donors and put in culture without any additional stimulation (non-stimulated), activated with anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 mAbs over night, PHA (phytohemagglutinin) over night or with PHA for 4 days.
  • the cells were either stained directly after the culture period or stained after a freezing period in DMSO.
  • the recovered cells were stained with anti-CD4, anti- CD25 and anti-CD69 mAbs and analysed for surface expression by flow cytometry. Data are shown on gated on lymphocytes.
  • the quadrants are set based on isotype control stainings and the numbers depicts the frequency of cells in each quadrant (A).
  • PBMCs were also analysed for apoptosis induction as defined by Annexin-V and PI staining (B).
  • Freshly isolated non-stimulated PBMCs display the background staining.
  • PBMCs were put in culture without any additional stimulation (non-stimulated), activated with anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 mAbs over night, PHA over night or with PHA for 4 days.
  • Cells were then frozen in DMSO. After thawing the cells were either stained directly with Annexin-V and PI or first exposed to 150Gy gamma-irradiation. ' Staining with Armexin-V and PI were performed directly after gamma-irradiation.
  • Human in vitro differentiated monocytes cultured for 6 days in the presence of IL-4 and GM-CSF were used as source of human immature DCs as defined by their expression of CDIa, lack of CD14 and low expression of CD40, CD80, CD86 and CD83. These immature DCs were co-cultured with different apoptotic cells (ac) for 72 hours and then analyzed for expression of CD 86 molecules. Gates, were set on large CDla + CD3 ' cells. LPS (lipopolysaccharide), which is a potent DC activator, was used as positive control and DCs cultured in medium only was used as negative control.
  • LPS lipopolysaccharide
  • the apoptotic cells were from freshly isolated PBMCs (non-stim ac), PBMCs activated with PHA over night (PHA o.n. ac), PBMCs activated with PHA for 4 days (PHA 4d ac) or PBMCs activated with anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 mAb over night ( ⁇ CD3 ⁇ CD28 ac) (A). Representative flow cytometric analyses and the definition of quadrant settings are shown. The different PBMCs were induced to undergo apoptosis by gamma-irradiation just prior to addition of DCs. (B) Average frequency of CD86 expressing DCs + SD of at least eight experiments. Significant differences were assessed by non- ⁇ parametric Mann- Whitney test and are indicated by * (P ⁇ 0.05), ** (P ⁇ 0.01) and *** (P ⁇ 0.001), respectively.
  • Immature DCs were co-cultured with live non-activated or anti-CD3/CD28 activated (over night incubation) CD4 + or CD8 + T cells isolated by negative depletion. Immature DCs were also co-cultured with apoptotic non-activated or antiCD3/CD28 activated CD4 + or CD8 + T cells. In addition, necrotic non- activated or antiCD3/CD28 activated CD4 + T cells induced to undergo necrosis by repeated freeze thawing cycles were also co-cultured with immature DCs. The expression of CD86 was assessed by flow cytometry after 72 h of co-culture. Gates were set on large CDla + CD3 " cells.
  • LPS was used as a positive control and negative control was culture in only medium. Average frequency of CD86 expressing DCs + SD of at least four experiments. Significant differences were assessed by non-parametric Mann- Whitney test and are indicated by * (P ⁇ 0.05), and ** (P ⁇ 0.01), respectively.
  • CD4 + T cells were activated with anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 mAb over night before they were infected with either IxBaL stock or a 1OxBaL stock.
  • the frequency of infection was measured by intracellular p24 staining and quantified by flow cytometry. The kinetics of infection of one representative experiment is shown.
  • Immature DCs were cultured in medium, in the presence of HIV-I BaL (+BaL), apoptotic anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 activated CD4 + T cells (apopCD4), apoptotic anti-CD3 and anti ⁇ CD28 activated CD4 + T cells in the presence of free HIV-I BaL (apopCD4+BaL), apoptotic activated HIV-I BaL infected CD4 + T cells (apopBaLCD4), apoptotic activated HIV-I BaL infected CD4 + T cells in the presence of free HIV-I BaL or LPS for 72 hours (top) or 7 days (bottom).
  • the expression of CD86 (left) and CD83 (right) was assessed by flow cytometry.
  • Gates were set on large CDla + CD3 " cells. Average frequency of CD 86 expressing DCs + SD of at least nine experiments at 72 h and five experiments at 7 days. CD83 expression was examined in two experiments. Significant differences were assessed by non-parametric Mann- Whitney test and are indicated by ** (P ⁇ 0.01) and *** (P ⁇ 0.001), respectively.
  • Immature DCs were co-cultured with different apoptotic cells (ac) for 4h, 8h and 24h and the culture supernatants were analyzed for presence of IL-6, IL-8, TNF- ⁇ , IL-2, IFN- ⁇ and MIP- l ⁇ by Luminex technology.
  • DCs cultured in only medium were negative control and LPS, which is a potent DC activator, was used as positive control.
  • the apoptotic cells were from freshly isolated PBMCs (non- stim ac), PBMCs activated with PHA over night (PHA o.n.
  • PBMCs activated with PHA for 4 days PHA 4d ac
  • PBMCs activated with anti-CD3 and anti- CD28 mAb over night ⁇ CD3 ⁇ CD28 ac
  • Non-stimulated apoptotic PBMCs or anti-CD3/anti-CD28 activated apoptotic PBMCs alone without addition of DCs were also included as a control for cytokine release from the apoptotic cells per se.
  • Immature DCs were exposed to HIV-I B aL (BaL) or HIV-I BaL and apoptotic anti- CD3 and anti-CD28 activated CD4 + T cells (apopCD4+BaL).
  • the frequency of infected DCs was assessed by flow cytometry of intracellular p24 staining after 72 hours and 7 days.
  • the left panel shows individual results from nine donors and the right panel depicts the average frequency of p24 positive DCs+ SD. Significant differences were assessed by non-parametric Wilcoxon test and are indicated by ** (P ⁇ 0.01).
  • Immature monocyte derived DCs were labelled with PKH26 after 6 days of culture.
  • PBMCs were labelled with PKH67 and thereafter induced to undergo apoptosis by ⁇ -irradiation.
  • DCs that have phagocytosed apoptotic cells (ac) give rise to a yellow appearance in the overlay picture (a).
  • High magnification image reveals an apoptotic body within a DC after 4 hours of co-culture (b). After 24 hours of culture, the image reveals that a high frequency of the DCs have taken up ac (c).
  • Cytochalasin D was added to the co-cultures in order to block phagocytic uptake of ac.
  • Negative con ⁇ x>l was harvested after 24 hours of DC/ac co-culture (d).
  • Human PBMCs were activated with PHA over night (a, d) or for 4 days (b, e) or were treated with ⁇ CD3 and ⁇ CD28 antibodies over night (c, f).
  • Non-activated and activated PBMCs were stained for T-cell activation markers CD25 and CD69. Samples were analysed by fiowcytometry and gates were set on lymphocytes. The stainings show up-regulation of CD25 and CD69 in ant ⁇ body- and PHA stimulated PBMCs (black line) as compared to non-activated cells (grey line).
  • Non-activated (a, b, c) and ⁇ CD3 ⁇ CD28 activated (d, e, f) PBMCs were stained with annexin V and PI before gamma-irradiation (a, d) and 6 hours (b, e) or 24 hours (c, f) after irradiation to determine the frequency of apoptotic and necrotic cells in the populations. Samples were analysed by flow cytometry and the total PBMC population was included in the analysis. Both in resting and in activated cells an increased frequency of annexin V positive, apoptotic cells and annexin V-, PI double positive, necrotic cells were seen after gamma-irradiation.
  • FIG. 12 Activated, apoptotic PBMC induce maturation in human monocyte derived dendritic cells
  • DCs were co-cultured with apoptotic cells derived from non-activated PBMC (non-act, ac), PHA activated PBMC stimulated over night (PHA o.n. ac) or for 4 days (PHA 4d ac), anti-CD3/CD28 activated ( ⁇ CD3 ⁇ CD28 ac).
  • Control samples included DCs cultured in medium or mAb (ab control).
  • LPS was used as a positive control for induction of DC-maturation.
  • DCs were co-cultured with ac for 72h before flow cytometry analyses were performed, (a) depicts the frequency of CD86 positive cells and (b) the mean fluorescence intensity.
  • n 6 for all samples.
  • Significant up- regulation of co-stimulatory molecules as compared to medium control is indicated as *** (p ⁇ 0,0001).
  • DCs were co-cultured with ac for 72h before flow cytometry analyses were performed. Gates were set on large, CDIa + cells. Significant differences as compared to medium control are indicated as *(p ⁇ 0,05) or *** (p ⁇ 0,0001).
  • Significant differences as compared to medium control are indicated as ** (p ⁇ 0,01) or *** (p ⁇ 0,0001).
  • Immature DCs were co-cultured with non-activated apoptotic cells (non-act, ac), apoptotic cells activated with PHA o.n (PHA o.n. ac). or for 4 days (PHA 4d) or ⁇ CD3 ⁇ CD28 activated apoptotic cells ( ⁇ CD3 ⁇ CD28 ac).
  • supernatants from the co-cultures or from ⁇ CD3 ⁇ CD28 ac alone were collected after 4, 8 and 24 hours of incubation. These were analysed for their contents of IL-6, TNF ⁇ , MIP-I ⁇ , IL- 10 and IL-12p70 by Luminex.
  • Immature DCs were co-cultured with non-activated or activated allogeneic ac. In control wells medium only (a) or activated ac only (d) were added. After 48h
  • CFSE labelled autologous T-cells were added to all wells. SEB was added as a positive control (b). At day 3, 4, 5 or 6 after T-cell addition the cultures were stained for cell surface markers and intracellular IFN ⁇ and were analysed by flowcytometry. Gates were set on CD3 + , CDIa " cells. In medium- and T-cells only controls (a, c) and in samples where DCs were given resting ac (e) or where autologous T-cells encountered ac only (d) no proliferation or IFN ⁇ production was detected at any of the time points analysed.
  • T-cell division and IFN ⁇ production was detected at day 3 and peaked at day 4 in positive control (b) and in samples where DCs were co-cultured with activated ac (f).
  • the figure shows cells collected from 1 representative donor out of 6 at day 4 of the experiment and numbers indicate percentages of IFN ⁇ + T-cells
  • CD4+ T cells were isolated from healthy blood donors and put in culture without any additional stimulation (non-activ), or activated with anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 mAbs over night. The cells were either stained directly after the culture period or stained after a freezing period in DMSO. The recovered cells were stained with anti-CD4, anti-CD25 and anti-CD69 mAbs and analysed for surface expression by flow cytometry. Data are shown on gated on lymphocytes. The quadrants are set based on control stainings and the numbers depicts the frequency of cells in each quadrant (A).
  • CD4 + T cells were activated with anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 mAb over night before they were infected with either IxBaL stock or a 1OxBaL stock. The frequency of infection was measured by intracellular p24 staining and quantified by flow cytometry. The kinetics of infection in CD4+ T cells of one representative experiment is shown (B).
  • Human in vitro differentiated monocytes cultured for 6 days in the presence of IL-4 and GM-CSF were used as source of human immature DCs as defined by their expression of CDIa, lack of CD 14 and low expression of CD40, CD80, CD86 and CD83. These immature DCs were co-cultured with different apoptotic cells for 72 hours or 7 days and then analyzed for expression of CD86 molecules by flow cytometry. Gates were set on large CDla + CD3 " cells. LPS, which is a potent DC activator, was used as positive control and DCs cultured in medium only was used as negative control.
  • LPS which is a potent DC activator
  • Immature DCs were cultured in medium, in the presence of HTV-I BaL (+BaL), apoptotic anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 activated CD4 + T cells (apopCD4), apoptotic anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 activated CD4 + T cells in the presence of free HIV-I BaL (apopCD4+BaL), apoptotic activated HIV-I BaL infected CD4 + T cells (a ⁇ opBaLCD4), apoptotic activated HIV-I BaL infected CD4 + T cells in the presence of free HIV-I Ba L (apopBaLCD4+BaL). Gates were set on large CDla + CD3 ' cells.
  • Immature DCs were co-cultured with different apoptotic cells for 4h, 8h and 24h and the culture supernatants were analyzed for presence of IL-6, IL-8, TNF- ⁇ , IL- 2, IFN- ⁇ , MIP- l ⁇ and MIP- l ⁇ by Luminex.
  • DCs cultured in only medium were negative control and LPS, which is a potent DC activator, was used as positive control.
  • DCs were exposed to HrV BaL (BaL) 5 antiCD3 and anti-CD28 activated apoptotic CD4 T cells (apo) or antiCD3 and anti-CD28 activated apoptotic CD4 T cells in the presence of HIVg aL (apo+Bal). The results shown are meanj ⁇ SD from seven donors. The released TTSEF- ⁇ and IFN- ⁇ , are shown in (A) and MIP- l ⁇ and MIP-l ⁇ in (B).
  • Immature DCs were exposed to HIV-I BaL (BaL), apoptotic anti-CD3 and anti- CD28 activated CD4 + T cells (a ⁇ opCD4), apoptotic anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 activated CD4 + T cells in the presence of HTV-I BaL (apopCD4+BaL), apoptotic anti-CD3 . and anti-CD28 activated HIV-I BaL infected CD4 + T cells (apopCD4BaL) or apoptotic anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 activated HIV-I BaL infected CD4 + T cells in the presence of free virus (apopCD4BaL+BaL).
  • the frequency of infected DCs was assessed by flow cytometry of intracellular p24 staining after 72 hours and 7 days.
  • Panel A shows representative staining after 7 days of infection.
  • the left panel shows individual results from eleven donors and the right panel depicts the average frequency of p24 positive DCs + SD. Significant differences were assessed by non-parametric Wilcoxon test and are indicated by ** (P ⁇ 0.01).
  • Figure 21 Reduced frequency of HIV-I infected DCs after co-culture with apoptotic activated but not apoptotic non-activated primary T cells
  • Immature DCs were exposed to HIV-I BaL (BaL) 3 apoptotic anti-CD3 and anti- CD28 activated CD4 + T cells (apop. activeCD4) or non-activated primary CD4+ T cells (apop.non-active CD4) in the presence of HIV-I Ba L .
  • the frequency of infected DCs was assessed by flow cytometry of intracellular p24 staining after 7 days. Results are shown as mean+SD p24 expressing DCs from at least three donors.
  • Figure 22 Induction of maturation and reduced frequency of HIV-I infected DCs after exposure to supernatant collected from co-cultures with DCs and apoptotic activated T cells
  • Figure 23 Reduced frequency of HIV-I infection in DCs after co-culture with apoptotic activated T cells both pre- and post- HIV-IB 3L exposure
  • Immature DCs were exposed to HIV-I BaL (BaL) or both BaL and apoptotic anti- CD3 and anti-CD28 activated CD4 + T cells (irrCD4).
  • the apoptotic activated CD4 T cells were added at the same time as the virus (irrCD4+Bal), 30mi ⁇ , Ih or 2h prior to addition of BaL or conversely, the DC cultures were first incubated with BaL for 30min, Ih or 2h prior to addition of apoptotic activated CD4 + T cells.
  • the frequency of infected DCs was assessed by flow cytometry of intracellular p24 staining after 7 days.
  • Figure 24 Weight of animals following treatment with exemplary cellular vaccine of the invention (or saline control injections)
  • Figure 25 HIV-I specific proliferation induced after immunization with apoptotic HIV-1/MuLV infected cells
  • the HIV-I induced proliferation after restimulation in vitro of splenocytes with recombinant Nef and p24 protein was measured by 3H-thymidine uptake after four days of culture (a and b).
  • the overall capacity of the T cells to proliferate was estimated by stimulation with the lectin ConA (c).
  • the assays were set up in triplicates and the values in counts per minute (cpm) are shown.
  • the graph shows the average proliferation + standard deviation from six mice in each group.
  • Figure 26 HIV-I specific IFN- ⁇ production after immunization with apoptotic HIV-1/MuLV infected cells
  • the HIV-I induced IFN- ⁇ release in supernatants after restimulation in vitro of splenocytes with recombinant Nef and p24 protein was measured by ELISA after 48 hours of culture (a and b).
  • the overall capacity of the cells to produce IFN- ⁇ was estimated by stimulation with the lectin ConA (c).
  • the assays were set up in duplicates and the values in pg/ml of detectable IFN- ⁇ are shown.
  • the graph shows the average value+ standard deviation from six mice in each group.
  • the HIV-I induced IL-2 release in supernatants after restimulation in vitro of splenocytes with recombinant Nef and p24 protein was measured by ELISA after 48 hours of culture (a and b).
  • the overall capacity of the T cells to produce IL-2 was estimated by stimulation with the lectin ConA (c).
  • the assays were set up in duplicates and the values in pg/ml of detectable IL-2 are shown.
  • the graph shows the average value ⁇ standard deviation from six mice in each group.
  • FIG. 28 HlV-I p24 proliferation induced after immunization with BIVgag transfected activated apoptotic cells
  • the HIV-I induced proliferation after restimulation in vitro of splenocytes with recombinant p24 protein was measured by 3H-thymidine uptake after three days of culture.
  • the assays were set up in triplicates and the values in counts per minute (cpm) are shown.
  • the graph shows the average proliferation + standard deviation from six mice in each group.
  • Levels of significance between the groups immunized with either HIV gag plasmids- or control (Ctrl) plasmids were evaluated by non-parametric Mann- Whitney test (p-values ⁇ 0.05 are indicated with * and p-values ⁇ 0.01 with **) for each vaccine analyzed. Mice were immunized two times s.c. together with GM-CSF.
  • the assays were set up in duplicates and the values in spot forming cells (SFC) per million plated cells are shown. Mice were immunized two times s.c. together with GM-CSF. The graph shows the individual results from six mice in each group. Animals in group 1 received HIV-DNA plasmid, group 2 Ctrl-DNA plasmid, group 3 HIV transfected apoptotic cells and group 4 control transfected apoptotic cells.
  • CD14 + monocytes were enriched from PBMCs from healthy blood donors by negative selection using RosetteSep Human Monocyte Enrichment (lmL/lOmL blood; Stem Cell Technologies, Vancouver, BC, Canada). Monocytes were separated using lymphoprep (Nycomed, Oslo, Norway) density gradient.
  • CDA + and CD8 + T cells were enriched from .healthy blood donor PBMCs by negative selection using RosetteSep 's Human CD4 + or CDS + T cell Enrichment (lmL/lOmL blood respectively; Stem Cell Technologies). T cells and PBMCs were separated using lymphoprep density gradient (Nycomed, Oslo, Norway). Cells were frozen in FBS and 10% dimethylsulphoxide (DMSO) or were added to flasks containing 1% Sodiumpyruvate, monoclonal anti-human CD3 (2 ⁇ g/ml; clone OKT 3; Ortho Biotech Inc.
  • DMSO dimethylsulphoxide
  • the CCR5-uring HIV-I BaL isolate (National Institutes of Health (NIH) AIDS Research and Reference Reagent Program, Division of AIDS, National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID), NIH) was grown on PBMC cultures stimulated with PHA (Sigma, St Louis, MO) and IL-2 (Chiron, Emeryville, CA).
  • the virus was ultracentrifuged (138 00Og (45 OOOrpm), 30 minutes, 4°C, Beckman L-80 Utracentrifuge, rotor 70.1; Beckman Coulter, FuUerton, CA) and the virus pellet was resuspended in RPMI 10%FBS to obtain a 10 X virus concentrate.
  • the viral titer of the HIY-I BaL stock was determined by p24 enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA; Murez HIV antigen Mab; Abbott, Abbott Park, IL) according to manufacturer's protocol. Samples were analyzed in serial dilutions in duplicate.
  • the 10 X HIV-I BaL stock had an HIV-I p24 Gag content of 11.7 ⁇ g/mL.
  • the HIV-I BaL stock was also characterised by determining the level of active reverse transcriptase (RT; Lenti RT; Cavidi Tech, Uppsala, Sweden).
  • the 10 X HIV-I BaL stock used contained 15 000 pg active RT/mL.
  • CD4+ T cells were isolated from healthy blood donor PBMCs by negative selection using RosetteSep's Human CD4 + T cell Enrichment (lniL/lOmL blood respectively; Stem Cell Technologies) and activated with anti-CD3 (2 ⁇ g/ml; clone OKT 3; Ortho Biotech Inc. Raritan, NJ) and anti-CD28 mAb (2 ⁇ g/ml; L293; BD Biosciences, San Diego, CA) over night. The cells were then incubated with 10 X HIV-I B aL or 1 X HrV-l Ba L stocks (200 ⁇ l HrV-l Ba L stock to 1x10 6 CD4 + T cells) in the presence of IL-2 (Chiron, Emeryville, CA).
  • the frequency of infected cells was analyzed by intracellular p24 staining day 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 10 after infection.
  • the obtained infected cells were frozen in FBS/DMSO until use.
  • a quantity of 200 ⁇ L of 1 X HIV-I BaL or mock was added to 5 X 10 5 immature DCs/mL in a 24-well plate (Costar Corning, Corning, NY) to a final volume of 1.0 mL per well.
  • the frequency of infected DCs was determined by intracellular p24 staining after 72 hours and 7 days of infection.
  • Nanotechnologies offer an attractive alternative method of transferring both DNA and proteins into target cells that could be used for vaccination purposes. However, if introduced to non-separated cell populations, e.g. bulk peripheral blood cells, nanoparticles are taken up by many different cell types resulting in a low transfer efficiency into antigen presenting cells. Immunisation in vivo with nanoparticles can also lead to dilution of the particles due to uptake of nanoparticles into non-antigen presenting cells. Moreover, nanoparticles do not have any known intrinsic adjuvant effects.
  • a solution to these problems is to combine the use of nanoparticles as carriers of antigen with the apoptotic cell technology of the present invention, which targets antigen into phagocytic antigen presenting cells and in addition provides adjuvant signal(s).
  • One embodiment involves loading HIV-DNA and/or HIV-protein conjugated nanoparticles into selected T-cell subsets ⁇ e.g. activated CD4+ T cells) in vitro and thereafter apoptosis is induced by for example gamma- irradiation.
  • the HrV-DNA/protein nanoparticle loaded apoptotic activated T cells are used as immunogen to allow for induction of primary immune responses.
  • Exemplary protocol Iron oxide nanoparticles (Ferridex TV) axe obtained from for example Berlex Laboratories, Wayne NJ. To facilitate cellular uptake the negatively charged iron oxide particles will be conjugated to protamine sulphate. Both ferumoxide nanoparticles and protamine sulphate are FDA approved agents, thereby facilitating translation to human therapy protocols.
  • the nanoparticles are either conjugated to DNA or proteins.
  • the nanoparticles are incubated with live T cells to allow uptake.
  • the T cells can be activated either before or after uptake of nanoparticles. Activation can be performed by using for example anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 mAbs.
  • the uptake of nanoparticles is assessed by microscopy and flow cytometry.
  • the activated T cells are thereafter induced to undergo apoptosis and are used as irnmunogen.
  • the nanoparticle-carrying apoptotic activated T cells can be immunized directly and uptake in antigen-presenting cells will occur in vivo.
  • an additional step of co-culture with antigen-presenting cells such as dendritic cells can be performed in vitro before immunisation to the patient.
  • the frequency of HIV-I BaL infection in DCs and T cells was determined by intracellular staining for the HIV-I Gag protein p24.
  • Cells were first stained for cell surface markers, then washed in PBS and fixed in 2% formaldehyde (Sigma) for 10 minutes at room temperature.
  • Cells were washed in PBS with 2% FBS followed by a wash in PBS with 2%FBS, 2% HEPES and 0.1% Saponin (Sigma) to allow permeabilization of the cell surface membrane.
  • Cells were incubated for 1-2 hour at 4 0 C with the anti-p24 specific mAb (clone KC57; Coulter, Hialeah, FL) or the corresponding isotype control.
  • Cells were washed in saponin solution to remove excessive antibody and resuspended in PBS. Expression was assessed by a FACSCalibur flow cytometer (Becton Dickinson).
  • Apoptosis was here confirmed by flow cytometry stainings with AnnexinV (Boehringer Mannheim, Mannheim, Germany) and propidium iodide (PI) (0.1 ⁇ g/sample; Sigma, Sweden) according to manufacturer's protocol. Supernatants were collected from live and irradiated cells after 4, 8 and 24 hours and were centrifuged at 1,4x10 4 rpm for 30 min to remove possible cell debris. DC co-cultures
  • 0,5mL medium RPMI supplemented with 10% FBS and recombinant human IL- 4 and GM-CSF.
  • Live or irradiated PBMCs or T cells were added to DCs in proportion 2:1 to a total volume of ImL.
  • DCs were washed and resuspended in PBS with 2% FBS. They were incubated for 30 min in 4°C with the following anti-human monoclonal antibodies (mAbs): CDIa (clone NA1/34, DAKO, Glostrup, Denmark), CD14 (clone TUK4; DAKO), CD19 (clone HD37, DAKO), CD3 (clone SK7), CD83 (clone HB15e) and CD86 (clone 2331/FUN-l; all from BD Biosciences, San Diego, CA).
  • mAbs anti-human monoclonal antibodies
  • PBMC and T cells were washed and incubated with anti-human monoclonal antibodies CD19 (clone HD37; DAKO), CD14 (DAKO), CD3 (clone SK7), CD4 (clone RPA-T4) + Streptavidin, CD8 (clone SK-I), CD154 (clone TRAP-I), CD25 (clone 2A3) and CD69 (FN50; all from BD).
  • Cell surface expression was measured by a FACScalibur flow cytometer (Becton Dickinson) and at least 10 5 cells/sample were collected. Co-culture samples were at 72 hours or 7 days washed and incubated with the previously mentioned CDIa, CD4, CD8, CD83 and CD86.
  • DCs were also stained with Annexin V as in preceding paragraph to detect possible apoptotic DCs.
  • the assay was used according to manufacturer's protocol and a Luminex reader (Luminex Corporation, Austin TX, USA) was used to
  • apoptosis in PBMCs or CD3 + T cells activated with either PHA or anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 mAbs and thereafter added them to human in vitro differentiated dendritic cells.
  • the efficiency of T cell activation was determined by analyzing induction of CD25 and CD69 expression on T cells (Fig. 2A).
  • the frequency and level of CD25 and CD69 expression was similar after anti-CD3/CD28 mAbs and PHA stimulation.
  • T cells were efficiently activated in the culture system used.
  • the obtained PBMC or T cell preparations were thereafter frozen in DMSO until use.
  • the day of experiment the frozen cells were thaw, washed and induced to undergo apoptosis by gamma-irradiation.
  • Apoptosis induction was measured by performing Annexin-V and PI staining, which were quantified by flow cytometry (Fig. 2B).
  • Annexin-V and PI staining were quantified by flow cytometry (Fig. 2B).
  • Early apoptotic cells are defined as Annexin-V " and PI " .
  • apoptotic T cells may per se be able to provide any adjuvant activity
  • IL-4 and GM-CSF as source of human immature dendritic cells as defined by their expression of CDIa, lack of CD 14 and low expression of CD40, CD80, CD86 and CD 83.
  • immature dendritic cells were co-cultured with apoptotic cells (ac) for 72 hours and then analyzed for expression of the co- stimulatory molecule CD 86 (Fig 3). Representative flow cytometric analyses are depicted in Fig. 3A and a summary of at least 8 experiments are shown in Fig. 3 B.
  • the frequency of CD86 + DCs was 92.0+7.4 % after LPS stimulation and the background medium control was 12.3+5.4 %.
  • a modest but significant increase in CD86 expression was detected after co-culture with non-activated PBMC (18.7+5.4 %) as compared to the medium control.
  • the kinetics of activation appeared to be of importance because PBMCs activated with PHA for 4 days were less efficient in inducing CD86 expression as compared with PBMCs activated with PHA over night (27.8+19.5 %).
  • CD4 + and/or CD8 + positive T cells could provide the activation/maturation signal to the DCs.
  • the frequency of DCs expressing CD86 molecules after co-culture with live non-activated CD4 + or CD8 + T cells were 18.6 % and 6.7%, respectively (Fig. 4).
  • CD86 expression after co-culture with live activated CD4 + but not activated CD8 + T cells was 18.6 % and 6.7%, respectively (Fig. 4).
  • DCs exposed to HIV-I BaL were not induced to express CD86 either at 72 hours or after 7 days of culture (Fig. 6).
  • co-culture with apoptotic activated HIV-I Ba L infected T cells resulted in induction of CD86.
  • the activation/maturation signal provided by the activated CD4 + T cells occurred even in the presence of free HIV-I BaL -
  • CD83 which is another molecule associated with DC maturation
  • the pattern of expression was similar to CD86 expression and CD83 was induced after co-culture with activated CD4 + T cells even in the presence of HIV- 1.
  • These findings show that apoptotic activated CD4 + T cells are able to provide an activation/maturation signal to immature DCs even in the presence of HIV-I.
  • a population of apoptotic activated T cells containing a high frequency of HIV-I infected cells is also able to provide an activation/maturation signal to DCs.
  • apoptotic activated T cells carrying HIV-I may be used as an antigen transfer system that is able to induce certain DC activation/maturation.
  • cytokine production was induced in DCs after uptake of apoptotic activated T cells.
  • the Luminex technology which allows simultaneous analyses of up to eight cytokines, was used.
  • the secretion of IL-6 was detected as early as 4 hours of co-culture with activated T cells, but peaked at 24 hours.
  • Both PHA and anti-CD3 and CD28 activated apoptotic cells could provide a signal that enabled IL-6 secretion.
  • the IL-8 secretion peaked at 8 hours but was more difficult to delineate due to background secretion from the apoptotic cells per se.
  • TNF- ⁇ There was a rapid induction of TNF- ⁇ , primarily from the co-cultures with anti- CD3 and anti-CD28 activated cells.
  • MIB-I ⁇ in the cultures with activated apoptotic T cells and there was no background secretion from the apoptotic cells per se.
  • Co-culture with non-stimulated T cells or neutrophils did not result in any secretion of mentioned cytokines.
  • Immature DCs were exposed to HIV-I BaL and we found a large donor variability regarding HIV-I infection efficiency ranging from 0.1-21.7% after 72 hours incubation and between 2.1-46.4% after 7 days. We could not detect any significant reduction in intracellular p24 expression in the DCs co-cultured with apoptotic activated CD4 + T cells after 72 hours.
  • DCs Dendritic cells
  • Immature DCs require activation/maturation signals in order to undergo phenotypic and functional changes to acquire a fully competent antigen-presenting capacity.
  • Activation/maturation of DCs involves several steps such as a transient increased capacity to take up antigen, migration towards draining lymph-nodes and simultaneous up-regulation of molecules including chemokine receptors and co- stimulatory molecules.
  • Th cells Upon challenge with microbial or inflammatory stimuli DCs gain the ability to stimulate lymph-node-based na ⁇ ve T helper (Th) cells and initiate primary T cell responses (1).
  • Mature DCs in the lymph node provide Th cells with an antigen specific signal via MHC and a co-stimulatory signal via molecules such as CD80 and CD86 (2) (3).
  • Th type 1 (ThI) cell priming is dependent on IL-12 production by DCs, initiated via CD40-CD40L interactions. Emerging data also supports the involvement of an additional signal contributing to the polarization towards ThI or Th2 responses (4) (5) (6).
  • DC activation/maturation can be induced by a variety of signals.
  • PAMPs pathogen-associated molecular patterns
  • PRRs pattern-recognition receptors
  • TLR Toll-like receptor family (8)
  • Ligation of these receptors leads to production of pro-inflammatory cytokines by DCs, such as type I interferons (IFNs), rumor necrosis factor (TNF) and interleukin 1 (IL-I), which also have been shown to influence DC activation ((10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (6).
  • IFNs type I interferons
  • TNF rumor necrosis factor
  • IL-I interleukin 1
  • Some mature DC features may therefore be due to secondary effects mediated by their own cytokine production.
  • DCs activated indirectly by inflammatory mediators were able to upregulate MHC molecules and co- stimulatory molecules and to drive T cell proliferation and clonal expansion, but lacked the ability to produce IL- 12 p40, which correlates with an inability to promote ThI effector differentiation (6).
  • Blander and Medzhitov recently showed that the efficiency of MHC class II molecules antigen presentation on DCs depends on the presence of TLR ligands within phagocytosed cargo (16). Taken together, these data indicate that DCs are likely to be alerted by inflammatory mediators but will require PAMP recognition to develop into a fully mature DC with capacity to prime ThI or Th2 cells.
  • HSPs heat shock proteins
  • CD14 + monocytes were enriched from blood from healthy blood donors by negative selection using RosetteSep Human Monocyte Enrichment (lmL/lOmL blood; Stem Cell. Technologies, Vancouver, BC, Canada). Monocytes were separated using lymphoprep (Nycomed, Oslo, Norway) density gradient.
  • PBMCs peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • CD4 + T cells were enriched by negative selection using RosetteSep's Human CD4 + T cell Enrichment (lmL/lOmL blood respectively; Stem Cell Technologies).
  • DMSO dimethylsulphoxide
  • Cells (10 6 /ml) were activated with phytohemagglutinin (PHA; 2,5 ⁇ g/mL; SIGMA, St Louis, MO) over night or for 4 days before they were ' frozen in FBS/DMSO.
  • PHA phytohemagglutinin
  • the monoclonal anti-human CD3 (2 ⁇ g/ml; clone OKT 3; Ortho Biotech Inc. Raritan, NJ), was adhered to plastic during one hour in 4°C before addition of soluble monoclonal anti-human CD28 (2 ⁇ g/ml; L293; BD Biosciences, San Diego, CA) and cells. After over night stimulation cells were frozen in FBS/DMSO.
  • PBMCs Frozen PBMCs were thawed and washed three times in RPMI. Cells were induced to undergo apoptosis by ⁇ -irradiation (150 Gy). The ⁇ -irradiation induced apoptotic process has previously been demonstrated by morphological changes, flow cytometry and DNA fragmentation on agarose gels (36) (37). Apoptosis was here confirmed by flow cytometry stainings with AnnexinV (Boehringer Mannheim, Mannheim, Germany) and propidium iodide (PI) (0,1 ⁇ g/sample; Sigma, Sweden) according to manufacturer's protocol. Supernatants were collected from irradiated cells after 4, 8 and 24 hours and were centrifuged. at 1,4x10 rpm for 30 min to remove possible cell debris.
  • AnnexinV Boehringer Mannheim, Mannheim, Germany
  • PI propidium iodide
  • immature DCs were counted and plated in 24- well plates, 5x10 5 cells in 0,5mL medium (RPMI supplemented with 10% FBS and recombinant human IL- 4 and GM-CSF). Irradiated PBMCs were added to DCs in proportion 2:1 to a total volume of ImL. Supernatant (0,5 mL) from 10 6 irradiated PBMCs, collected at 4, 8 and 24 hours, was also added to immature DCs. Supernatant was collected from co-cultures at 4, 8 and 24hours. At 72 hours all samples were collected and DCs were characterized by flow cytometric analysis.
  • LPS Lipopolysaccharide
  • PBMCs and DCs were, before co-culture, labelled with green fluorescent dye PKH67 (Sigma) and red fluorescent dye PKH26 (Sigma) respectively. Labelling was performed according to manufacturer's protocol. Cytochalasin D (Sigma) (0,5 ⁇ g/ml) was added to co-cultures as a negative control for phagocytosis.
  • DCs were washed and resuspended in PBS with 2% FBS. They were incubated for 30 min in 4°C with the following anti-human monoclonal antibodies: CDIa (clone NA1/34, DAKO, Glostfup, Denmark), CD14 (clone TUK4; DAKO), CD19 (clone HD37, DAKO), CD3 (clone SK7), CD80 (clone L307.4), CD83 (clone HB15e), CD86 (clone 2331/FUN-l) HLA-DR (clone L243; all from BD Biosciences, San Diego, CA).
  • CDIa clone NA1/34, DAKO, Glostfup, Denmark
  • CD14 clone TUK4; DAKO
  • CD19 clone HD37, DAKO
  • CD3 clone SK7
  • CD80 clone L307.4
  • CD83 clone HB15e
  • PBMCs were washed and incubated with anti- human monoclonal antibodies, CD3 (clone SK7), CD4 (clone SK3), CD8 (clone G42-8), CD154 (clone TRAP-I), CD25 (clone 2A3) and CD69 .(FN50; all from BD).
  • Cell surface expression was measured by a FACScalibur flow cytometer (Becton Dickinson) and at least 10 5 cells/sample were collected.
  • Co-culture samples were at 72 hours washed and incubated with the previously mentioned CDIa, CD4, CD8, CD80, CD83, CD86 and HLA-DR.
  • For analysis of DCs gates were set on CD47CD8 ' or CD3 " , CDIa + cells.
  • Immature DCs were obtained as above. Blood from the same donors were used for separation of CD3 + T-cells by negative selection using RosetteSep's Human CD3 + T cell Enrichment (lmL/lOmL blood; Stem Cell Technologies). T-cells were frozen in 10% DMSO. On day 6 of DC culture, DC/apoptotic cell co- cultures were set up as above and were incubated for 48h. A control consisting of DCs co-cultured with ⁇ CD8 (clone SKl 5 BD)(4 ⁇ g/ml) treated, apoptotic PBMC was also included.
  • T-cells were thawed, washed three times in RPMI and labelled with CFSE as described (38). 1,5x10 6 T-cells were added to the corresponding DC donor in 10:1 proportion or to controls containing apoptotic cells only to a total volume of l,5mL. In positive controls staphylococcal enterotoxin B (SEB)(Sigma) (5 ⁇ g/ml) was added. These cultures were incubated for 3, 4, 5 or 6 days. Brefeldin A (BFA)(Sigma)(10 ⁇ g/ml) was added to cultures 12 hours before staining for surface markers CDIa and CD3 and intracellular IFN ⁇ (clone 25723.11, BD).
  • SEB staphylococcal enterotoxin B
  • Cells were first incubated with mAb directed against cell surface markers as described above. For intracellular staining cells were fixed in 2% formaldehyde, washed in saponin buffer consisting of 2% FBS, 2% HEPES, Saponin lmg/ml in PBS and were incubated with antibody at 4°C for 30 rnin. Cells were finally washed in saponin buffer and analysed by FACS for cell-surface expression, proliferation and IFN ⁇ expression. Gates were set on CDIa ' , CD3 + cells.
  • Human monocytes were cultured for 6 days in presence of IL-4 and GM-CSF to obtain immature DCs as defined by expression of CDIa, lack of CD 14 and low expression of the co-stimulatory molecules CD80, CD83 and CD86.
  • immature DCs as defined by expression of CDIa, lack of CD 14 and low expression of the co-stimulatory molecules CD80, CD83 and CD86.
  • PKH26 labelled immature DCs were co-cultured with PKH67 labelled apoptotic PBMCs. Confocal microscopy analyses were performed after 1, 4 or 24 hours of co-culture.
  • PBMCs Activated, but not resting, apoptotic PBMCs induce expression of co-stimulatory molecules in DCs
  • T-cells have the capacity to provide activation/maturation signals to DCs.
  • ⁇ CD3 ⁇ CD28 activation Both PHA and ⁇ CD3 ⁇ CD28 activation resulted in up-regulation of CD25 and CD69.
  • the frequency of positive cells did not differ notably between the different stimuli.
  • T-cells were also stained for CD40L expression because CD40-CD40L interactions can induce DC maturation.
  • CD40L expression could be detected in purified, activated T-cells, but not in the T-cell population present in PBMCs (data not shown). This is most likely due to the previously reported B-cell mediated endocytosis of CD40L on activated T-cells (41) (42).
  • Non-activated and activated PBMC preparations were irradiated and apoptosis induction was measured by Annexin-V and PI stainings that were quantified by flow cytometry (Fig. 11).
  • Annexin-V and PI stainings that were quantified by flow cytometry (Fig. 11).
  • Fig. 11 flow cytometry
  • PBMCs Apoptotic PBMCs were added to immature DCs and the co-cultures were incubated for 72h.
  • ⁇ CD3 and ⁇ CD28 antibodies were added in control DC cultures.
  • Cells were collected and stained for CDIa, CD80, CD83, CD86 and HLA-DR and subjected to flow cytometric analyses.
  • Mature DCs were defined as CDIa+ cells with distinct, high expression of CD86. Quadrants were set based on negative controls (medium) and positive controls (LPS). There was a significant increase in the frequency of CD 86 expressing DCs as compared to the medium control in co-cultures containing activated PBMCs.
  • CD80, CD83 and CD 86 molecules were up-regulated in DCs co-cultured with activated apoptotic cells while HLA-DR expression did not differ significantly from the medium control.
  • Purified, ⁇ CD3 ⁇ CD28 activated, apoptotic CD4 + T-cells were also able to induce expression of co-stimulatory molecules in DCs (data not shown).
  • necrotic PBMCs do not induce DC maturation
  • Immature DCs were co-cultured with non-activated, apoptotic PBMCs, apoptotic PBMCs activated with PHA over night or for 4 days or apoptotic PBMCs activated with ⁇ CD3 and ⁇ CD28 antibodies over night.
  • Supernatants were collected after 4, 8 and 24 hours from DC/apoptotic cell co-cultures. The supernatants were frozen and later analysed by luminex for IL-2, IL-6, IL-8, IL-IO, IL-12, IFN ⁇ , TNF ⁇ and MlP-l ⁇ content.
  • DCs co-cultured with activated apoptotic cells before addition of T-cells were capable of inducing both proliferation and IFN ⁇ production in autologous T-cells.
  • both proliferation and IFN ⁇ production peaked at day 4 (Fig 16).
  • PBMCs were incubated with anti-CD8 antibody and exposed to ⁇ -irradiation before addition to DCs.
  • Anti-CD8 did not activate the T-cells as measured by up-regulated CD25 and CD69, and did not provide induction of DC activation and subsequent autologous T-cell proliferation (data not shown).
  • the present report supports earlier studies where DCs exposed to apoptotic cells were found to mature and induce activation of T-cells in vitro (30, 31, 33, 43-45) and that the activated apoptotic cells are more efficient than activated necrotic cells in this aspect (46, 47).
  • the dying cells inducing DC activation in the former studies all contained different forms of tumor- or viral antigens.
  • the danger signalling features of these cells are still not fully characterized but we speculate that the effect of the apoptotic cells partly could be associated with a "non-resting" state. It should be noted that no TLR-ligand-, tumour- or viral source of antigen was present in the setup of our experiments.
  • HSPs have earlier been shown to induce DC maturation ((51-59) and exert adjuvant activity (60-63). These molecules are intracellular and released upon lost membrane integrity. HSPs could possibly have some effect in our in- vitro system where some of the irradiated PBMC most likely enter secondary necrosis before uptake of DCs. Yet this is not a fully satisfying explanation of our results for two reasons. First, supernatants collected from apoptotic cells at later time points also contain factors released from cells in secondary necrosis. These supernatants lacked the ability to induce DC maturation.
  • uric acid Another endogenous molecule that was suggested to activate DCs is uric acid, which is the end product in purine degradation and present in high amounts in stressed cells. Uric acid is contained in the cytosol of cells and not accessible to surrounding cells unless membrane integrity is lost why we exclude this as the main effector of DC activation. The essential factor or factors in activated apoptotic cells with ability to initiate DC activation remains to be elucidated.
  • Double-stranded RNA-exposed human keratinocytes promote ThI responses by inducing a Type-1 polarized phenotype in dendritic cells: role of keratinocyte-derived tumor necrosis factor alpha, type I interferons, and interleukin-18. J Invest Dermatol 120:990-997.
  • Consequences of cell death exposure to necrotic tumor cells, but not primary tissue cells or apoptotic cells, induces the maturation of immunostimulatory dendritic cells.
  • CD40 molecules induce down-modulation and endocytosis of T cell surface T cell-B cell activating molecule/CD40-L. Potential role in regulating helper effector function. J Immunol 152:598-608.
  • HSP heat shock proteins
  • Novel heat shock protein Hsp70Ll activates dendritic cells and acts as a ThI polarizing adjuvant. Blood 103: 1747-1754.
  • DCs dendritic cells
  • CD14 + ' monocytes were enriched from peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) from healthy blood donors by negative selection using RosetteSep Human Monocyte Enrichment (ImL/ 1OmL blood; Stem Cell Technologies, Vancouver, BC, Canada). Monocytes were separated using lymphoprep (Nycomed, Oslo, Norway) density gradient.
  • PBMCs peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • .CD4 + and CD8 + T cells were enriched from healthy .blood donor PBMCs by negative selection using RosetteSep 's Human CD4 + or CD8 + T cell Enrichment (lmL/lOmL blood respectively; Stem Cell Technologies). T cells were separated using lymphoprep density gradient (Nycomed, Oslo, Norway). Cells were frozen in FBS and 10% dimethylsulphoxide (DMSO) or were added to flasks containing 1% Sodiumpyruvate, monoclonal anti-human CD3 (2 ⁇ g/ml; clone OKT 3; Ortho Biotech Inc.
  • DMSO dimethylsulphoxide
  • CCR5-uring HIV-I B _L isolate or CXCR4 HIV-I ms (National Institutes of Health (NIH) AIDS Research and Reference Reagent Program, Division of AIDS, National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID), NIH) was grown on PBMC cultures stimulated with PHA (Sigma, St Louis, MO) and IL-2 (Chiron, Emeryville, CA).
  • the virus was ultracentrifuged (138 OOOg (45 OOOrpm), 30 minutes, 4 0 C, Beckman L-80 Ultracentrifuge, rotor 70.1; Beckman Coulter, Fullerton, CA) and the virus pellet was resuspended in RPMI 10%FBS to obtain a 10 X virus concentrate.
  • the viral titer of the HIV-I BaL stock was determined by p24 enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA; Murez HIV antigen Mab; Abbott, Abbott Park, IL) according to manufacturer's protocol. Samples were analyzed in serial dilutions in duplicate.
  • the 10 X HIV-I BaL stock had an HIV-I p24 Gag content of 11.7 ⁇ g/mL.
  • the HIV-I BaL stock was also characterized by determining the level of active reverse transcriptase (RT; Lenti RT; Cavidi Tech, Uppsala, Sweden).
  • the 10 X HTV-I BaL stock used contained 15 000 pg active RT/mL.
  • CD4+ T cells were isolated from healthy blood donor PBMCs by negative selection using RosetteSep's Human CD4 + T cell Enrichment (lmL/lOmL blood respectively; Stem Cell Technologies) and activated with anti-CD3 (2 ⁇ g/ml; clone OKT 3; Ortho Biotech Inc. Raritan, NJ) and anti-CD28 mAb (2 ⁇ g/ml; L293; BD Biosciences, San Diego, CA) over night. The cells were then incubated with 10 X HTV-I BaL or 1 X HrV-l Ba L stocks (200 ⁇ l HrV-l B aL stock to IxIO 6 CD4 + T cells) in the presence of IL-2 (Chiron, Emeryville, CA).
  • the frequency of infected cells was analyzed by intracellular p24 staining day 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 10 after infection.
  • the obtained infected cells were frozen in FBS/DMSO until use.
  • a quantity of 200 ⁇ L of 1 X HIV-I BaL or mock was added to 5 X 10 5 immature DCs/mL in a 24-well plate (Costar Corning, Corning, NY) to a final volume of 1.0 mL per well.
  • the frequency of infected DCs was determined by intracellular p24 staining after 72 hours and 7 days of infection.
  • the frequency of HIV-I BaL infection in DCs and T cells was determined by intracellular staining for the HIV-I Gag protein p24. Cells were first stained for cell surface markers, then washed in PBS and fixed in 2% formaldehyde (Sigma)
  • Frozen T cells were thaw and washed 3 times in RPMI. Cells were induced to undergo apoptosis by ⁇ -irradiation (150 Gy). The ⁇ -irradiation induced apoptotic process has previously been demonstrated by morphological changes, flow cytometry and DNA fragmentation on agarose gels (Holmgren et ah, 1999, Blood 93:3956; Spetz et al., 1999, J Immunol 163:736).
  • Apoptosis was here confirmed by flow cytometry stainings with AnnexinV (Boehringer Mannheim, Mannheim, Germany) and propidium iodide (PI) (0.1 ⁇ g/sample; Sigma, Sweden) according to manufacturer's protocol. Supematants were collected from live and irradiated cells after 4, 8 and 24 hours and were centrif ⁇ ged at 1,4x10 4 rpm for 30 min to remove possible cell debris.
  • AnnexinV Boehringer Mannheim, Mannheim, Germany
  • PI propidium iodide
  • DCs were washed and resuspended in PBS with 2% FBS. They were incubated for 30 min in 4°C with the following anti-human monoclonal antibodies (mAbs):
  • CDIa (clone NA1/34, DAKO, Glostrup, Denmark), CD 14 (clone TUK4;
  • DAICO DAICO
  • CD19 clone HD37, DAKO
  • CD3 clone SK7
  • CD83 clone HB15e
  • CD86 clone 2331/FUN-l; all from BD Biosciences, San Diego, CA.
  • T cells were washed and incubated with anti-human monoclonal antibodies CD 19 (clone HD37; DAKO), CD14 (DAKO), CD3 (clone SK7), CD4 (clone RPA-T4) +
  • CD69 (FN50; all from BD). Cell surface expression was measured by a
  • FACScalibur flow cytometer (Becton Dickinson) and at least 10 5 cells/sample were collected. Co-culture samples were at 72 hours or 7 days washed and incubated with the previously mentioned CDIa, CD4, CD8, CD83 and CD86.
  • DCs were also stained with Annexin V as in preceding paragraph to detect possible apoptotic DCs.
  • Fig.l7B The kinetics of HIV-I infection and a representative example of infection efficiency as determined by intracellular p24 staining is shown in Fig.l7B.
  • DCs exposed to HIV-I BaL were not induced to express CD86 either at 72 hours or after 7 days of culture (Fig. 182B).
  • co-culture with apoptotic activated either non-infected or HIV-I BaL infected T cells resulted in significant induction of CD86 as compared to medium control both after 72 hours and 7 days of culture.
  • the activation/maturation signal provided by the apoptotic activated CD4 + T cells occurred even in the presence of free HIV-I BaL-
  • CD83 which is another molecule that is associated with DC maturation and functional antigen-presenting capacity, was induced in the co-cultures. We could not detect significant induction of CD83 after exposure to HIV-I BaL , while there was induction of CD83 after co-culture with apoptotic activated CD4 + T cells. The pattern of expression was similar to CD86 expression and CD83 was induced after co-culture with apoptotic activated CD4 + T cells even in the presence of HIV-I. These findings show that apoptotic activated CD4 + T cells are able to provide an activation/maturation signal to immature DCs even in the presence of HIV-I.
  • a population of apoptotic activated T cells containing a high frequency of HIV-I infected cells is also able to provide an activation/maturation signal to DCs.
  • apoptotic HIV-I infected T cells are able to induce DC maturation has implications for viral transmission because mature DCs were demonstrated to be less susceptible to HIV-I infection as compared to immature DCs.
  • a composition that is able to induce DC maturation in monocyte derived dendritic cells has the potential to be able to induce maturation in mucosa associated DCs thereby shielding them from HIV-I infection.
  • apoptotic activated T cells could be used in a microbicide formulation whereby one mechanistic action would be to induce maturation in immature DCs. Secretion of pro-inflammatory cytokines after co-culture with apoptotic activated T cells.
  • pro-inflammatory cytokines and chemokines also support the use of apoptotic activated T cells as an antigen delivery system or additive in a vaccine to achieve local anti-viral activity upon therapeutic vaccination.
  • Immature DCs were exposed to HIV-I BaL and we found a large donor variability regarding HIV-I infection efficiency ranging from 0.1-21.7% after 72 hours incubation and between 2.1-46.4% after 7 days. We could not detect any significant reduction in intracellular p24 expression in the DCs co-cultured with apoptotic activated CD4 + T cells after 72 hours. However, after 7 days of culture all eleven donors analyzed had a reduced frequency of p24 + DCs in the cultures containing apoptotic activated CD4 + T cells as compared to DCs exposed only to HIV-I BaL (Fig 20).
  • the efficiency of infection was measured by intracellular p27 expression followed by flow cytometry and quantification of released p27 by ELISA after cell lysis. Briefly, approximately 5X10 5 cells were fixed in 3.7% formaldehyde (Sigma, St. Louis, MS) and permeabilized with 0.1% saponin (Riedel-de Haen AG, Seelze, Germany) dissolved in PBS followed by staining sequentially with anti-p24-FITC/orPE. Cells were analyzed by flow cytometry using a FACS Calibur (Becton Dickinson, San Jose, CA). Cells were cryo- preserved after infection in 10% DMSO. Immediately before injection cells were thawed, washed and apoptosis was induced by gamma irradiation (150 Gy).
  • the animals were monitored for changes in their CD4+ cell counts by using flow cytometry. Briefly 50 ⁇ l of whole blood is stained in TruCount-tubes containing anti-CD45-PerCP (clone D058-1283, Becton Dickinson (BD)), anti-CD4-FITC (clone L200, BD) and anti-CD8-PE (clone SKl, BD). Results from 100.000 cells are collected and presented as the frequency of CD4/CD8+ cells or number of CD4/CD8+ cells / ⁇ l blood.
  • BD Becton Dickinson
  • results from 100.000 cells are collected and presented as the frequency of CD4/CD8+ cells or number of CD4/CD8+ cells / ⁇ l blood.
  • DBA/2xC57Bl/6 mice (Fl H ⁇ ) transgenic for HLA-A2 were kindly provided by Linda Sherman (see Vitiello et al, 1991). Mice were bred and kept at the animal facility at MTC, Karolinska Institutet. Mice were challenged intrarectally.
  • Amphotropic MuLV (A4070) in the CEM-IB cell line was used to prepare pseudovirus with the HIV-I MB strain (kindly provided by Drs D. H and S. A Spector at University of California, San Diego, CA) and splenocytes were infected as previously described (Spector et al J.Virol 1990Andang et al 1999).
  • ELISA was used to quantify the p24 content in cell-free supernatants at days 1, 3 and 6 after infection and tissue culture ID 5O was calculated. Stocks of virus infected cells were frozen in 10% DMSO until use. The day of challenge the cells were thaw and washed. 5x106 cells were used per animal for challenge. Mice were sacrificed 8-10 days after challenge. HIV-I isolation was performed from gut biopsies and p24 secretion from PHA stimulated human T cells were measured day, 4, 7, 10, 13.
  • the microbicide composition based on activated apoptotic cells were obtained by stimulating C3H/He (H-2 k ) murine spleen cells in vitro with Con A (2.5 ⁇ g/ml (Sigma, St Louis, MO). 2x106 cells/ml was cultured in RPMI 1640 medium containing 10%FCS for 24 h. The obtained cells were frozen in 10%DMSO until the day of use. The day of challenge with HIV/MuLV cells, the Con A activated cells were thaw, washed two times in PBS and exposed to gamma-irradiation (150 Gy) for apoptosis induction. The microbicide apoptotic cell composition and challenge infected cells were given intrarectally at the same time.
  • activated apoptotic lymphocytes has the capacity to provide an anti-viral milieu supports the concept of using activated apoptotic cells as a therapeutic HIV-I vaccine and as a microbicide or a combination thereof.
  • activated T cells are preferentially infected.
  • HIV-I specific T cells were shown to be preferentially infected during HIV-I infection (Douek et al, 2002). It would therefore be beneficial for a therapeutic vaccine regimen to provide not only relevant antigen to boost immune responses but also to provide an anti- viral milieu at the site of antigen presentation to protect T cells that are being activated by the vaccine from becoming infected.
  • Table 3 Frequency of HIV- 1/MuLV isolation positive animals after rectal challenge.
  • Con A activated apoptotic syngeneic splenocytes were gamma-irradiated 1-2 h before use as a microbicide formulation.
  • Microbicide formulation was given at the same time as challenge dose of live HTvTMuLV infected cells. Results show number of animals virus isolation positive after 13 days of culture/ total number of animals in each group. Results show number of animals virus isolation positive after 22 days of culture/ total number of animals in each group.
  • apoptotic cells as an antigen delivery system, with the aim to investigate whether immunizations with infected apoptotic cells are able to induce cellular and humoral immune responses in sera and at mucosal sites as well as neutralizing activity in sera.
  • Microbial infected cells that undergo apoptosis can " be taken up by neighbouring antigen presenting cells such as dendritic cells and allow for efficient antigen presentation on MHC class I and II molecules without infecting the antigen presenting cells (APC) [1] .
  • APC antigen presenting cells
  • Cross-presentation of microbial antigens has since then been shown for many pathogens such as influenza virus, HIV-I, Vaccinia virus, Canarypox virus, EBV, CMV, Salmonella and TB [1, 3, 4] .
  • the term cross-presentation implies that exogenous protein or peptide antigens are taken up by the APC leading to antigen-presentation on MHC class I molecules. The molecular mechanisms for this pathway are currently being revealed but there are still many question marks [5] .
  • transfer of DNA between eukaryotic cells after uptake of apoptotic cells [6-8] . Transfer of DNA led to production of proteins synthesized in the recipient cell provided that the DNA was integrated in the donor genome [6] .
  • the infected apoptotic cell that carries integrated DNA can thus be viewed as an antigen delivery system that carries both microbial DNA and proteins from the dying cell.
  • HIV-I infection is characterized by a heavy viral load burden in lymphoid organs including lymphoid compartments at mucosal sites such as the gut [12, 13] .
  • the most common routes of transmission world-wide are via mucosal routes in the genital and rectal regions. It is therefore very likely that both prophylactic and therapeutic HIV-I vaccines should be able to mount HIV-I specific immune responses able to clear virus and virus infected cells at mucosal sites.
  • mice C57BL/6 mice were bred and kept at the animal facility at MTC, Karolinska Institute! Mice were immunized i.p, s.c, Lm. or i.n. with either apoptotic HIV- 1/MuLV infected or MuLV infected cells as previously reported [9] .
  • human CEM-IB cells containing the complete murine leukaemia virus A4070 genome were infected with the human immunodeficiency virus type 1 MB [14] .
  • the supernatant the infected cultures contained HIV-1/MuLV pseudovirus, which was then used to infect Concanavalin A/rIL-2 activated syngeneic murine spleen cells.
  • the content of HIV-I p24 antigen was analysed by lysis of 1x10 6 HIV- 1/MuLV infected splenocytes [11] .
  • a total dose equivalent of Ing of p24 was given on each day of immunization and this amount corresponded to 1-2x10 6 cells.
  • Two groups of mice immunized s.c or i.m also received recombinant murine rGM-CSF, Prospec-Tany Ltd., Israel) as adjuvant (l ⁇ g/immunization).
  • the obtained cells were frozen in 10% DMSO until the day of immunization.
  • Splenocytes (2x10 5 cells/well) were cultured for 3-6 days in RPMI 1640 supplemented with 2mM L-glutamine, 5x10 "5 M 2-ME, 1OmM Hepes, 50 IU/ml penicillin and 50 ⁇ g/ml streptomycin as well as 10% FCS (GIBCO, Life Technologies, Paisley, United Kingdom).
  • Antigens were purified recombinant proteins; Nef (0.6 ⁇ g/ml) (kindly provided by Drs. B. Kohleisen and V.
  • ELISA was carried out essentially as previously described [16] . Briefly, ELISA plates (Nunc Maxisorp; Odense, Denmark) were coated with recombinant 2007/004303
  • subtype B gpl60, p24 (l ⁇ g/ml) Protein Sciences Corp., Meriden, CT, USA
  • recombinant subtype B p55 (1 ⁇ g/ml) Aalto, Dublin, Ireland
  • Nef CoIi- expressed recombinant proteins Nef (GSF, Munchen, Germany.) [18] . Briefly, plates were blocked with 5% fat-free milk in PBS and serum was diluted in 2.5% milk in PBS with 0.05% Tween 20 and added lOOul/well.
  • HIV-IH IB the immunogen
  • SE1991:1541 and SE1838:3995 the primary HIV-I isolates of subtype B collected in Sweden [19, 20] .
  • Virus stocks were prepared on peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) as described previously [21] .
  • the GHOST(3) cell line-based plaque assay is a single cycle infectivity assay for HW and SIV, where green fluorescent protein (GFP) expression is a hallmark of infection [19, 22, 23] .
  • the assay was performed in 96- well microtiter plates (TRP 3 Switzerland) where infected single cells or syncytia appear as distinct green fluorescent plaques and are counted as plaque-forming units (PFU). To determine an appropriate virus concentration for the neutralization assays the virus was first titrated on the GHOST(3) cells.
  • DMEM culture medium
  • FCS Hyclone, Argentina
  • 50U/ml penicillin and 50ug/ml streptomycin as well as 2ug/ml polybrene (Sigma, UK)
  • the virus and serum mixtures were incubated at 37 °C for one hour. After incubation, the mixtures were further diluted in two 5 -fold steps and distributed to triplicate wells in a volume of 150 ⁇ l per well.
  • the virus and virus- serum mixtures were titrated in parallel to allow determination of the percentage of neutralization.
  • the day after infection the virus-serum mixtures were replaced with fresh medium.
  • the cultures were checked for expression of GFP using fluorescence microscopy three days after infection.
  • Virus litres were calculated as PFU/ml: (average number of plaques in triplicate wells x virus dilution)/volume in the well.
  • the neutralizing property of the serum was calculated as percentage plaque reduction of the virus titration by the formula 1-(PFU with serum/PFU without serum) x 100.
  • the assay has a cut-off for neutralization at 3 SD (30%) that is, values below 30% are considered as negative for neutralization.
  • mice To compare different routes of administration using apoptotic cells as an antigen delivery system, we immunized mice two times with three weeks interval before sacrifice and measured the capacity of splenocytes to respond to in vitro restimulation. We were able to induce significant proliferation against both rNef and rp24 after immunization i.p, i.n, s.c or i.m. with apoptotic HIV-1/MuLV cells compared with control apoptotic cells (Fig. 25 A and B). The addition of the proinflammatory cytokine GM-CSF as an adjuvant did not further improve the HIV- 1 specific lymphocyte proliferation.
  • the IL-2 responses mirrored the proliferative responses (Fig 27).
  • the ConA induced IL-2 production was similar in all groups of mice.
  • the quantities of IL-2 detected after ConA stimulation was comparable or even lower than the HIV-I antigen stimulated cultures, which is likely to reflect differences in the kinetics of mitogen induced IL-2 production compared with antigen induced.
  • mice The presence of HIV-I reactive IgG and IgA was measured in mice after different ⁇ routes of administration with apoptotic infected cells (Table 4). The mice were immunized two times with three week interval and sera were collected two weeks after the last immunization. There was significant induction of HIV-I specific serum IgG and IgA after immunization with apoptotic HFV- 1/MuLV infected cells i.p. s.c, or Ln. However, the i.m route required the addition of GM-CSF in order to induce detectable titres against p24 IgG and IgA.
  • mice immunized i.n also had relatively high titres against all antigens tested. However, due to higher inter individual variation in the i.n. group not all values reached significance.
  • HIV-I is transmitted mostly via mucosal surfaces and is likely to persist also at these sites after infection
  • mice were immunized i.p either one or two times before sera were collected and analyzed for neutralizing activity against autologous virus (Table 6). Mice were also challenged with live HIV-1/MuLV infected cells after immunizations and sera were collected after challenge. The control group of mice immunized with non-infected cells did not mount any neutralizing antibodies, not even ten days after challenge with live HIV- 1/MuLV infected cells. Immunization once with apoptotic HIV-1/MuLV cells did not result in detectable neutralizing activity. However, we were able to reveal values above the cut-off of 30% neutralization after two immunizations in all experiments performed. The presence of neutralizing activity persisted but did not increase after challenge with live HIV- 1/MuLV infected cells (Table 3). However, we could not detect neutralization against two primary isolates SE1991 :1541 or SE1838:3995 (data not shown).
  • Table 4 HIV-I antibody titers in serum after immunization with apoptotic HIV/MuLV infected cells a
  • MuLV b - Lp. ⁇ 100 ⁇ 100 ⁇ 100 ⁇ 100 ⁇ 100 ⁇ 100 HIVMuLV b i.p. 180 ⁇ 25.1 1666 ⁇ 533 170 ⁇ 23.7 261 ⁇ 58.3 1182+191 153 ⁇ 22.7
  • aFemale C57B1/6 mice were immunized at 0 and 3 weeks with syngeneic apoptotic HIV-1/MuLV infected cells either with or without GM-CSF (l ⁇ g).
  • Serum IgG and 25 IgA were isolated two weeks after the last immunization and were analysed for presence of HIV-I binding antibodies. The data are expressed as the reciprocal of serum antibody titer (geometric mean titer, (GMT ⁇ S.E.M.))
  • Ig A were isolated two weeks after the last immunization and were analysed for presence of HIV-I binding antibodies. The data are expressed as the arithmetic mean+
  • mice were immunized at 0 and 3 weeks with syngeneic apoptotic HIV-1/MuLV infected cells either with or without GM-CSF (IDg).
  • IDg syngeneic apoptotic HIV-1/MuLV infected cells either with or without GM-CSF
  • challenge with live infected cells was performed.
  • Neutralization against HIVms was measured in sera obtained from pools of 3-6 mice isolated two weeks after last immunization or challenge. The data are expressed as % neutralization compared with the control group in a serum dilution of 1:40. Each lane represents data from pools of 3-6 mice.
  • Three independent experiments using different bacthes of cellular vaccine preparations were performed for the i.p. route, while the other administration routes represent data obtained from one experiment but neutralization assay was set up using two different pools of sera. Totally 108 mice were used in the above experiments.
  • Infection with HIV-1/MuLV can be neutralized by MuLV- Env-specific antibodies but not by the HIV-ILAI neutralizing mAb P4/D10 [14] .
  • the pseudotype progeny commonly contains a mosaic of the glycoproteins of both viruses [10] .
  • the finding that HFV- 1/MuLV is not neutralized by the P4/D10 mAb questions whether HFV-I Env exists on the surface of the pseudotype virus.
  • the induction of apoptosis in the HIV-1/MuLV infected cells allowed for presentation of epitopes with neutralizing activity.
  • the induction of mucosa associated IgA is a desirable component for a prophylactic HIV-I vaccine and may also have a role to play in therapeutic vaccinations.
  • the results presented here show that it was only the i.n. and i.p. routes that gave detectable mucosa-associated IgAs after immunization with apoptotic HIV- 1/MuLV infected cells.
  • the intranasal route of immunization resulted in induction of IgA recovered from both faeces and vaginal secretions. We previously reported that i.p.
  • GM-CSF The rational behind the addition of GM-CSF was to facilitate the recruitment of dendritic cells to the site of immunization [29] .
  • GM-CSF is able to induce differentiation of monocytes to immature dendritic cells with capacity to phagocytose apoptotic cells in vitro, hi addition, immunization with irradiated, GM-CSF transfected tumor cells was previously shown to stimulate a local inflammatory reaction consisting of DCs, macrophages and granulocytes [30, 31].
  • GM-CSF has the ability to generate granulocytes and macrophage lineage populations of cells from precursors.
  • GM-CSF GM-CSF
  • GM-CSF converted an autoimmune response to a self-antigen into an anti-tumor response by increasing the density of DCs, increasing the frequency of antigen-specific T cells and the amount of IFN- ⁇ produced [32] . It is conceivable that GM-CSF may exert its adjuvant effects through proliferation, recruitment and /or differentiation as well as influencing the functional capacity of antigen presenting cells.
  • PBMCs Peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • PBS phosphate-buffered saline
  • BSA bovine serum
  • the red blood cells were lysed using Red Blood Cell lysis buffer (150 mM NH 4 Cl, 10 mM KHCO 3 , 0.1 mM Na 2 EDTA (pH 7.2)) at room temperature for 5 min. The reaction was stopped by adding PBS 0.5 % BSA and subsequently centrifuging at 350 xg for 5 min. The cells were washed once more with PBS 0.5%BSA and finally resuspended to a concentration of 10 x 10 6 cells/mL.
  • Red Blood Cell lysis buffer 150 mM NH 4 Cl, 10 mM KHCO 3 , 0.1 mM Na 2 EDTA (pH 7.2)
  • the Nucleofector technology developed by Amaxa Biosystems, was used as the transfection method following the manufacturer's protocol. Briefly 5 x 10 6 primary human T cells resuspended in 100 ⁇ l optimized transfection solution was mixed with plasmid DNA, transferred to an electroporation cuvette and electroporated using program Ul 4 by Amaxa Nucleofector. Nucleofection was done introducing pKCMV-p37 (6-10 ⁇ g; kindly provided by Prof. Britta Wahren, KI/SMI). pKCMV-p37 is a synthetic plasmid carrying the gene encoding for p24 nucleocapsid and pi 7 matrix protein. The sequence is based on the molecular clone of HIV-I LAI (Accession no A04321).
  • H-2 class I knockout HLA-A2.1 transgenic C57BL/6 mice were kindly provided by Pr Francois Lemonnier, Institut Pasteur, Paris, France. Mice were bred and kept at the animal facility at MTC, Karolinska h ⁇ stitutet. Mice were immunized subcutaneously (s.c.) with vaccine constructs according to Table 7. The genes used were: p37 gag [1-5] encoded on expression vector pKCMV (described in [I]). A total dose of 50 ⁇ g of DNA was given each day of immunization, which corresponded to 0.9x10 6 transfected cells obtained from 0.3x10 transfected cells from three different donors.
  • mice received recombinant murine granulocyte macrophage colony-stimulating factor (rGM-CSF, Prospec-Tany Ltd., Israel) as adjuvant (l ⁇ g/immunization).
  • rGM-CSF murine granulocyte macrophage colony-stimulating factor
  • the day of immunization transfected cells were thaw, washed two times in PBS and exposed to gamma- irradiation (150 Gy) for apoptosis induction, as previously described. Animals were immunized two times with 3 weeks between immunizations. Mice were sacrificed two weeks after the last irnmunization and analysed for presence of cellular immune responses.
  • a ⁇ TV-gag plasmids as described in materials and methods, were administered as DNA plasmid directly (HTV-DNA) or transfected into cells.
  • the obtained transfected cells were exposed to gamma-irradiation before immunization to induce apoptosis (HIV TRF apop).
  • Control empty plasmids were used for both the DNA plasmid (Ctrl-DNA) and transfected cells (Ctrl TRF) together with GM-CSF (l ⁇ g) administered s.c. on the same day.
  • Subtype specific peptides covering p24 of subtype A and B were used.
  • the ELISpot assay was performed according to the manufacturers instructions (Mabtech AB, Nacka, Sweden) and results are given as number of IFN- ⁇ , producing spot forming cells (SFC) per million plated cells. .
  • Splenocytes (2x10 5 cells/well) were cultured for 3-6 days in RPMI 1640 supplemented with 2mM L-glutarnine, 5x10 "5 M 2-ME, 1OmM Hepes, 50 IU/ml penicillin and 50 ⁇ g/ml streptomycin as well as 10% FCS (GIBCO, Life Technologies, Paisley, United Kingdom).
  • Antigens were purified recombinant proteins; p24 (2.5 ⁇ g/ml) (Protein Sciences, Meriden, CT), control protein (2.5 ⁇ g/ml) (Protein Sciences, Meriden, CT), and Concanavalin A (Con A) (2 ⁇ g/ml) (Sigma). Proliferation was measured using 3 H-thymidine (l ⁇ Ci/well) (Amersham, Pharmacia, Uppsala, Sweden). Liquid scintillation was used to reveal counts per minute (cpm).
  • mice received in total two immunizations and two weeks after the last immunization splenocytes were assessed for their capacity to produce IFN- gamma and to proliferate in vitro.
  • Significant increase in p24 induced proliferation was induced in the group of mice that received HTVgag transfected, activated, apoptotic PBMCs as compared with control transfected, activated apoptotic PBMCs ( Figure 28). Immunization with DNA plasmids alone did not induce significant proliferation.

Abstract

The present invention provides a cellular vaccine for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of a pathological condition, the vaccine comprising or consisting of a population of CD 4+ T cells modified such that they contain an antigenic component, and/or a nucleic acid molecule encoding an antigenic component thereof, wherein the T cells are (a) activated, or capable of being activated, and (b) apoptotic, or capable or being made apoptotic. The invention further provides an adjuvant composition for use in a method of vaccination, the composition comprising or consisting of a population of T cells, wherein the T cells are (a) activated, or capable of being activated, and (b) apoptotic, or capable or being made apoptotic. In addition, the invention provides a composition having microbicide activity, or capable thereof upon exposure to antigen-presenting cells, the composition comprising or consisting of a population of T cells, wherein the T cells are (a) activated, or capable of being activated, and (b) apoptotic, or capable or being made apoptotic. Also provided by the present invention are methods for making and using the vaccines and compositions described herein.

Description

NOVEL COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF
Field of Invention
The present invention relates to T cell compositions, in particular vaccines, adjuvant compositions for use therewith and microbicide compositions. Specifically, the invention provides compositions comprising activated, apoptotic T cells (optionally modified to contain or express a foreign antigen) and the use thereof to provide an activation/maturation signal to antigen-presenting cells and/or to form an anti-microbial milieu.
Introduction
Since HIV-I was identified almost 20 years ago, 20 million people have died from AIDS and more than 40 million are living with HIV-I today. An estimated three million are under 15 years of age. In addition, more than 13 million children that are currently under age 15 have lost one or both parents to AIDS, most of them in sub-Saharan Africa (source UNATDS). Africa is currently the worst affected continent but the epidemic is rapidly spreading both in Asia and Latin America. Moreover, disappointing results from the first phase III HTV-I vaccine trial were announced in February 2003 by the company VaxGen, who has developed a gpl20 protein based vaccine. It will take considerable time before the second generation of protective vaccines will have completed their, phase III trials.
During development, apoptosis is an inconspicuous process in vivo due to rapid clearance of dead cells by phagocytosing cells, which does not normally evoke immune responses (Henson et ah, 2001, Nat Rev MoI Cell Biol 2:627). The phagocytosing antigen-presenting cells, hence, require additional stimulation apart from uptake of apoptotic bodies, per se, to obtain capacity to induce primary T cell activation. It has however become clear that some antigen- presenting cells can acquire antigens from dead infected cells to be presented to virus specific CD8+ T cells (Albert et ah, 1998, Nature 392:86; Subklewe et ah,
2001, J Exp Med 193:405; Arrode et ah, 2000, J Virol 74:10018; Larsson et ah,
2002, Aids 16:1319; Zhao et ah, 2002, J Virol 76:3007). The phenomenon of antigen presentation on MHC class I molecules after exogenous uptake of antigen (cross-presentation) was first described by Bevan who showed that cell associated antigens (minor histocompatibility antigens) can be acquired by bone marrow derived antigen-presenting cells to initiate cytotoxic T cell responses (reviewed in den Haan et ah, 2001, Curr Opin Immunol 13:437).
Dendritic cells (DCs) are potent antigen-presenting cells that have the capacity to stimulate lymph-node-based naϊve T helper (Th) cells and initiate primary T cell responses (Banchereau et ah, 2000, Annu Rev Immunol 18:767-811). It is now generally accepted that immature DCs, residing in peripheral tissues, require activation/maturation signals in order to undergo phenotypic and functional changes to acquire a fully competent antigen-presenting capacity. Activation/maturation of DCs involves several steps such as a transient increased capacity to take up antigen, migration towards nearby lymph nodes and simultaneous up regulation of molecules including chemokine receptors and co- stimulatory molecules. In the lymph node, the DCs provide Th cells with antigen specific "signal 1" and co-stimulatory "signal 2". Emerging data also support the involvement of a third signal contributing to the polarisation towards ThI or Th2 responses (Sporri & Reis e Sousa, 2005, Nat Immunol 6:163-70).
Dendritic cells play an important role inducing adaptive immune responses against viruses (Banchereau & Steinman, 1998, Nature 392:245). It has been demonstrated previously that EBV-, HTV-I- and oncogenic- DNA present in apoptotic bodies can be transferred to antigen-presenting cells and subsequently be expressed within the antigen-presenting cell (Holmgren et ah, 1999, Blood 93:3956; Spetz et ah, 1999, J Immunol 163:736; Bergsmedh et ah, 2001, Proc Natl Acad Sd U SA 98:6407; Bergsmedh et ah, 2002, Cancer Res 62:575). It was demonstrated that HIV-I DNA was efficiently transferred to DCs after uptake of apoptotic bodies (Spetz et ah, 1999, J Immunol 163:736).
US 6,506,596 describes a method of transfer of genomic DNA from apoptotic bodies to engulfing cells. The engulfing cells are antigen-presenting cells that will synthesise, process and present the proteins on their surface for stimulation or tolerisation of T cells. The method is useful in several pharmaceutical applications, such as vaccine preparations and gene identification procedures.
US 6,602,709 relates to methods for delivering antigens to dendritic cells which are then useful for inducing antigen-specific cytotoxic T lymphocytes and T helper cells. The method comprises contacting dendritic cells capable of internalising antigens for presentation to immune cells with apoptotic cells comprising the antigen that is to be presented by the immune cells.
The present invention seeks to provide improved vaccines, for example for immunisation against HIV infection, and adjuvant compositions and microbicide compositions for use therewith.
Summary of Invention
A first aspect of the present invention provides an a cellular vaccine for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of a pathological condition, the vaccine comprising or consisting of a population of CD 4+ T cells modified such that they contain an antigenic component and/or a nucleic acid molecule encoding an antigenic component, wherein the T cells are (a) activated, or capable of being activated, and (b) apoptotic, or capable or being made apoptotic.
By "cellular vaccine" we mean a vaccine composition comprising or consisting of CD 4+ T cells, which composition is capable of providing a prophylactic and/or therapeutic treatment effect against a pathological condition when administered into a suitable subject. In particular, in the context of the present invention, the cellular vaccine is capable of providing active immunisation in a host against a pathological condition.
The cellular vaccines of the invention are believed to provide an activation/maturation signal to immature antigen-presenting cells, thus enabling effective antigen presentation after uptake and processing of antigen, leading to induction of immune responses.
It will be appreciated by persons skilled in the art that the cellular vaccines of the invention need not be 100% pure. For example, the vaccines may comprise CD 4+ T cells which are not activated and/or are not induced to undergo apoptosis, or capable of the same, hi addition, the vaccines may additionally comprise cells other than T cells, such as monocytes (e.g. low CD4+ expressing monocytes). In one embodiment, however, the cellular vaccines of the invention are predominantly composed of CD 4+ T cells which are (a) activated, or capable of being activated, and (b) apoptotic, or capable or being made apoptotic, for example at least 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% or more of such T cells (i.e. % by number of T cells to total number of all cell types). In a further preferred embodiment, in particular for cellular vaccines against HIV, the vaccine is substantially free of CD 8+ T cells (e.g. less than 5%, for example 4%, 3%, 2%, 1% or less CD 8+ T cells, and most preferably completely free of CD 8+ T cells).
By 'treatment' we include both therapeutic and prophylactic treatment of the subject/patient. The term 'prophylactic' is used to encompass the use of a composition described herein which either prevents or reduces the likelihood of a pathologic condition developing in a patient or subject. For example, the composition may provide partial or complete protection against the pathologic condition in a patient or subject by inducing production in the patient or subject of antibodies against a pathogen. The term 'therapeutic' is used to encompass the use of a composition described herein which induces a favourable change in a pathologic condition in a patient or subject, whether that change is a remission, a favourable physiological result, a reversal or attenuation of a disease state or condition treated, depending upon the disease or condition treated.
In one embodiment, the treatment is therapeutic, i.e. treatment of a subject suffering from the pathological condition.
By "pathological condition" we include disease states of the human and animal body. For example, the pathological condition may be a disease or condition caused by the infection or infestation of a host with a pathogenic microbial agent, such as a virus, bacterium, protozoa, mycoplasma, yeast or fungus. In addition, the term "pathological condition" is intended to include other disease states of the human and animal body, such as proliferative disorders (i.e. cancers).
By "T cells" we mean T cell receptor bearing (T-) lymphocytes. Likewise, by "CD 4+ T cells" we mean T-lymphocytes which express on their surface the CD4 glycoprotein (CD 4+ T cells are also known as T helper cells). Similarly, by "CD 8+ T cells" we mean T-lymphocytes which express on their surface the CD 8 glycoprotein (CD 8+ T cells are also known as cytotoxic T cells)."
By "modified" we mean that the T cells are genetically engineered, conjugated, fused, derivatised or otherwise altered from their natural state such that they contain an antigenic component and/or a nucleic acid encoding such an antigenic component. Preferably, the modified T cells display the antigenic component at their surface. In particular, as used herein, the term 'modified' includes the modification of a T cell through introduction of foreign DNA, such as hut not limited to microbial genes, by using an appropriate method. Preferably, microbial genes are introduced through transfection or infection, but also other methods, such as fusion, can be used.
By "antigenic component" we include foreign (i.e. non-T cell derived) proteins, carbohydrates and lipids, and combinations and fragments thereof, which are capable of inducing the immune system to make a specific immune response. Thus, in the context of viruses, the term 'antigenic component' specifically encompasses whole virions, proteins (such as, but not limited to, envelope and capsid proteins), carbohydrates and lipids derived therefrom, as well as combinations thereof, and fragments of the same which are capable of eliciting an immune response in a host. Likewise, the term 'antigenic component' also encompasses components, such as proteins, carbohydrates and lipids, as well as combinations and fragments thereof, derived from bacterial cells, which components are capable of eliciting an immune response in a host. In addition, in the context of cancer cells, the term 'antigenic component' specifically encompasses cell surface expressed proteins, and antigenic fragments thereof, associated (either exclusively or preferentially) with cancer cells. Also included within the scope of the term 'antigenic component' as used herein are variant, i.e. non-naturally occurring, forms of naturally-occurring antigenic components, such as variant proteins or fragments thereof which have been mutated to enhance their antigenic potential. It will be appreciated by skilled persons that the antigenic component, such as a protein or lipid, may comprise carbohydrate moieties; for example, the antigenic component may be a glycoprotein or glycolipid, or fragment thereof.
By "activated", in the context of T cells, as used herein, we include the modification of a large number of T cell proteins by exposure to a suitable activating agent {i.e. activation produces a recognisable phenotypic change in the
T cells). Activation of the T cells can be confirmed by studying, for example,
T cell proliferation and upregulation of CD69, CD25 and CD40L. Examples of
T cell-activating mediators include, but not limited to, lectins (such as PHA and ConA), chemicals or agents that induce Ca2+ influx in the T cells (such as ionomycin), alloantigens, superantigens (which interact with the T cell receptor in a domain outside of the antigen recognition site, such as Staphylococcal enterotoxins A and B [SEA and SEB]), monoclonal antibodies (such as anti-CD3, anti-CD28 and anti-CD49d, used either alone or in combination), cytokines (such as IL-I and TNF-α), chemokines and chemokine receptors, and molecules capable of interfering with T cell surface receptors or their signal transducing molecules. The phrase 'capable of being activated' shall be construed accordingly. It will be appreciated by skilled persons that activation of T cells may be induced either in vitro or in vivo.
Certain activating agents, such as PHA, ConA and superantigens, require the presence of antigen-presenting cells (APCs) in order to activate the T cells.
Hence, in one embodiment the cellular vaccine (or other compositions of the invention; see below) may comprise or consist of peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs), containing both T cells and monocytes (as APCs). In a further embodiment, the PBMCs are treated to remove CD8+ cells but preserve the monocytes, to allow enhanced activation (and, optionally, inclusion of virus variants). Optionally, the monocytes are cultured with a maturation stimulus prior to use, for example IL-4 and GM-CSF.
By "apoptotic" we mean programmed cell death in which the T cells ultimately disintegrate into membrane-bound particles which are then eliminated by phagocytosis. Apoptosis may be induced by exposure of the T cells to an apoptosis-inducing agent, such as gamma-irradiation, cytostatic drugs, UV- irradiation, mitomycin C, starvation (e.g. serum deprivation), Fas ligation, cytokines and activators of cell death receptors (as well as their signal transducing molecules), growth factors (and their signal transducing molecules), interference with cyclins, over-expression of oncogenes, molecules interfering with anti- apoptotic molecules, interference of the membrane potential of the mitochondria and steroids. The phrase 'capable or being made apoptotic' shall be construed accordingly. As in the case of activation, it will be appreciated by skilled persons that apoptosis of T cells may be induced either in vitro or in vivo.
In a preferred embodiment of the first aspect of the invention, the CD 4+ T cells are obtainable or obtained by a method comprising:
(a) activating a population of CD 4+ T cells;
(b) modifying the population of CD 4+ T cells such that they contain an antigenic component, and/or a nucleic acid molecule encoding an antigenic component; and (c) inducing the population of CD 4 T cells to undergo apoptosis
wherein steps (a) to (c) may be performed in any order.
Advantageously, the method further comprises culturing the population of CD 4 T cells in an appropriate medium. Culturing of the T cells may be performed at any stage of the above process, for example before or after activation and/or modification of the T cells.
The term "appropriate medium", as used herein, refers to any medium that can be used for culturing T cells, thus enabling the cells to grow and divide. Examples of such media include, but are not limited to, Ex vivo 15, Ex vivo 10, AIM V, LGMl, 2 or 3, Stemline, RPMI containing 2 mM L-glutamine, 1% penicillin- streptomycin, 10 mM HEPES, 5-10% serum (autologous serum), human AB+ serum and foetal calf serum. Ex vivo media may be used without addition of serum. The cells can be cultured with or without addition of IL-2 and/or IL-7 to the medium.
Conveniently, the method further comprises freezing the population of CD 4+ T cells. This optional step may be performed at any stage of the above process, for example before or after activation and/or modification of the T cells. Preferably, the cells are frozen after activation and modification, and then stored until the time of use (apoptosis may be induced either prior to freezing or after the cells have been thawed ready for use).
By "freezing" as used herein, we include conventional freezing as well as freeze- drying; "frozen" shall be construed accordingly. Thus, in one embodiment, the T cell compositions of the invention are freeze-dried prior to use.
The CD 4 T cells may be obtained from any suitable source using methods well known in the art. For example, the T cells may be obtained from peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) isolated from a blood sample. Preferably, the CD 4+ T cells are isolated/derived from primary lymphocytes. The T cells may be enriched for cells expressing the CD 4+ glycoprotein either by positive selection for CD 4+ T cells or by negative selection (i.e. depletion) of CD 8+ T cells. Suitable methods are well known in the art.
For example, T cells may be isolated by methods such as immunomagnetic isolation, Sheep red blood cell rosette formation with or without inclusion of an antibody-based separation step, flow cytometry based cell sorting, leukapheresis methods, density gradients,' antibody panning methods, and antibody/complement depletion (see also Current Protocols in Immunology, 2006, by John Wiley & sons, Editors; Coligan, Bierer, Margulies, Shevach, Strober and Coico; Hami et aL, 2004, Cytotherapy 6:554-62).
It will be appreciated by persons skilled in the art that the CD A+ T cells may be derived from human or non-human animals, e.g. domestic and farm animals (including mammals such as dogs, cats, horses, cows, sheep, etc).
Preferably, however, the CD 4+ T cells are derived from a human.
In a preferred embodiment, the CD 4+ T cells are derived from the subject in whom the cellular vaccine is to be used, i.e. the T cells are autologous.
In an alternative embodiment, the CD 4+ T cells are derived from the same species as that of the subject in which the cellular vaccine is to be used, i.e. the T cells are allogeneic.
An essential feature of the cellular vaccine of the first aspect of the invention is that the CD 4+ T cells are activated, or capable of being activated. Preferably, the CD 4+ T cells are activated, or capable of being activated, by exposure to an activating agent selected from the group consisting of lectins (such as PHA and ConA), chemicals or agents that induce Ca2+ influx in the T cells (such as ionomycin), alloantigens, superantigens (such as SEA and SEB), monoclonal antibodies (such as anti-CD3, anti-CD28 and anti-CD49d), cytokines (such as IL- 1 and TNF-α, chemokine and chemokine receptors, and molecules capable of . interfering with T cell surface receptors or their signal transducing molecules.
The concentration and exposure time required for each activating agent can be determined by routine experimentation.
Preferably, the activating agent is PHA. For example, the T cells (together with monocytes/APCs) may be cultured overnight or longer in medium containing 2.5 μg/ml PHA.
Alternatively, the activating agent may be one or more monoclonal antibodies (for example, at a concentration in the medium of 2 μg/ml). Particularly preferred monoclonal antibody activating agents include anti-CD3 antibodies, anti-CD28 antibodies and anti-CD49d antibodies, used either alone or in combination.
In the cellular vaccine aspect of the present invention, the CD 4+ T cells are modified such that they contain an antigenic component, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding an antigenic component. However, it will be appreciated by skilled persons that it is not essential for all the T cells in the vaccine to be so modified; thus, the vaccine may comprise a mixture of modified and non- modified T cells.
In one embodiment, the CD 4+ T cells are modified such that they contain a microorganism or antigenic component thereof, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding a microorganism or antigenic component thereof. Preferably, the microorganism is selected from the group consisting of bacteria, mycoplasmas, protozoa, yeasts, prions, archaea, fungi and viruses.
Preferably, the microorganism is a virus. For example, the virus may be selected from the group consisting of retroviruses (such as HIV viruses, e.g. HIVl and HIV2), adenoviruses (such as adenoviruses 1, 2 and 5, chimpanzee), hepatitis viruses (such as hepatitis B virus and hepatitis C virus), CMV, Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), herpes viruses (such as HHV6, HHV7 and HHV8), human T-cell lymphotropic viruses (such as HTLVl and HTLV2), Pox viruses (such as canarypox, vaccinia), rabies viruses, murine leukaemia viruses, alpha replicons, measles, rubella, polio, caliciviruses, paramyxoviruses, vesicular stomatitis viruses, papilloma, leporipox, parvoviruses, papovaviruses, togaviruses, picornaviruses, reoviruses and ortmyxoviruses (such as influenza viruses).
Most preferably, the virus is an HIV virus, such as HIVl or HIV2.
Alternatively, the microorganism is a bacterium. Thus, the CD 4+ T cells may be modified such that they contain an antigenic component of a bacterial cell, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding such an antigenic component. For example, the bacterium may be selected from the group consisting of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, salmonella, listeria, Treponema pallidum, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis and Haemophilus ducreyi.
In one embodiment, the microorganism is a protozoan, such as the causative agent of malaria (i.e. Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium ovale, or Plasmodium malariae) or Trichomonas vaginalis.
In a further preferred embodiment, the CD 4+ T cells are modified such that they contain an antigenic component of a cancer cell, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding such an antigenic component. Preferably, the cancer cell is selected from the group consisting of cancer cells of the breast, bile duct, brain, colon, stomach, bone, reproductive organs, lung and airways, skin, gallbladder, liver, nasopharynx, nerve cells, kidney, prostate, lymph glands, gastrointestinal tract, bone marrow, blood and other tumour cells containing viruses.
Examples of such cancer cell-associated antigens include those listed in Table 1 below. Table 1
Tumour Associated Antigens
Antigen Antibody Existing Uses
Carcino-embryonic C46 (Amersham) Imaging & Therapy of Antigen 85Al 2 (Unipath) colon/rectum tumours.
Placental Alkaline H17E2 (ICRF5 ' Imaging & Therapy of Phosphatase Travers & Bodmer) testicular and ovarian cancers.
Pan Carcinoma NR-LU-10 (NeoRx Imaging & Therapy of Corporation) various carcinomas incl. small cell lung cancer.
Polymorphic Epithelial HMFGl (Taylor- Imaging & Therapy of Mucin (Human milk fat Papadimitriou, ICRF) ovarian cancer, pleural globule (Antisoma pic) effusions, breast, lung & other common epithelial cancers.
Human milk mucin SM-S(IgGl)1 Diagnosis, Imaging core protein & Therapy of breast cancer
β-human Chorionic W14 Targeting of enzyme Gonadotropin (CPG2) to human xenograft choriocarcinoma in nude mice. (Searle et al (1981) Br. J. Cancer 44, 137-144) A Carbohydrate on L6 (IgG2a)2 Targeting of alkaline
Human Carcinomas phosphatase. (Senter e? α/ (1988) Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sd. USA 85,
4842-4846
CD20 Antigen on B 1F5 (IgG2a)3 Targeting of alkaline
Lymphoma (normal and phosphatase. (S enter et neoplastic) al (1988) Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sd. USA 85,
4842-4846
1 Burchell et al (1987) Cancer Res. 47, 5476-5482
2 Hellstrom et al (1986) Cancer Res. 46, 3917-3923
3 Clarke et al (1985) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sd. USA 82, 1766-1770.
Other suitable cancer cell-associated antigens include alphafoetoprotein, Ca-125, prostate specific antigen and members of the epidermal growth factor receptor family, namely EGFR, erbB2, erbB3 and erbB4.
A further essential feature of the cellular vaccine of the first aspect of the invention is that the CD 4+ T cells are apoptotic, or capable or being made apoptotic by exposure to an apoptosis-inducing agent. For example, the apoptosis-inducing agent may be selected from the group consisting of gamma- irradiation, cytostatic drugs, UV-irradiation, mitomycin C, starvation (e.g. serum deprivation), Fas ligation, cytokines and activators of cell death receptors (as well as their signal transducing molecules), growth factors (and their signal transducing molecules), interference with cyclins, over-expression of oncogenes, molecules interfering with anti-apoptotic molecules, interference of the membrane potential of the mitochondria and steroids.
Preferably, the apoptosis-inducing agent is gamma-irradiation. It will be appreciated by persons skilled in the art that cells may be treated such that they will undergo apoptosis in vivo (i.e. after administration into the subject being treated with the vaccine). For example, the cells may be injected shortly after treatment with an agent that will induce apoptosis (e.g. 30 min to 2hrs after apoptosis induction), without an in vitro step. Hence, at the time of injection, the apoptotic machinery may have been initiated but apoptosis not yet induced. In other words, the cells may undergo apoptosis in vivo after being injected.
The activated, apoptotic CD 4+ T cells in the cellular vaccine are capable of activation/maturation of antigen-presenting cells.
The terms "activation of antigen-presenting cells" and "maturation of antigen- presenting cells", as used herein, refer to the activation/maturation of antigen- presenting cells, such as dendritic cells (DCs,) through the addition of a signal initiating such activation/maturation. Antigen-presenting cells require activation/maturation signals in order to undergo phenotypic and functional changes to acquire a fully competent antigen-presenting capacity. Activation/maturation of, for example, DCs involves several steps such as a transient increased capacity to take up antigen, migration towards nearby lymph nodes and simultaneous up regulation of molecules including chemokine receptors and co-stimulatory molecules.
Examples of activation/maturation signals include, but not limited to, inflammatory mediators such as cytokines (TNF-α), CD40 ligand, microbial and viral products (pathogen-associated molecular patterns, PAMPs). PAMP are recognised by pattern-recognition receptors (PRRs) including members of the Toll-like receptor (TLR) family. PRR signalling in DCs leads to production of pro-inflammatory cytokines such as interferon-α (IFN- α) or IFN-β, tumour necrosis factor- α (TNF α) and interleukin-1 (IL-I), which can also promote DC activation steps. One embodiment of the present invention encompasses induction of activation/maturation in antigen-presenting cells by using apoptotic, activated T cells. In one embodiment, the activated, apoptotic CD 4+ T cells in the cellular vaccine ^ofLtheJnyentionJnduce. activjlionΛnaturation of endqgenqus__antigen-presenting cells in the host being treated with the vaccine.
In an alternative embodiment of the first aspect of the invention, the cellular vaccine further comprises a population of (exogenous) antigen-presenting cells. Preferably, the antigen-presenting cells are macrophages and/or dendritic cells. Thus, the' invention encompasses the possibility of isolating APCs5 e.g. dendritic cells, from a patient (and/or deriving them in vitro from a patient's monocytes), inducing APC maturation in vitro with the cellular vaccine and then injecting the matured APCs into the patient.
A second aspect of the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a cellular vaccine according to the first aspect of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
Examples of suitable pharmaceutical compositions and routes of administration thereof are described in detail below.
Preferably, however, the pharmaceutical composition is suitable for parenteral administration (for example, intra-dermal or sub-cutaneous administration).
In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition further comprises an adjuvant for use with vaccine compositions (which adjuvant is distinct from the T cells). The concept of vaccine adjuvants is described in detail in Gamvrellis et al. (2004) Immunology & Cell Biology 82:506-516.
Suitable adjuvants are well known to those skilled in the art (for example, see Aguilar & Rodriguez, 2007, Vaccine 10;25(19):3752-62).
In the above-described cellular vaccines for HIV, the adjuvant may be GM-CSF. In an alternative embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition does not comprise an additional (i.e. distinct) adjuvant. However, it will be appreciated by persons skilled in the art that the T cells of the vaccine composition may possess an inherent adjuvant activity (as discussed below).
An additional aspect of the present invention provides a kit of parts for preparing a cellular vaccine according to the first aspect of the invention, the kit comprising or consisting of:
(a) a population of modified CD 4+ T cells, or means of obtaining the same;
(b) an activating agent; and
(c) an apoptosis-inducing agent.
A fourth aspect of the present invention provides a method for making a cellular vaccine according to the first aspect of the invention, the method comprising:
(a) obtaining a population of CD 4 T cells; and
(b) modifying the CD 4+ T cells such that they contain an antigenic component, and/or a nucleic acid molecule encoding an antigenic component
wherein the T cells are activated (or capable of being activated) and apoptotic (or capable or being made apoptotic).
It will be appreciated that the modification;, activation and induction (e.g. initiation) of apoptosis of the T cells are performed in vitro.
Advantageously, step (a) comprises isolating/purifying the CD 4+ T cells from primary lymphocytes (as described above).
Preferably, the population of CD 4+ T cells in step (a) are derived from the subject in whom the cellular vaccine is to be used, i.e. the T cells are autologous. Alternatively, the population of CD 4+ T cells in step (a) may be derived from the same species as that of the subject in which the cellular vaccine is to be used, i.e. theJILQell_are_allpgeneic.
In one embodiment, step (b) comprises modifying the CD 4+ T cells such that they contain a microorganism or antigenic component thereof, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding a microorganism or antigenic component thereof. Preferably, the microorganism is selected from the group consisting of bacteria,
>. , mycoplasmas, protozoa, prions, archaea, yeasts, fungi and viruses.
Preferably, the microorganism is a virus. For example, the virus may be selected from the group consisting of retroviruses (such as HIV viruses, e.g. HIVl and HIV2), adenoviruses (such as adenoviruses 1, 2 and 5, chimpanzee), hepatitis viruses (such as hepatitis B virus and hepatitis C virus), CMV, Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), herpes viruses (such as HHV6, HHV7 and HHV8), human T-cell lymphotropic viruses (such as HTLVl and HTL V2), Pox viruses (such as canarypox, vaccinia), rabies viruses, murine leukaemia viruses, alpha replicons, measles, rubella, polio, caliciviruses, paramyxoviruses, vesicular stomatitis viruses, papilloma, leporipox, parvoviruses, papovaviruses, togaviruses, picornaviruses, reoviruses and ortmyxoviruses (such as influenza viruses).
Most preferably, the virus is an HIV virus, such as HIVl or HIV2.
Alternatively, the microorganism may be a bacterium. Thus, the CD 4+ T cells may be modified such that they contain an antigenic component of a bacterial cell, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding such an antigenic component. For example, the bacterium may be selected from the group consisting of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, salmonella, listeria, Treponema pallidum, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis and Haemophilus ducreyi.
In one embodiment, the microorganism is a protozoan, such as the causative agent of malaria (i.e. Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium ovale, or Plasmodium malariae) or Trichomonas vaginalis. In a further preferred embodiment, step (b) comprises modifying the CD 4 T cells such that they contain an antigenic component of a cancer cell, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding such an antigenic component. Preferably, the cancer cell is selected from the group consisting of cancer cells of the breast, bile duct, brain, colon, stomach, bone, reproductive organs, lung and airways, skin, gallbladder, liver, nasopharynx, nerve cells, kidney, prostate, lymph glands, gastrointestinal tract, bone marrow, blood and other tumour cells containing viruses.
Examples of such cancer cell associated antigens include those listed in Table 1 above.
Modification of the CD 4+ T cells may be accomplished using techniques well known in the art, for example transfection, infection and fusion.
The term "transfection", as used herein, refers to the introduction of foreign DNA into the T cell, through the use of a vector, such as, but not limited to, a virus, phage, plasmid or synthetic carrier of DNA (e.g. a nanoparticle). Transfection can also be accomplished through electrical stimulation.
The term "infection", as used herein, refers to colonisation of a host organism by a foreign species. The colonising organism interferes with the normal functioning and, eventually perhaps, the survival of the host. The infecting organism is referred to as a pathogen. Examples of pathogens include, but not limited to, bacteria, parasites, fungi and viruses.
The term "fusion", as used herein, refers to a method for introducing foreign DNA into a T cell through the fusion with another cell comprising the DNA to be transferred. In order to fuse two cells, the cell membranes need to be permeabilised. Permeabilisation can be obtained, for example, through the addition of a detergent, such as, but not limited to, poly ethylene glycol (PEG). Mixing the two cell types in the presence of a detergent will make it possible for the two cell types to fuse. In one embodiment of the present invention a cell comprising microbial DNA is fused with an activated T cell according to the invention and thereby introduces the foreign DNA into the immunostimulatory T cell. Alternatively, a pathogen that does not normally infect the activated T cell may be transferred into the cell by fusion using a reagent such as PEG.
Thus, in a preferred embodiment of the fourth aspect of the invention, the CD 4+ T cells are modified by transfection with a nucleic acid molecule encoding the antigen component. For example, the nucleic acid molecule may be a viral or bacterial gene encoding an antigenic protein or fragment thereof, or alternatively may be a gene encoding a cancer cell-associated antigen or fragment thereof same.
In a particularly preferred embodiment, transfection is achieved using nanoparticles to which are coupled nucleic acid molecules encoding the antigenic component (see Examples). Alternatively, the nanoparticles may be coupled directly to the antigenic component itself.
Alternatively, the CD 4+ T cells are modified by infection with a whole virus/ virion.
In a preferred embodiment of the fourth aspect of the invention, the method further comprises the step of activating the CD 4+ T cells (either before or after modification of the T cells; see above).
For example, the CD 4+ T cells may be activated by exposure to an activating agent selected from the group consisting of lectins (such as PHA and ConA), chemicals or agents that induce Ca2+ influx in the T cells (such as ionomycin), alloantigens, superantigens (such as SEA and SEB), monoclonal antibodies (such as anti-CD3, anti-CD28 and anti-CD49d), cytokines (such as IL-I and TNF-α, chemokine and chemokine receptors, and molecules capable of interfering with T cell surface receptors or their signal transducing molecules. Optionally, the method of the fourth aspect of the invention further comprises the step of culturing the CD 4+ T cells (at any stage of the method).
Conveniently, the method also comprises freezing the population of CD 4+ T cells. This optional step may be performed at any stage of the above process, for example before or after activation and/or modification of the T cells. Preferably, the cells are frozen after activation and modification, and then stored until the time of use (apoptosis may be induced either prior to freezing or after the cells have been thawed ready for use).
In a further preferred embodiment of the fourth aspect of the invention, the method additionally comprises the step of inducing the CD 4+ T cells to undergo apoptosis (either before or after activation and/or modification of the T cells; see above).
For example, apoptosis may be induced by exposure to an apoptosis-inducing agent selected from the group consisting of selected among gamma-irradiation, cytostatic drugs, UV-irradiation, mitomycin C, starvation (e.g. serum deprivation), Fas ligation, cytokines and activators of cell death receptors (as well as then- signal transducing molecules), growth factors (and their signal transducing molecules), interference with cyclins, over-expression of oncogenes, molecules interfering with anti-apoptotic molecules, interference of the membrane potential of the mitochondria and steroids.
Persons skilled in the art will appreciate that the order in which the steps of the fourth aspect of the invention are performed is arbitrary. However, the steps are preferably performed in one of the following orders:
(a) activation, culturing (optional), modification, freezing (optional) and induction of apoptosis;
(b) culturing (optional), activation, modification, freezing (optional) and induction of apoptosis; (c) activation, culturing (optional), modification, induction of apoptosis and freezing (optional);
(d) modification, culturing (optional), activation, freezing (optional) and induction of apoptosis; or (e) modification, culturing (optional), activation, induction of apoptosis and freezing (optional).
In yet another preferred embodiment of the fourth aspect of the invention, the method additionally comprises the step of the step of adding a population of antigen-presenting cells to the cellular vaccine.
Advantageously, the antigen-presenting cells are macrophages or dendritic cells (see above).
In a particularly preferred embodiment of the fourth aspect of the invention, the method is suitable for GMP -production of a cellular HIV vaccine according to the invention, the method comprising the following steps, in order:
(a) peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) are isolated from a blood sample from the patient to be tested;
(b) the PBMCs isolated in step (a) are enriched for CD4+ cells (e.g. the CD8+ ' cells are depleted from the PBMCs);
(c) the CD4+ cell-enriched cells obtained in step (b) are cultured in vitro;
(d) the cells are activated (for example, with anti-CD8 and anti-CD28 mAbs in the presence of IL-2) ;
(e) the supernatant is collected to provide an HIV virus stock from the patient;
(f) the obtained virus stock is stored frozen;
(g) steps (a) and (b) are repeated to prepare the cells to be used as immunogens; (h) the cells obtained in step (g) are cultured in vitro; (i) the cells are activated (for example, with anti-CD8 and anti-CD28 mAbs in the presence of IL-2);
(j) the activated CD8 negative PBMCs are incubated with autologous virus, from the stock obtained in step (f), to obtain infected cells; (k) on the day of immunisation of the patient, the infected cells are thawed (if frozen), washed and exposed to an apoptosis-inducing agent (for example, gamma-irradiation); and
(1) the cells are kept in room temperature after apoptosis induction and are used for immunisation within a limited time thereafter (for example, within 30 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 5 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, or 24 hours).
In a modified embodiment, the PBMCs isolated in step (a) are co-cultured with activated (for example, with anti-CD8 and anti-CD28 monoclonal antibodies in the presence of IL-2) allogeneic CD8-depleted PBMCs. Thus, the PBMCs isolated in step (a) are co-cultured with activated CD4 enriched allogeneic cells. However, having produced the virus in vitro using allogeneic cells, it is preferred to use autologous infected apoptotic T cells for immunisation.
In Step (e), the virus stock can be ultracentrifuged to get an even higher concentration of the virus. The virus stock (or bank) can also be investigated to measure the titre using TCID50 tests and/or p24 ELISA. Sterility in terms of other pathogens can also be investigated.
In Step (j), the obtained infected cells can be stored frozen. An aliquot of the autologous infected cell stock (or bank) can be analysed for sterility, mycoplasma, endotoxin, HTV-DNA content, HTV-RNA content, HTV-p24 protein content, %CD4/CD8 cells, and % T cell activation markers (such as CD69 and CD25) by flow cytometry.
In Step (j), an aliquot of the cells can be analysed for efficacy of apoptosis induction, which may be measured after incubation in vitro. An aliquot can also used to investigate the capacity to mature DCs in vitro (e.g. upregulation of co- stimulatory molecules).
A fifth aspect of the present invention provides a method for treatment of a subject with a pathological condition, the method comprising administering to the subject a cellular vaccine according to the first aspect of the invention or a pharmaceutical composition according to the second aspect of the invention.
In one embodiment, the treatment is therapeutic.
It will be appreciated by persons skilled in the art that the subject may be human or a non-human animal, e.g. domestic and farm animals (including mammals such as dogs, cats, horses, cows, sheep, etc.). Preferably, however, the subject is a primate, for example a human.
In a preferred embodiment, the pathological condition is caused by a microorganism selected from the group consisting of bacteria, mycoplasmas, protozoa, prions, archaea, yeasts, fungi and viruses.
For example, the pathological condition may be caused by a virus. Exemplary viruses include, but are not limited to, retroviruses (such as HIV viruses, e.g. HIVl and HIV2), adenoviruses (such as adenoviruses 1, 2 and 5, chimpanzee), hepatitis viruses (such as hepatitis B virus and hepatitis C virus), CMV, Epstein- Barr virus (EBV), herpes viruses (such as HHV6, HHV7 and HHV8), human T- cell lymphotropic viruses (such as HTLVl and HTL V2), Pox viruses (such as canarypox, vaccinia), rabies viruses, murine leukaemia viruses, alpha replicons, measles, rubella, polio, caliciviruses, paramyxoviruses, vesicular stomatitis viruses, papilloma, leporipox, parvoviruses, papovaviruses, togaviruses, picornaviruses, reoviruses and ortmyxoviruses (such as influenza viruses).
In a particularly preferred embodiment, the virus is an HIV virus, such as HIVl or HIV2.
Alternatively, the pathological condition may caused by bacteria, for example selected from the group consisting of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, salmonella, listeria, Treponema pallidum, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis and Haemophilus ducreyi. In a further embodiment, the pathological condition may be caused by protozoan, such as the causative agent of malaria {i.e. Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium ovale, or Plasmodium malariae) or Trichomonas vaginalis.
In a further preferred embodiment, the CD 4+ T cells are modified such that they contain an antigenic component of a cancer cell, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding such an antigenic component. Preferably, the cancer cell is selected from the group consisting of cancer cells of the breast, bile duct, brain, colon, stomach, bone, reproductive organs, lung and airways, skin, gallbladder, liver, nasopharynx, nerve cells, kidney, prostate, lymph glands, gastrointestinal tract, bone marrow, blood and other tumour cells containing viruses.
Conveniently, the T cells in the cellular vaccine are exposed to an apoptosis- inducing agent immediately prior to {e.g. within 2 hours of) administration to the subject.
A sixth aspect of the invention provides a cellular vaccine according to the first aspect of the invention or a pharmaceutical composition according to the second aspect of the invention for use in medicine, for example in the treatment of a subject with a pathological condition.
A seventh aspect of the invention provides the use of a cellular vaccine according to the first aspect of the invention or a pharmaceutical composition according to. the second aspect of the invention in the preparation of a medicament for treatment of a subject with a pathological condition.
A related aspect provides the use of a cellular vaccine according to the first aspect of the invention or a pharmaceutical composition according to the second aspect of the invention for treatment of a subject with a pathological condition.
In one embodiment, the treatment is therapeutic.
Exemplary pathological conditions are described above. An eighth aspect of the invention provides an adjuvant composition for use in a method of vaccination, the composition comprising or consisting of a population of T cells, wherein the T cells are (a) activated, or capable of being activated, and (b) apoptotic, or capable or being made apoptotic.
By "adjuvant composition" we mean a composition which is capable of enhancing the immunogenicity of an antigen. In the context of the present invention, the 'adjuvant composition' is capable of augmenting the adaptive immunity induced by administration of a vaccine to a subject. In particular, this aspect of the invention provides a population of T cells capable of delivering an activation/maturation signal to antigen-presenting cells.
Thus, the adjuvant compositions of the invention are capable of inducing non- antigen specific stimulation of the immune system, which leads to improved adaptive (antigen-specific) immune responses to a vaccine.
In one embodiment, the T cells are not transfected with foreign DNA (i.e. exogenous DNA derived from another organism). Specifically, the adjuvant composition is not itself a vaccine, i.e. the adjuvant compositions is not capable of inducing antigen-specific stimulation of the immune system per se. In the context of such adjuvant compositions, it will be appreciated that "activated" T cells" is not intended to include T cells activated by exposure to a particular antigen. However, the T cells can be activated by signalling through the T cell receptor, although the fine specificity of the T cell receptor is not utilized in order to obtain adjuvant activity.
Preferably, the T cells are polyclonally activated(for example, the T cells have not been cultured in the presence of a specific antigen, such as gplOO or a peptide thereof).
The concept of "adjuvant compositions" is described in detail in Gamvrellis et al. (2004) Immunology & Cell Biology 82:506-516. Typically, the adjuvant composition and the vaccine are separate entities. However, it will be appreciated by persons skilled in the art that the adjuvant composition and the vaccine may be a single entity (see below).
It will also be appreciated by persons skilled in the art that the adjuvant composition may comprise CD 4+ T cells and/or CD 8+ T cells. For example, the adjuvant composition may comprise or consist of PBMCs.
In an alternative embodiment, the adjuvant composition comprises preferentially or predominantly CD 4+ T cells, for example at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or more CD 4+ T cells.
In an alternative embodiment, the adjuvant composition comprises preferentially or predominantly CD 8+ T cells, for example at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or more CD 8+ T cells.
The T cells for use in the adjuvant compositions of the invention may be obtained from any suitable source, using methods well known in the art. For example, the T cells may be obtained from peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) isolated from a sample blood.
Preferably, the T cells are isolated/derived from primary lymphocytes. The T cells may be enriched for cells expressing the CD 4+ or CD 8+ T glycoproteins either by positive selection for or by negative selection (i.e. depletion) of a subpopulation of T cells. Suitable methods are well known in the art.
For example, T cells may be isolated by methods such as immunomagnetic isolation, Sheep red blood cell rosette formation with or without inclusion of an antibody-based separation step, flow cytometry based cell sorting, leukapheresis methods, density gradients, antibody panning methods, and antibody/complement depletion (see also Current Protocols in Immunology, 2006, by John Wiley & sons, Editors; Coligan, Bierer, Margulies, Shevach, Strober and Coico; Hami et al., 2004, Cytotherapy 6:554-62).
It will be appreciated by persons skilled in the art that the T cells may be derived from human or non-human animals, e.g. domestic and farm animals (including mammals such as dogs, cats, horses, cows, sheep, etc). Preferably, however, the T cells are derived from a human source.
In a preferred embodiment, the T cells are derived from the subject in whom the adjuvant composition is to be used, i.e. the T cells are autologous.
In an alternative embodiment, the T cells are derived from the same species as that of the subject in which the adjuvant composition is to be used, i.e. the T cells are allogeneic.
In a preferred embodiment of the eighth aspect of the invention, the T cells are activated, or capable of being activated, by exposure to an activating agent selected from the group consisting of lectins (such as PHA and ConA), chemicals or agents that induce Ca2+ influx in the T cells (such as ionomycin), alloantigens, superantigens (such as SEA and SEB), monoclonal antibodies (such as anti-CD3, anti-CD28 and anti-CD49d), cytokines (such as IL-I and TNF-α, chemokine and chemokine receptors, and molecules capable of interfering with T cell surface receptors or their signal transducing molecules.
The concentration and exposure time required for each activating agent can be determined by routine experimentation.
Preferably, the activating agent is PHA. For example, the T cells (together with monocytes/APCs) may be cultured overnight or longer in medium containing 2.5 μg/ml PHA.
Alternatively, the activating agent may be one or more monoclonal antibodies (for example, at a concentration in the medium of 2 μg/ml). Particularly preferred monoclonal antibody activating agents include anti-CD3 antibodies, anti-CD28 antibodies and anti-CD49d antibodies, used either alone or in combination.
A farther essential feature of the adjuvant composition of the eighth aspect of the invention is that the T cells are apoptotic, or capable or being made apoptotic by exposure to an apoptosis-inducing agent. For example, the apoptosis-inducing agent may be selected from the group consisting of gamma-irradiation, cytostatic drugs, UV-irradiation, mitomycin C, starvation (e.g. serum deprivation), Fas ligation, cytokines and activators of cell death receptors (as well as their signal transducing molecules), growth factors (and their signal transducing molecules), interference with cyclins, over-expression of oncogenes, molecules interfering with anti-apoptotic molecules, interference of the membrane potential of the mitochondria and steroids.
Preferably, the apoptosis-inducing agent is gamma-irradiation.
It will be appreciated by persons skilled in the art that cells may be treated such that they will undergo apoptosis in vivo (i.e. after administration into the subject being treated with the vaccine). For example, the cells may be injected shortly after treatment with an agent that will induce apoptosis (e.g. 30 min to 2hrs after apoptosis induction), without an in vitro step. Hence, at the time of injection, the apoptotic machinery may have been initiated but apoptosis not yet induced. In other words, the cells may undergo apoptosis in vivo after being injected.
Thus, the activated, apoptotic T cells in the adjuvant composition are capable of activation/maturation of antigen-presenting cells.
It will be further appreciated by persons skilled in the art that the adjuvant compositions of the present invention are suitable for use with any vaccine which provides active immunisation. Advantageously, the adjuvant composition is for use with a vaccine against a pathogenic condition selected from the group consisting of HIV, tuberculosis, malaria, influenza and cancer.
Preferably, the vaccine is an HIV vaccine.
Alternatively, the vaccine may be a cancer vaccine.
The adjuvant composition may be used in conjunction with any vaccine capable of presenting an antigen to the host immune system. For example, the vaccine may comprise or consist of an attenuated or original viral vector selected from the group consisting of adenoviruses (such as adenoviruses 1, 2 and 5, chimpanzee), hepatitis viruses (such as hepatitis B virus and hepatitis C virus), Pox viruses
(such as canarypox, vaccinia), rabies virus, murine leukaemia virus, alpha replicons, measles, rubella, polio, calicivirus, paramyxovirus, vesicular stomatitis virus, papilloma, leporipox, parvovirus, papovavirus, togavirus, picornavirus, reovirusx and ortmyxo virus (such as influenza viruses) and bacterial vectors
(such as vectors selected from the group of mycobacteria, salmonella, listeria,
Treponema pallidum, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis and Haemophilus ducreyi).
In one embodiment of the adjuvant compositions of the eighth aspect of the invention, the T cells are modified such that they contain an antigenic component, and/or a nucleic acid molecule encoding an antigenic component thereof.
For example, the T cells may be modified such that they contain a microorganism or antigenic component thereof, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding a microorganism or antigenic component thereof. Preferably, the microorganism is selected from the group consisting of bacteria, mycoplasmas, protozoa, yeasts, prions, archaea, fungi and viruses.
More preferably, the microorganism is a virus. For example, the virus may be selected from the group consisting of retroviruses (such as HIV viruses, e.g. HIVl and HIV2), adenoviruses (such as adenoviruses 1, 2 and 5, chimpanzee), hepatitis viruses (such as hepatitis B virus and hepatitis C virus), CMV5 Epstein- Barr virus (EBV), herpes viruses (such as HHV6, HHV7 and HHV8), human T- cell lymphotropic viruses (such as HTLVl and HTLV2), Pox viruses (such as canarypox, vaccinia), rabies viruses, murine leukaemia viruses, alpha replicons, measles, rubella, polio, caliciviruses, paramyxoviruses, vesicular stomatitis viruses, papilloma, leporipox, parvoviruses, papovaviruses, togaviruses, picornaviruses, reoviruses and ortmyxoviruses (such as influenza viruses).
Most preferably, the virus is an HIV virus, such as HIVl or HIV2.
Alternatively, the microorganism may be a bacterium. Thus, the CD 4 T cells may be modified such that they contain an antigenic component of a bacterial cell, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding such an antigenic component. For example, the bacteria may be selected from the group consisting of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, salmonella, listeria, Treponema pallidum, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis and Haemophilus ducreyi.
In one embodiment, the microorganism is a protozoan, such as the causative agent of malaria {i.e. Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium ovale, or Plasmodium malariae) or Trichomonas vaginalis.
In a further preferred embodiment, the T cells are modified such that they contain an antigenic component of a cancer cell, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding such an antigenic component. Preferably, the cancer cell is selected from the group consisting of cancer cells of the breast, bile duct, brain, colon, stomach, bone, reproductive organs, lung and airways, skin, gallbladder, liver, nasopharynx, nerve cells, kidney, prostate, lymph glands, gastrointestinal tract, bone marrow, blood and other tumour cells containing viruses.
Examples of such cancer cell associated antigens include those listed in Table 1 above. In one embodiment, the activated, apoptotic T cells in the adjuvant composition of the invention induce activation/maturation of endogenous antigen-presenting cells in the host in being treated with the adjuvant composition.
In an alternative embodiment of the eighth aspect of the invention, the adjuvant composition further comprises a population of (exogenous) antigen-presenting cells. Preferably, the antigen-presenting cells are macrophages and/or dendritic cells.
Conveniently, the composition is frozen, for storage prior to use.
A ninth aspect of the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising an adjuvant composition according to the eighth aspect of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
Examples of suitable pharmaceutical compositions and routes of administration thereof are described in detail below.
Preferably, however, the pharmaceutical composition is suitable for parenteral administration.
The present invention further provides, as a tenth aspect, a combination product comprising:
(a) an adjuvant composition according to the eighth aspect of the invention; and (b) a vaccine,
wherein each of components (a) and (b) is formulated in admixture with a pharmaceutically-acceptable diluent or carrier.
In a preferred embodiment the combination product of the invention comprises an adjuvant composition according to the eighth aspect of the invention, a vaccine and a pharmaceutically-acceptable diluent or carrier. In an alternative embodiment, the combination product of the invention comprises a kit of parts comprising components:
(a) a pharmaceutical formulation according to the ninth aspect of the invention; and
(b) a vaccine;
which components (a) and (b) are each provided in a form that is suitable for administration in conjunction with the other.
By bringing the two components "into association with" each other, we include that components (a) and (b) of the kit of parts may be:
(i) provided as separate formulations (i.e. independently of one another), which are subsequently brought together for use in conjunction with each other hi combination therapy; or
(ii) packaged and presented together as separate components of a "combination pack" for use in conjunction with each other in combination therapy.
Thus, in respect of the combination product according to the invention, the term "administration in conjunction with" includes that the two components of the combination product (i.e. a pharmaceutical formulation according to the ninth aspect of the invention and a vaccine) are administered (optionally repeatedly), either together, or sufficiently closely in time, to enable a beneficial effect for the patient. Determination of whether a combination provides a beneficial effect in respect of, and over the course of treatment of, a particular condition will depend upon the condition to be treated or prevented, but may be achieved routinely by the skilled person. An additional aspect of the present invention provides a kit of parts for preparing an adjuvant composition according to the eighth aspect of the invention, the kit comprising or consisting of;
(a) a population of T cells, or means of obtaining the same;
(b) an activating agent; and
(c) an apoptosis-inducing agent.
A twelfth aspect of the present invention provides a method for making an adjuvant composition according to the eighth aspect of the invention, the method comprising obtaining a population of T cells, wherein the T cells are activated (or capable of being activated) and apoptotic (or capable or being made apoptotic).
Advantageously, the T cells are isolated/purified from primary lymphocytes (as described above).
Preferably, the population of T cells is derived from the subject in whom the adjuvant composition is to be used, i.e. the T cells are autologous.
Alternatively, the population of T cells may be derived from the same species as that of the subject in which the adjuvant composition is to be used, i.e. the T cells are allogeneic.
In a preferred embodiment of the twelfth aspect of the invention, the method further comprises the step of activating the T cells (either before or after modification of the T cells; see above).
For example, the T cells may be activated by exposure to an activating agent selected from the group consisting of lectins (such as PHA and ConA), chemicals or agents that induce Ca2+ influx in the T cells (such as ionomycin), alloantigens, superantigens (such as SEA and SEB), monoclonal antibodies (such as anti-CD3, anti-CD28 and anti-CD49d), cytokines (such as IL-I and TNF-α, chemokine and chemokine receptors, and molecules capable of interfering with T cell surface receptors or their signal transducing molecules.
Preferably, the activating agent is PHA. For example, the T cells (together with monocytes/APCs) may be cultured overnight or longer in medium containing 2.5 μg/ml PHA.
Alternatively, the activating agent may be one or more monoclonal antibodies (for example, at a concentration in the medium of 2 μg/ml). Particularly preferred monoclonal antibody activating agents include anti-CD3 antibodies, anti-CD28 antibodies and anti-CD49d antibodies, used either alone or in combination.
Optionally, the method of the twelfth aspect of the invention further comprises the step of culturing the T cells (at any stage of the method).
Conveniently, the method also comprises freezing the population of T cells. This optional step may be performed at any stage of the above process, for example before or after activation and/or modification of the T cells. Preferably, the cells are frozen after activation and modification, and then stored until the time of use (apoptosis may be induced wither prior to freezing after the cells have been thawed ready for use).
In a further preferred embodiment of the twelfth aspect of the invention, the method additionally comprises the step of inducing the T cells to undergo apoptosis (either before or after activation and/or modification of the T cells; see above).
For example, apoptosis may be induced by exposure to an apopto sis-inducing agent selected from the group consisting of selected among gamma-irradiation, cytostatic drugs, UV-irradiation, mitomycin C, starvation (e.g. serum deprivation), Fas ligation, cytokines and activators of cell death receptors (as well as their signal transducing molecules), growth factors (and their signal transducing molecules), interference with cyclins, over-expression of oncogenes, molecules interfering with anti-apoptotic molecules, interference of the membrane potential of the mitochondria and steroids. The phrase 'capable or being made apoptotic' shall be construed accordingly.
In one embodiment of the twelfth aspect of the invention, the T cells are modified such that they contain an antigenic component thereof, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding an antigenic component.
For example, step (b) may comprise modifying the T cells such that they contain a microorganism or antigenic component thereof, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding a microorganism or antigenic component thereof. Preferably, the microorganism is selected from the group consisting of bacteria, mycoplasmas, protozoa, prions, archaea, yeasts, fungi and viruses.
Preferably, the microorganism is a virus. For example, the virus may be selected from the group consisting of retroviruses (such as HIV viruses, e.g. HIVl and HIV2), adenoviruses (such as adenoviruses 1, 2 and 5, chimpanzee), hepatitis viruses (such as hepatitis B virus and hepatitis C virus), CMV, Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), herpes viruses (such as HHV6, HHV7 and HHV8), human T-cell lymphotropic viruses (such as HTLVl and HTL V2), Pox viruses (such as canarypox, vaccinia), rabies viruses, murine leukaemia viruses, alpha replicons, measles, rubella, polio, caliciviruses, paramyxoviruses, vesicular stomatitis viruses, papilloma, leporipox, parvoviruses, papovaviruses, togaviruses, picornaviruses, reoviruses and ortmyxoviruses (such as influenza viruses).
Most preferably, the virus is an HIV virus, such as HTVl or HTV2.
Alternatively, the microorganism may be a bacterium. Thus, the T cells may be modified such that they contain an antigenic component of a bacterial cell, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding such an antigenic component. For example, the bacterium may be selected from the group consisting of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, salmonella, listeria, Treponema pallidum, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis and Haemophilus ducreyi. In another embodiment, the microorganism is a protozoan, such as the causative agent of malaria (i.e. Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium ovale, or Plasmodium malariae) or Trichomonas vaginalis.
In a further preferred embodiment of the twelfth aspect of the invention, the T cells are modified such that they contain an antigenic component of a cancer cell, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding such an antigenic component. Preferably, the cancer cell is selected from the group consisting of cancer cells of the breast, bile duct, brain, colon, stomach, bone, reproductive organs, lung and airways, skin, gallbladder, liver, nasopharynx, nerve cells, kidney, prostate, lymph glands, gastrointestinal tract, bone marrow, blood and other tumour cells containing viruses.
Examples of such cancer cell-associated antigens include those listed in Table 1 above.
Modification of the T cells may be accomplished using techniques well known in the art, for example transfection, infection and fusion (see above).
In a particularly preferred embodiment, transfection is achieved using nanoparticles to which are coupled nucleic acid molecules encoding the antigenic component. Alternatively, the nanoparticles may be coupled directly to the antigenic component itself.
Alternatively, the T cells may be modified by infection with a whole virus/ virion.
Optionally, the method of the twelfth aspect of the invention further comprises the step of culturing the T cells (at any stage of the method).
Conveniently, the method also comprises freezing the population of T cells. This optional step may be performed at any stage of the above process, for example before or after activation and/or modification of the T cells. Preferably, the cells are frozen after activation and modification, and then stored until the time of use (apoptosis may be induced wither prior to freezing after the cells have been thawed ready for use).
Persons skilled in the art will appreciate that the order in which the steps of the twelfth aspect of the invention are performed is arbitrary. However, the steps are preferably performed in one of the following orders:
(a) activation, culturing (optional), modification (optional),' freezing (optional) and induction of apoptosis;
(b) culturhig (optional), activation, modification (optional), freezing (optional) and induction of apoptosis;
(c) activation, culruring (optional), modification (optional), induction of apoptosis and freezing (optional); (d) modification (optional), culturing (optional), activation, freezing (optional) and induction of apoptosis; or
(e) modification (optional), culturing (optional), activation, induction of apoptosis and freezing (optional).
hi yet another preferred embodiment of the twelfth aspect of the invention, the method additionally comprises the step of adding a population of antigen- presenting cells to the adjuvant composition.
Advantageously, the antigen-presenting cells are macrophages or dendritic cells (see above).
A thirteenth aspect of the invention provides a method for treatment of a subject with a pathological condition, the method comprising administering to the subject a vaccine together with an adjuvant composition according to the eighth aspect of the invention, a pharmaceutical composition according to the ninth aspect of the invention, or a combination product according to the tenth aspect of the invention. It will be appreciated by persons skilled in the art that the subject may be human or a non-human animal, e.g. domestic and farm animals (including mammals such as dogs, cats, horses, cows, sheep, etc.). Preferably, however, the subject is human.
It will also be appreciated by skilled persons that the vaccine and adjuvant composition can be distinct agents or a single agent. For example, in the latter case, the adjuvant composition may comprise activated, apoptotic T cells modified to contain an antigenic component.
In a preferred embodiment, the thirteenth aspect of the invention provides a method of vaccination.
In a further embodiment, the thirteenth aspect of the invention does not include adoptive transfer of T cells in vivo (for example, as described in Lou et al., 2004, Cancer Res. 64:3783-3790).
In one embodiment, the pathological condition is caused by a microorganism selected from the group consisting of bacteria, mycoplasmas, yeasts, prions, archaea, fungi and viruses.
For example, the pathological condition may be caused by a virus. Exemplary viruses include, but are not limited to, group consisting of retroviruses (such as HIV viruses, e.g. HTVl and HTV2), adenoviruses (such as adenoviruses 1, 2 and 5, chimpanzee), hepatitis viruses (such as hepatitis B virus and hepatitis C virus), CMV, Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), herpes viruses (such as HHV6, HHV7 and HHV8), human T-cell lymphotropic viruses (such as HTLVl and HTLV2), Pox viruses (such as canarypox, vaccinia), rabies viruses, murine leukaemia viruses, alpha replicons, measles, rubella, polio, caliciviruses, paramyxoviruses, vesicular stomatitis viruses, papilloma, leporipox, parvoviruses, papovaviruses, togaviruses, picornaviruses, reoviruses and ortmyxoviruses (such as influenza viruses). In a particularly preferred embodiment, the virus is an HIV virus, such as HIVl or HIV2.
Alternatively, the pathological condition may be caused by a bacterium, for example selected from the group consisting of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, salmonella, listeria, Treponema pallidum, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis and Haemophilus ducreyi.
In a further embodiment, the pathological condition may be caused by a protozoan, such as the causative agent of malaria {i.e. Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium ovale, or Plasmodium malariae) or Trichomonas vaginalis.
In a further preferred embodiment, the T cells are modified such that they contain an antigenic component of a cancer cell, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding such an antigenic component. Preferably, the cancer cell is selected from the group consisting of cancer cells of the breast, bile duct, brain, colon, stomach, bone, reproductive organs, lung and airways, skin, gallbladder, liver, nasopharynx, nerve cells, kidney, prostate, lymph glands, gastrointestinal tract, bone marrow, blood and other tumour cells containing viruses.
Conveniently, the T cells in the adjuvant composition are exposed to an apoptosis-inducing agent immediately prior to {e.g. within 2 hours of) administration to the subject.
An additional aspect of the invention provides an adjuvant composition according to the eighth aspect of the invention, a pharmaceutical composition according to the ninth aspect of the invention, or a combination product according to the tenth aspect of the invention for use in medicine, for example in the treatment of a subject with a pathological condition.
A fourteenth aspect of the invention provides the use of an adjuvant composition according to the eighth aspect of the invention, a pharmaceutical composition according to the ninth aspect of the invention, or a combination product according to the tenth aspect of the invention in the preparation of a medicament for treatment of a subject with a pathological condition.
A further aspect of the invention provides the use of an adjuvant composition according to the eighth aspect of the invention, a pharmaceutical composition according to the ninth aspect of the invention, or a combination product according to the tenth aspect of the invention for treatment of a subject with a pathological condition.
Exemplary pathological conditions are described above.
The invention additionally provides the use of an adjuvant composition according to the eighth aspect of the invention, a pharmaceutical composition according to the ninth aspect of the invention, or a combination product according to the tenth aspect of the invention in the preparation of a medicament for use as an adjuvant.
A further aspect of the invention provides the use of an adjuvant composition according to the eighth aspect of the invention, a pharmaceutical composition according to the ninth aspect of the invention, or a combination product according to the tenth aspect of the invention for use as an adjuvant.
Preferably, such use does not include adoptive transfer of T cells in vivo (for example, as described in Lou et al., 2004, Cancer Res. 64:3783-3790).
Related aspects of the invention further provide:
(i) a method of enhancing the effect of a vaccine comprising administering to a subject an adjuvant composition according to the eighth aspect of the invention, a pharmaceutical composition according to the ninth aspect of the invention, or a combination product according to the tenth aspect of the invention. (ii) a method of activating antigen-presenting cells comprising contacting the antigen-presenting cells with an adjuvant composition according to the eighth aspect of the invention, a pharmaceutical composition according to the ninth aspect of the invention, or a combination product according to the tenth aspect of the invention. Thus, there is provided a method for delivering an activation and maturation signal to antigen-presenting cells.
(iii) use of an adjuvant composition according to the eighth aspect of the invention, a pharmaceutical composition according to the ninth aspect of the invention, or a combination product according to the tenth aspect of the invention for enhancing the immunoprotective effect of a vaccine in a patient.
(iv) use of an adjuvant composition according to the eighth aspect of the invention, a pharmaceutical composition according to the ninth aspect of the invention, or a combination product according to the tenth aspect of the invention for activating antigen-presenting cells.
It will be appreciated that the above methods may be performed in vivo or in vitro,
A fifteenth aspect of the invention provides a composition having microbicide activity, or capable thereof upon exposure to antigen-presenting cells, the composition comprising or consisting of a population of T cells, wherein the T cells are (a) activated, or capable of being activated, and (b) apoptotic, or capable or being made apoptotic.
By a "composition having microbicide activity" we mean that the composition which is able, at least in part, to kill or inhibit the growth and/or prevent infection of one or more microorganism species (for example, viruses, bacteria, etc), or is capable of killing or inhibiting the growth or preventing infection thereof upon exposure of the composition to antigen-presenting cells. Thus, the invention provides a composition which is capable of producing a microbicide milieu in combination with antigen-presenting cells. This effect may be achieved in vivo or in vitro.
It will be appreciated by persons skilled in the art that the microbicide composition may comprise CD 4+ T cells and/or CD 8+ T cells. For example, the microbicide composition may comprise or consist of PBMCs.
In an alternative ' embodiment, the microbicide composition comprises predominantly CD 4+ T cells, for example at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or more CD 4+ T cells.
In an alternative embodiment, the microbicide composition comprises predominantly CD 8+ T cells, for example at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or more CD 8+ T cells.
The T cells for use in the microbicide compositions of the invention may be obtained from any suitable source, using methods well known in the art. For example, the T cells may be obtained from peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) isolated from a sample blood.
Alternatively, the T cells may be obtained or derived from an immortalised cell line.
Preferably, the T cells are isolated/derived from primary lymphocytes. The T cells may be enriched for cells expressing the CD 4 or CD 8 T glycoproteins either by positive selection for or by negative selection (i.e. depletion) of a subpopulation of T cells. Suitable methods are well known in the art.
For example, T cells may be isolated by methods such as immunomagnetic isolation, Sheep red blood cell rosette formation with or without inclusion of an antibody-based separation step, flow cytometry based cell sorting, leukapheresis methods, density gradients, antibody panning methods, and antibody/complement depletion (see also Current Protocols in Immunology, 2006, by John Wiley & sons, Editors; Coligan, Bierer, Margulies, Shevach, Strober and Coico; Hami et al, 2004, Cytotherapy 6:554-62).
It will be appreciated by persons skilled in the art that the T cells may be derived from human or non-human animals, e.g. domestic and farm animals (including mammals such as dogs, cats, horses, cows, sheep, etc.).
Preferably, however, the T cells may be derived from a human.
hi a preferred embodiment, the T cells are derived from the subject in whom the microbicide composition is to be used, i.e. the T cells are autologous.
hi an alternative embodiment, the T cells are derived from the same species as that of the subject in which the microbicide composition is to be used, i.e. the T cells are allogeneic.
In a preferred embodiment of the fifteenth aspect of the invention, the T cells are activated, or capable of being activated, by exposure to an activating agent selected from the group consisting of lectins (such as PHA and ConA), chemicals or agents that induce Ca2+ influx in the T cells (such as ionomycin), alloantigens, superantigens (such as SEA and SEB), monoclonal antibodies (such as anti-CD3, anti-CD28 and anti-CD49d), cytokines (such as IL-I and TNF-α, chemokine and chemokine receptors, and molecules capable of interfering with T cell surface receptors or their signal transducing molecules.
The concentration and exposure time required for each activating agent can be determined by routine experimentation.
Preferably, the activating agent is PHA. For example, the T cells (together with monocytes/APCs) may be cultured overnight or longer in medium containing 2.5 μg/ml PHA. Alternatively, the activating agent may be one or more monoclonal antibodies (for example, at a concentration in the medium of 2 μg/ml). Particularly preferred monoclonal antibody activating agents include anti-CD3 antibodies, anti-CD28 antibodies and anti-CD49d antibodies, used either alone or in combination.
A further essential feature of the composition of the fifteenth aspect of the invention is that the T cells are apoptotic, or capable or being made apoptotic by exposure to an apopto sis-inducing agent. For example, the apoptosis-inducing agent may be selected from the group consisting of gamma-irradiation, cytostatic drugs, UV-irradiation, mitomycin C, starvation (e.g. serum deprivation), Fas ligation, cytokines and activators of cell death receptors (as well as their signal transducing molecules), growth factors (and their signal transducing molecules), interference with cyclins, over-expression of oncogenes, molecules interfering with anti-apoptotic molecules, interference of the membrane potential of the mitochondria and steroids.
Preferably, the apoptosis-inducing agent is gamma-irradiation.
It will be appreciated by persons skilled in the art that cells are treated in a way that they will undergo apoptosis in vivo (i.e. after administration into the subject being treated with the microbicide). For example, the cells may be injected shortly after treatment with an agent that will induce apoptosis (e.g. 30 min to
2hrs after apoptosis induction), without an in vitro step. Hence, at the time of injection, the apoptotic machinery may have been initiated but apoptosis not yet induced, hi other words, the cells may undergo apoptosis in vivo after being injected.
Thus, the activated, apoptotic T cells in the microbicide composition are capable of activation/maturation of antigen-presenting cells. Activation/maturation of antigen-presenting cells is known to make them less susceptible to HTV-I infection (see McDyer et al, 1999, J. Immunology 162:3711-3717). In one embodiment of the microbicide compositions of the fifteenth aspect of the invention, the T cells are modified such that they contain an antigenic component, and/or a nucleic acid molecule encoding an antigenic component thereof.
For example, the T cells may be modified such that they contain a microorganism or antigenic component thereof, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding a microorganism or antigenic component thereof. Preferably, the microorganism is selected from the group consisting of bacteria, mycoplasmas, protozoa, yeasts, prions, archaea, fungi and viruses.
More preferably, the microorganism is a virus. For example, the virus may be selected from the group consisting of retroviruses (such as HIV viruses, e.g. HIVl and HIV2), adenoviruses (such as adenoviruses I5 2 and 5, chimpanzee), hepatitis viruses (such as hepatitis B virus and hepatitis C virus), CMV, Epstein- Barr virus (EBV), herpes viruses (such as HHV6, HHV7 and HHV8), human T- cell lymphotropic viruses (such as HTLVl and HTLV2), Pox viruses (such as canarypox, vaccinia), rabies viruses, murine leukaemia viruses, alpha replicons, measles, rubella, polio, caliciviruses, paramyxoviruses, vesicular stomatitis viruses, papilloma, leporipox, parvoviruses, papovaviruses, togaviruses, picornaviruses, reoviruses and ortmyxoviruses (such as influenza viruses).
Most preferably, the virus is an HIV virus, such as HIVl or HTV2.
Alternatively, the microorganism may be a bacterium. Thus, the T cells may be modified such that they contain an antigenic component of a bacterial cell, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding such an antigenic component. For example, the bacterium may be selected from the group consisting of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, salmonella, listeria, Treponema pallidum, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis and Haemophilus ducreyi.
In one embodiment, the microorganism is a protozoan, such as the causative agent of malaria {i.e. Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium ovale, or Plasmodium malariae) or Trichomonas vaginalis. In a further preferred embodiment, the T cells are modified such that they contain an antigenic component of a cancer cell, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding such an antigenic component. Preferably, the cancer cell is selected from the group consisting of cancer cells of the breast, bile duct, brain, colon, stomach, bone, reproductive organs, lung and airways, skin, gallbladder, liver, nasopharynx, nerve cells, kidney, prostate, lymph glands, gastrointestinal tract, bone marrow, blood and other tumour cells containing viruses.
Examples of such cancer cell associated antigens include those listed in Table 1 above.
In one embodiment, the activated, apoptotic T cells in the microbicide composition of the invention induce activation/maturation of endogenous antigen- presenting cells in the host.
In an alternative embodiment of the fifteenth aspect of the invention, the microbicide composition further comprises a population of (exogenous) antigen- presenting cells. Preferably, the antigen-presenting cells are macrophages and/or dendritic cells.
Conveniently, the composition is frozen, for storage prior to use.
Advantageously, the microbicide composition according to the fifteenth aspect of the invention further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent (i.e. a pharmaceutical composition).
Examples of suitable pharmaceutical compositions and routes of administration thereof are described in detail below. Preferably, the pharmaceutical composition is suitable for local mucosal administration prior to or after exposure to a pathogen.
Conveniently, the pharmaceutical composition is suitable for parenteral administration.
The present invention further provides, as a sixteenth aspect, a combination product comprising:
(a) a composition according to the fifteenth aspect of the invention; and (b) a population of antigen-presenting cells,
wherein each of components (a) and (b) is formulated in admixture with a pharmaceuticaUy-acceptable diluent or carrier.
hi a preferred embodiment, the combination product of the invention comprises a microbicide composition according to the fifteenth aspect of the invention, a population of antigen-presenting cells and a pharmaceuticaUy-acceptable diluent or carrier.
In an alternative embodiment, the combination product of the invention comprises a kit of parts comprising components:
(a) a pharmaceutical composition according to the fifteenth aspect of the invention; and
(b) a population of antigen-presenting cells,
which components (a) and (b) are each provided in a form that is suitable for administration in conjunction with the other.
By bringing the two components "into association with" each other, we include that components (a) and (b) of the kit of parts may be: (i) provided as separate formulations (i.e. independently of one another), which are subsequently brought together for use in conjunction with each other in combination therapy; or
(ii) packaged and presented together as separate components of a "combination pack" for use in conjunction with each other in combination therapy.
Thus, in respect of the combination product according to the invention, the term "administration in conjunction with" includes that the two components of the combination product (i.e. a pharmaceutical formulation according to the fifteenth aspect of the invention and a population of antigen-presenting cells) are administered (optionally repeatedly), either together, or sufficiently closely in time, to enable a beneficial effect for the patient. Determination of whether a combination provides a beneficial effect hi respect of, and over the course of treatment of, a particular condition will depend upon the condition to be treated or prevented, but may be achieved routinely by the skilled person.
An additional aspect of the present invention provides a kit of parts for preparing a composition according to the fifteenth aspect of the invention, the kit comprising or consisting;
(a) a population of T cells, or means of obtaining the same;
(b) an activating agent; and
(c) an apoptosis-inducing agent.
An eighteenth aspect of the invention provides a method of making a composition according to the fifteenth aspect of the invention, the method comprising obtaining a population of T cells, wherein the T cells are activated (or capable of being activated) and apoptotic (or capable or being made apoptotic).
Advantageously, the T cells are isolated/purified from primary lymphocytes (as described above). Preferably, the population of T cells is derived from the subject in whom the microbicide composition is to be used, i.e. the T cells are autologous.
Alternatively, the population of T cells may be derived from the same species as that of the subject in which the microbicide composition is to be used, i.e. the T cells are allogeneic.
In a preferred embodiment of the eighteenth aspect of the invention, the method further comprises the step of activating the T cells (either before or after modification of the T cells; see above).
For example, the T cells may be activated by exposure to an activating agent selected from the group consisting of lectins (such as PHA and ConA), chemicals or agents that induce Ca2+ influx in the T cells (such as ionomycin), alloantigens, superantigens (such as SEA and SEB), monoclonal antibodies (such as anti-CD3, anti-CD28 and anti-CD49d), cytokines (such as IL-I and TNF-α, chemokine and chemokine receptors, and molecules capable of interfering with T cell surface receptors or their signal transducing molecules.
Preferably, the activating agent is PHA. For example, the T cells (together with monocytes/APCs) may be cultured overnight or longer in medium containing 2.5 μg/ml PHA.
Alternatively, the activating agent may be. one or more monoclonal antibodies (for example, at a concentration in the medium of 2 μg/ml). Particularly preferred monoclonal antibody activating agents include anti-CD3 antibodies, anti-CD28 antibodies and anti-CD49d antibodies, used either alone or in combination.
Optionally, the method of the eighteenth aspect of the invention further comprises the step of culturing the T cells (at any stage of the method).
Conveniently, the method also comprises freezing the population of T cells. This optional step may be performed at any stage of the above process, for example before or after activation and/or modification of the T cells. Preferably, the cells are frozen after activation and modification, and then stored until the time of use (apoptosis may be induced wither prior to freezing after the cells have been thawed ready for use).
In a further preferred embodiment of the eighteenth aspect of the invention, the method additionally comprises the step of inducing the T cells to undergo apoptosis (either before or after activation and/or modification of the T cells; see ' above).
For example, apoptosis may be induced by exposure to an apopto sis-inducing agent selected from the group consisting of gamma-irradiation, cytostatic drugs, UV-irradiation, mitomycin C, starvation (e.g. serum deprivation), Fas ligation, cytokines and activators of cell death receptors (as well as their signal transducing molecules), growth factors (and their signal transducing molecules), interference with cyclins, over-expression of oncogenes, molecules interfering with anti- apoptotic molecules, interference of the membrane potential of the mitochondria and steroids.
hi one embodiment of the eighteenth aspect of the invention, the T cells are modified such that they contain an antigenic component thereof, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding an antigenic component.
For example, step (b) may comprise modifying the T cells such that they contain a microorganism or antigenic component thereof, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding a microorganism or antigenic component thereof. Preferably, the microorganism is selected from the group consisting of bacteria, mycoplasmas, protozoa, yeasts, prions, archaea, fungi and viruses.
Preferably, the microorganism is a virus. For example, the virus may be selected from the group consisting of retroviruses (such as HIV viruses, e.g. HIVl and HIV2), adenoviruses (such as adenoviruses 1, 2 and 5, chimpanzee), hepatitis viruses (such as hepatitis B virus and hepatitis C virus), CMV, Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), herpes viruses (such as HHV6, HHV7 and HHV8), human T-cell lymphotropic viruses (such as HTLVl and HTL V2), Pox viruses (such as canarypox, vaccinia), rabies viruses, murine leukaemia viruses, alpha replicons, measles, rubella, polio, caliciviruses, paramyxoviruses, vesicular stomatitis viruses, papilloma, leporipox, parvoviruses, papovaviruses, togaviruses, picornaviruses, reoviruses and ortmyxoviruses (such as influenza viruses).
Most preferably, the virus is an HIV virus, such as HIVl or HIV2.
Alternatively, the microorganism may be a bacterium. Thus, the T cells may be modified such that they contain an antigenic component of a bacterial cell, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding such an antigenic component. For example, the bacterium may be selected from the group consisting of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, salmonella, listeria, Treponema pallidum, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis and Haemophilus ducreyi.
In another embodiment, the microorganism is a protozoan, such as the causative agent of malaria {i.e. Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium ovale, or Plasmodium malariae) or Trichomonas vaginalis.
In a further preferred embodiment of the eighteenth aspect of the invention, the T cells are modified such that they contain an antigenic component of a cancer cell, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding such an antigenic component. Preferably, the cancer cell is selected from the group consisting of cancer cells of the breast, bile duct, brain, colon, stomach, bone, reproductive organs, lung and airways, skin, gallbladder, liver, nasopharynx, nerve cells, kidney, prostate, lymph glands, gastrointestinal tract, bone marrow, blood and other tumour cells containing viruses.
Examples of such cancer cell associated antigens include those listed hi Table 1 above. Modification of the T cells may be accomplished using techniques well known in the art, for example transfection, infection and fusion (see above).
In a particularly preferred embodiment, transfection is achieved using nanoparticles to which are coupled nucleic acid molecules encoding the antigenic component. Alternatively, the nanoparticles may be coupled directly to the antigenic component itself.
Alternatively, the T cells may be modified by infection with a whole virus/ virion.
Optionally, the method of the eighteenth aspect of the invention further comprises the step of culturing the T cells (at any stage of the method).
Conveniently, the method also comprises freezing the population of T cells. This optional step may be performed at any stage of the above process, for example before or after activation and/or modification of the T cells. Preferably, the cells are frozen after activation and modification, and then stored until the time of use (apoptosis may be induced wither prior to freezing after the cells have been thawed ready for use).
Persons skilled in the art will appreciate that the order in which the steps of the eighteenth aspect of the invention are performed is arbitrary. However, the steps are preferably performed in one of the following orders:
(a) activation, culturing (optional), modification (optional), freezing (optional) and induction of apoptosis;
(b) culturing (optional), activation, modification (optional), freezing (optional) and induction of apoptosis;
(c) activation, culturing (optional), modification (optional), induction of apoptosis and freezing (optional);
(d) modification (optional), culturing (optional), activation, freezing (optional) and induction of apoptosis; or (e) modification (optional), culturing (optional), activation, induction of apoptosis and freezing (optional).
In yet another preferred embodiment of the eighteenth aspect of the invention, the method additionally comprises the step of adding a population of antigen- presenting cells to the microbicide composition.
Advantageously, the antigen-presenting cells are macrophages or dendritic cells (see above).
A nineteenth aspect of the invention provides a method for treatment of a subject with a pathological condition, or recently exposed to a pathogen or susceptible to such exposure, the method comprising administering to the subject a composition according to the fifteenth aspect of the invention, or a combination product according to the sixteenth aspect of the invention.
It will be appreciated by persons skilled in the art that the subject may be human or a non-human animal, e.g. domestic and farm animals (including mammals such as dogs, cats, horses, cows, sheep, etc.). Preferably, however, the subject is human.
In one embodiment, the pathological condition is caused by a microorganism selected from the group consisting of bacteria, mycoplasmas, yeasts, fungi, prions, archaea and viruses.
For example, the pathological condition may be caused by a virus (i.e. the pathogen to which subject has been or could be exposed may be a virus). Exemplary viruses include, but are not limited to, retroviruses (such as HTV viruses, e.g. HIVl and HTV2), herpes simplex viruses, human papilloma viruses, and Leporipox viruses.
In a particularly preferred embodiment, the virus is an HIV virus, such as HTVl or fflV2. Alternatively, the pathological condition may be caused by a bacterium, for example selected from the group consisting of Treponema pallidum, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis and Haemophilus ducreyi.
In a further embodiment, the pathological condition may be caused by a protozoan (such as Trichomonas vaginalis) or fungus (such as Candida albicans).
A twentieth aspect of the invention provides a composition according to the fifteenth aspect of the invention or a combination product according to the sixteenth aspect of the invention for use in medicine, for example in the treatment of a subject with a pathological condition or after expose to a pathogen.
A twenty-first aspect of the invention provides the use of composition according to the fifteenth aspect of the invention or a combination product according to the sixteenth aspect of the invention in the preparation of a medicament for treatment of a subject with a pathological condition or after expose to a pathogen.
Exemplary pathological conditions are described above.
Related aspects of the invention further provide:
(i) a method for making a composition having microbicide activity, the composition comprising contacting a population of activated, apoptotic T cells with a population of antigen-presenting cells in a cell medium in vitro and then obtaining cell medium therefrom (e.g. as a supernatant).
(ii) a composition having microbicide activity obtained or obtainable by the above method (preferably, comprising one or more chemokines/cytokines with anti- viral activity). Several of the above-mentioned aspects of the invention constitute pharmaceutical compositions, for example comprising a cellular vaccine, adjuvant composition or microbicide composition according to the invention.
It will be appreciated by persons skilled in the art that such an effective amount of the vaccines and compositions of the invention may be delivered as a single bolus dose (i.e. acute administration) or, more preferably, as a series of doses over time (i.e. chronic « administration).
The vaccines and compositions of the invention can be formulated at various concentrations, depending on the efficacy/toxicity of the compound being used and the indication for which it is being used. Preferably, the formulation comprises an amount of the vaccine or composition of the invention comprising about 0.1-600 x 106 cells, for example about 0.1 - 100 x 106 cells.
It will be appreciated by persons skilled in the art that the cellular vaccines, adjuvant compositions or microbicide compositions of the invention will generally be administered in admixture with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient diluent or carrier selected with regard to the intended route of administration and standard pharmaceutical practice (for example, see Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 19th edition, 1995, Ed. Alfonso Gennaro, Mack Publishing Company, Pennsylvania, USA).
For example, the agents of the invention can be administered orally, buccally or sublingually in the form of tablets, capsules, ovules, elixirs, solutions or suspensions, which may contain flavouring or colouring agents, for immediate-, delayed-, or controlled-release applications. The agents of invention may also be administered via intracavernosal injection.
Such tablets may contain excipients such as microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, sodium citrate, calcium carbonate, dibasic calcium phosphate and glycine, disititegrants such as starch (preferably corn, potato or tapioca starch), sodium starch glycollate^ croscarmellose sodium and certain complex silicates, and granulation binders such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxvpropylmethylcellulose (HPMC)3 hydroxy-propylcellulose (HPC), sucrose, gelatin and acacia. Additionally, lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid, glyceryl behenate and talc may be included.
Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in gelatin capsules. Preferred excipients in this regard include lactose, starch, cellulose, milk sugar or high molecular weight polyethylene glycols. For aqueous suspensions and/or elixirs, the compounds of the invention may be combined with various sweetening or flavouring agents, colouring matter or dyes, with emulsifying and/or suspending agents and with diluents such as water, ethanol, propylene glycol and glycerin, and combinations thereof.
The agents of the invention can also be administered parenterally, for example, intravenously, intra-nasally, intra-dermally, locally applied to the vagina, mouth or rectum, intra-articularly, intra-arterially, intraperitoneally, intra-thecally, intraventricularly, intrasternally, intracranially, intra-muscularly or subcutaneously, or they may be administered by infusion techniques. They are best used in the form of a sterile aqueous solution which may contain other substances, for example, enough salts or glucose to make the solution isotonic with blood. The aqueous solutions should be suitably buffered (preferably to a pH of from 3 to 9), if -necessary. The preparation of suitable parenteral formulations under sterile conditions is readily accomplished by standard pharmaceutical techniques well known to those skilled in the art.
Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous and nonaqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain anti-oxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non- aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents. The formulations may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose containers, for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilised) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water for injections, immediately prior to use. Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets of the kind previously described.
For mucosal (e.g. oral or vaginal) and parenteral administration to human patients, the daily dosage level of the agents of the invention will usually be from about 0.1-600 x 106 cells per adult, administered in single or divided doses.
The agents of the invention can also be administered intranasally or by inhalation and are conveniently delivered in the form of a dry powder inhaler or an aerosol spray presentation from a pressurised container, pump, spray or nebuliser with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g. dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoro- methane, dichlorotetrafiuoro-ethane, a hydrofluoroalkane such as 1,1,1,2- tetrafluoroethane (HFA 134A3 or 1,1,1,2,3,3,3-heptafiuoroproρane (HFA 227EA3), carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurised aerosol, the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. The pressurised container, pump, spray or nebuliser may contain a solution or suspension of the active compound, e.g. using a mixture of ethanol and the propellant as the solvent, which may additionally contain a lubricant, e.g. sorbitan trioleate. Capsules and cartridges (made, for example, from gelatin) for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated to contain a powder mix of a compound of the invention and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
Aerosol or dry powder formulations are preferably arranged so that each metered dose or 'puff contain about 0.1-600 x 106 cells for delivery to the patient. It will be appreciated that the overall daily dose with an aerosol will vary from patient to patient, and may be administered in a single dose or, more usually, in divided doses throughout the day.
Alternatively, the agents of the invention can be administered in the form of a suppository or pessary, or they may be applied topically in the form of a lotion, solution, cream, ointment or dusting powder. The compounds of the invention may also be transdermally administered, for example, by the use of a skin patch or other intra-dermal devices. They may also be administered by the ocular route.
For application topically to the sldn, the agents of the invention can be formulated as a suitable ointment containing the active compound suspended or dissolved in, for example, a mixture with one or more of the following: mineral oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum, propylene glycol, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene compound, emulsifying wax and water. Alternatively, they can be formulated as a suitable' lotion or cream, suspended or dissolved in, for example, a mixture of one or more of the following: mineral oil, sorbitan monostearate, a polyethylene glycol, liquid paraffin, polysorbate 60, cetyϊ esters wax, cetearyl alcohol, 2-octyldodecanol, benzyl alcohol and water.
Formulations suitable for topical administration in the mouth include lozenges. comprising the active ingredient in a flavoured basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth; pastilles comprising the active ingredient in an inert basis such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia; and mouthwashes comprising the active ingredient in a suitable liquid carrier.
Persons skilled in the art will further appreciate that the agents and pharmaceutical formulations of the present invention have utility in both the medical and veterinary fields. Thus, the agents of the invention may be used in the treatment of both human and non-human animals (such as horses, dogs and cats). Preferably, however, the patient is human.
Preferred aspects of the invention are described in the following non-limiting examples, with reference to the following figures:
Figure. 1. Schematic diagram of exemplary method of the invention
The figure shows the principle set up in vitro, which comprises induction of apoptosis in autologous or allogeneic cells and thereafter addition to phagocytes. Flow cytometry is used for measurements of apoptosis by annexin V/ PI stainings, phenotypic analyses of apoptotic cells, dendritic cell maturation, quantification of phagocytosis, and intracellular cytokine production. PBMC - peripheral blood mononuclear cells.
Figure 2. Phenotypic characterization of apoptotic activated peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs)
PBMCs were isolated from healthy blood donors and put in culture without any additional stimulation (non-stimulated), activated with anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 mAbs over night, PHA (phytohemagglutinin) over night or with PHA for 4 days. The cells were either stained directly after the culture period or stained after a freezing period in DMSO. The recovered cells were stained with anti-CD4, anti- CD25 and anti-CD69 mAbs and analysed for surface expression by flow cytometry. Data are shown on gated on lymphocytes. The quadrants are set based on isotype control stainings and the numbers depicts the frequency of cells in each quadrant (A). PBMCs were also analysed for apoptosis induction as defined by Annexin-V and PI staining (B). Freshly isolated non-stimulated PBMCs display the background staining. PBMCs were put in culture without any additional stimulation (non-stimulated), activated with anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 mAbs over night, PHA over night or with PHA for 4 days. Cells were then frozen in DMSO. After thawing the cells were either stained directly with Annexin-V and PI or first exposed to 150Gy gamma-irradiation.' Staining with Armexin-V and PI were performed directly after gamma-irradiation.
Figure 3. Apoptotic activated PBMCs induce CD86 expression in human DCs
Human in vitro differentiated monocytes cultured for 6 days in the presence of IL-4 and GM-CSF were used as source of human immature DCs as defined by their expression of CDIa, lack of CD14 and low expression of CD40, CD80, CD86 and CD83. These immature DCs were co-cultured with different apoptotic cells (ac) for 72 hours and then analyzed for expression of CD 86 molecules. Gates, were set on large CDla+CD3' cells. LPS (lipopolysaccharide), which is a potent DC activator, was used as positive control and DCs cultured in medium only was used as negative control. The apoptotic cells were from freshly isolated PBMCs (non-stim ac), PBMCs activated with PHA over night (PHA o.n. ac), PBMCs activated with PHA for 4 days (PHA 4d ac) or PBMCs activated with anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 mAb over night (αCD3αCD28 ac) (A). Representative flow cytometric analyses and the definition of quadrant settings are shown. The different PBMCs were induced to undergo apoptosis by gamma-irradiation just prior to addition of DCs. (B) Average frequency of CD86 expressing DCs + SD of at least eight experiments. Significant differences were assessed by non- parametric Mann- Whitney test and are indicated by * (P <0.05), ** (P <0.01) and *** (P <0.001), respectively.
Figure 4. Apoptotic activated CD4+ T cells are efficient inducers of CD86 expression in DCs
Immature DCs were co-cultured with live non-activated or anti-CD3/CD28 activated (over night incubation) CD4+ or CD8+ T cells isolated by negative depletion. Immature DCs were also co-cultured with apoptotic non-activated or antiCD3/CD28 activated CD4+ or CD8+ T cells. In addition, necrotic non- activated or antiCD3/CD28 activated CD4+ T cells induced to undergo necrosis by repeated freeze thawing cycles were also co-cultured with immature DCs. The expression of CD86 was assessed by flow cytometry after 72 h of co-culture. Gates were set on large CDla+CD3" cells. LPS was used as a positive control and negative control was culture in only medium. Average frequency of CD86 expressing DCs + SD of at least four experiments. Significant differences were assessed by non-parametric Mann- Whitney test and are indicated by * (P <0.05), and ** (P <0.01), respectively.
Figure 5. HTV-I infection in anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 activated CD4+ T cells
CD4+ T cells were activated with anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 mAb over night before they were infected with either IxBaL stock or a 1OxBaL stock. The frequency of infection was measured by intracellular p24 staining and quantified by flow cytometry. The kinetics of infection of one representative experiment is shown.
Figure 6. Apoptotic activated HIV-I infected cells induce DC activation/maturation
Immature DCs were cultured in medium, in the presence of HIV-I BaL (+BaL), apoptotic anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 activated CD4+ T cells (apopCD4), apoptotic anti-CD3 and anti~CD28 activated CD4+ T cells in the presence of free HIV-I BaL (apopCD4+BaL), apoptotic activated HIV-I BaL infected CD4+ T cells (apopBaLCD4), apoptotic activated HIV-I BaL infected CD4+ T cells in the presence of free HIV-I BaL or LPS for 72 hours (top) or 7 days (bottom). The expression of CD86 (left) and CD83 (right) was assessed by flow cytometry. Gates were set on large CDla+CD3" cells. Average frequency of CD 86 expressing DCs + SD of at least nine experiments at 72 h and five experiments at 7 days. CD83 expression was examined in two experiments. Significant differences were assessed by non-parametric Mann- Whitney test and are indicated by ** (P <0.01) and *** (P <0.001), respectively.
Figure 7. Rapid cytokine release from DCs exposed to activated apoptotic T cells
Immature DCs were co-cultured with different apoptotic cells (ac) for 4h, 8h and 24h and the culture supernatants were analyzed for presence of IL-6, IL-8, TNF- α, IL-2, IFN-γ and MIP- lβ by Luminex technology. DCs cultured in only medium were negative control and LPS, which is a potent DC activator, was used as positive control. The apoptotic cells were from freshly isolated PBMCs (non- stim ac), PBMCs activated with PHA over night (PHA o.n. ac), PBMCs activated with PHA for 4 days (PHA 4d ac) or PBMCs activated with anti-CD3 and anti- CD28 mAb over night (αCD3αCD28 ac). Non-stimulated apoptotic PBMCs or anti-CD3/anti-CD28 activated apoptotic PBMCs alone without addition of DCs were also included as a control for cytokine release from the apoptotic cells per se. Figure 8. Reduced frequency of HIV-I infected DCs after co-culture with apoptotic activated T cells
Immature DCs were exposed to HIV-I BaL (BaL) or HIV-I BaL and apoptotic anti- CD3 and anti-CD28 activated CD4+ T cells (apopCD4+BaL). The frequency of infected DCs was assessed by flow cytometry of intracellular p24 staining after 72 hours and 7 days. The left panel shows individual results from nine donors and the right panel depicts the average frequency of p24 positive DCs+ SD. Significant differences were assessed by non-parametric Wilcoxon test and are indicated by ** (P <0.01).
Figure 9. Human monocyte derived DCs ingest apoptotic PBMCs
Immature monocyte derived DCs were labelled with PKH26 after 6 days of culture. PBMCs were labelled with PKH67 and thereafter induced to undergo apoptosis by γ-irradiation. Immunofluorescence images of DCs co-cultured with apoptotic PBMCs for 4 hours. DCs that have phagocytosed apoptotic cells (ac) give rise to a yellow appearance in the overlay picture (a). High magnification image reveals an apoptotic body within a DC after 4 hours of co-culture (b). After 24 hours of culture, the image reveals that a high frequency of the DCs have taken up ac (c). Cytochalasin D was added to the co-cultures in order to block phagocytic uptake of ac. Negative conύx>l was harvested after 24 hours of DC/ac co-culture (d).
Figure 10. Characterization of activated PBMCs
Human PBMCs were activated with PHA over night (a, d) or for 4 days (b, e) or were treated with αCD3 and αCD28 antibodies over night (c, f). Non-activated and activated PBMCs were stained for T-cell activation markers CD25 and CD69. Samples were analysed by fiowcytometry and gates were set on lymphocytes. The stainings show up-regulation of CD25 and CD69 in antϊbody- and PHA stimulated PBMCs (black line) as compared to non-activated cells (grey line).
Figure 11. Apoptosis induction in resting and activated PBMCs
Non-activated (a, b, c) and αCD3αCD28 activated (d, e, f) PBMCs were stained with annexin V and PI before gamma-irradiation (a, d) and 6 hours (b, e) or 24 hours (c, f) after irradiation to determine the frequency of apoptotic and necrotic cells in the populations. Samples were analysed by flow cytometry and the total PBMC population was included in the analysis. Both in resting and in activated cells an increased frequency of annexin V positive, apoptotic cells and annexin V-, PI double positive, necrotic cells were seen after gamma-irradiation.
Figure 12. Activated, apoptotic PBMC induce maturation in human monocyte derived dendritic cells
DCs were co-cultured with apoptotic cells derived from non-activated PBMC (non-act, ac), PHA activated PBMC stimulated over night (PHA o.n. ac) or for 4 days (PHA 4d ac), anti-CD3/CD28 activated (αCD3αCD28 ac). Control samples included DCs cultured in medium or mAb (ab control). LPS was used as a positive control for induction of DC-maturation. DCs were co-cultured with ac for 72h before flow cytometry analyses were performed, (a) depicts the frequency of CD86 positive cells and (b) the mean fluorescence intensity. n= 16 for medium, LPS, DC, non-act ac, PHA 4d ac, n=l 1 for αCD3αCD28 ac, n=4 for PHA on ac and n=6 for ab control. In (b) n=6 for all samples. Significant up- regulation of co-stimulatory molecules as compared to medium control is indicated as *** (p< 0,0001).
Figure 13. Resting, necrotic PBMC are not able to induce DC maturation
DCs were co-cultured with apoptotic cells derived from non-activated PBMC (non-act, ac) (n=5), anti-CD3/CD28 activated (αCD3αCD28 ac) (n=5), or non- activated necrotic PBMCs (non-act nc) (n=22) and anti-CD3/CD28 activated necrotic PBMCs (αCD3αCD28 nc) (n=5). Control samples included DCs cultured in medium (n=8). LPS (n=8) was used as a positive control for induction of DC- maturation. DCs were co-cultured with ac for 72h before flow cytometry analyses were performed. Gates were set on large, CDIa+ cells. Significant differences as compared to medium control are indicated as *(p< 0,05) or *** (p< 0,0001).
Figure 14. Supernatants from apoptotic PBMCs do not have the capacity to induce DC maturation
Supernatants from αCD3αCD28 activated, irradiated PBMCs (act ac sup) were collected after 4, 8 and 24 hours. Supernatants were subsequently added to immature DC at day 6. Simultaneously, non-activated and αCD3αCD28 activated, irradiated PBMCs from the corresponding donors were added. Co- , cultures were incubated for 72 hours. Cells were then stained for CD 86 and analysed by flow cytometry. In the graph presented n=4 for medium control, LPS control, DC + non-activated apoptotic cells and DC + supernatant 24 hours, n=5 for DC + αCD3αCD28 activated apoptotic cells and n=6 for DC + supernatants 4 hours and 8 hours. Significant differences as compared to medium control are indicated as ** (p< 0,01) or *** (p< 0,0001).
Figure 15. Apoptotic PBMCs induce pro-inflammatory cytokine release in DC
Immature DCs were co-cultured with non-activated apoptotic cells (non-act, ac), apoptotic cells activated with PHA o.n (PHA o.n. ac). or for 4 days (PHA 4d) or αCD3αCD28 activated apoptotic cells (αCD3αCD28 ac). Supernatants from the co-cultures or from αCD3αCD28 ac alone were collected after 4, 8 and 24 hours of incubation. These were analysed for their contents of IL-6, TNFα, MIP-I β, IL- 10 and IL-12p70 by Luminex. No production of IL-10 or IL- 12 could be detected in any of the samples (not shown). For IL-6 supernatants n>4 except for DC + apoptotic cells only where n=l. For TNFa supernatants n>6 except for DC + apoptotic cells only where n=2. For MIP-I β. n>6 except for DC + apoptotic cells only where n=2. For statistical comparison of samples where n>4 unpaired t tests were used and significant differences are indicated as *(p<0,05), ** (p< 0,01) or *** (p< 0,0001).
Figure 16. Allo-antigen presentation and T-cell activation by DCs after uptake of activated, apoptotic PBMCs
Immature DCs were co-cultured with non-activated or activated allogeneic ac. In control wells medium only (a) or activated ac only (d) were added. After 48h
*
CFSE labelled autologous T-cells were added to all wells. SEB was added as a positive control (b). At day 3, 4, 5 or 6 after T-cell addition the cultures were stained for cell surface markers and intracellular IFNγ and were analysed by flowcytometry. Gates were set on CD3+, CDIa" cells. In medium- and T-cells only controls (a, c) and in samples where DCs were given resting ac (e) or where autologous T-cells encountered ac only (d) no proliferation or IFNγ production was detected at any of the time points analysed. T-cell division and IFNγ production was detected at day 3 and peaked at day 4 in positive control (b) and in samples where DCs were co-cultured with activated ac (f). The figure shows cells collected from 1 representative donor out of 6 at day 4 of the experiment and numbers indicate percentages of IFNγ+ T-cells
Figure 17. Phenotypic characterization of apoptotic activated BIV-I infected T cells
CD4+ T cells were isolated from healthy blood donors and put in culture without any additional stimulation (non-activ), or activated with anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 mAbs over night. The cells were either stained directly after the culture period or stained after a freezing period in DMSO. The recovered cells were stained with anti-CD4, anti-CD25 and anti-CD69 mAbs and analysed for surface expression by flow cytometry. Data are shown on gated on lymphocytes. The quadrants are set based on control stainings and the numbers depicts the frequency of cells in each quadrant (A). CD4+ T cells were activated with anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 mAb over night before they were infected with either IxBaL stock or a 1OxBaL stock. The frequency of infection was measured by intracellular p24 staining and quantified by flow cytometry. The kinetics of infection in CD4+ T cells of one representative experiment is shown (B).
Figure 18. Apoptotic activated BTV-I infected T cells induce CD86 and CD83 expression in human DCs
Human in vitro differentiated monocytes cultured for 6 days in the presence of IL-4 and GM-CSF were used as source of human immature DCs as defined by their expression of CDIa, lack of CD 14 and low expression of CD40, CD80, CD86 and CD83. These immature DCs were co-cultured with different apoptotic cells for 72 hours or 7 days and then analyzed for expression of CD86 molecules by flow cytometry. Gates were set on large CDla+CD3" cells. LPS, which is a potent DC activator, was used as positive control and DCs cultured in medium only was used as negative control.
Immature DCs were cultured in medium, in the presence of HTV-I BaL (+BaL), apoptotic anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 activated CD4+ T cells (apopCD4), apoptotic anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 activated CD4+ T cells in the presence of free HIV-I BaL (apopCD4+BaL), apoptotic activated HIV-I BaL infected CD4+ T cells (aρopBaLCD4), apoptotic activated HIV-I BaL infected CD4+ T cells in the presence of free HIV-I BaL (apopBaLCD4+BaL). Gates were set on large CDla+CD3' cells. Representative flow cytometry data after 7 days of co-culture are shown in (A). The average frequency of CD 86 expressing DCs + SD of at least 11 donors at 72 h and seven donors at 7 days are depicted in (B). The CD83 expression on DCs before and after co-culture was examined in four donors. Significant differences were assessed by non-parametric Mann- Whitney test and are indicated by ** (P <0.01) and *** (P <0.001), respectively.
Figure 19. Rapid cytokine release from DCs exposed to activated apoptotic CD4+ T cells
Immature DCs were co-cultured with different apoptotic cells for 4h, 8h and 24h and the culture supernatants were analyzed for presence of IL-6, IL-8, TNF-α, IL- 2, IFN-γ, MIP- lα and MIP- lβ by Luminex. DCs cultured in only medium were negative control and LPS, which is a potent DC activator, was used as positive control. DCs were exposed to HrVBaL (BaL)5 antiCD3 and anti-CD28 activated apoptotic CD4 T cells (apo) or antiCD3 and anti-CD28 activated apoptotic CD4 T cells in the presence of HIVgaL (apo+Bal). The results shown are meanj^SD from seven donors. The released TTSEF-α and IFN-γ, are shown in (A) and MIP- lα and MIP-lβ in (B).
Figure 20. Reduced frequency of HIV-I infected DCs after co-culture with apoptotic activated T cells
Immature DCs were exposed to HIV-I BaL (BaL), apoptotic anti-CD3 and anti- CD28 activated CD4+ T cells (aρopCD4), apoptotic anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 activated CD4+ T cells in the presence of HTV-I BaL (apopCD4+BaL), apoptotic anti-CD3 . and anti-CD28 activated HIV-I BaL infected CD4+ T cells (apopCD4BaL) or apoptotic anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 activated HIV-I BaL infected CD4+ T cells in the presence of free virus (apopCD4BaL+BaL). The frequency of infected DCs was assessed by flow cytometry of intracellular p24 staining after 72 hours and 7 days. Panel A shows representative staining after 7 days of infection. (B) The left panel shows individual results from eleven donors and the right panel depicts the average frequency of p24 positive DCs + SD. Significant differences were assessed by non-parametric Wilcoxon test and are indicated by ** (P <0.01).
Figure 21. Reduced frequency of HIV-I infected DCs after co-culture with apoptotic activated but not apoptotic non-activated primary T cells
Immature DCs were exposed to HIV-I BaL (BaL)3 apoptotic anti-CD3 and anti- CD28 activated CD4+ T cells (apop. activeCD4) or non-activated primary CD4+ T cells (apop.non-active CD4) in the presence of HIV-I BaL. The frequency of infected DCs was assessed by flow cytometry of intracellular p24 staining after 7 days. Results are shown as mean+SD p24 expressing DCs from at least three donors. Figure 22. Induction of maturation and reduced frequency of HIV-I infected DCs after exposure to supernatant collected from co-cultures with DCs and apoptotic activated T cells
Supernatant were collected from co-cultures with DCs and apoptotic activated T cells after 24 hours. Immature DCs were exposed to the supernatants in increasing concentrations (final volume ImI) in the presence of HIV-I BaL- The expression of CD86 and intracellular p24 expression were- measured by flow cytometry after 72 hours and 7 days, respectively. One representative experiment out of two is shown.
Figure 23. Reduced frequency of HIV-I infection in DCs after co-culture with apoptotic activated T cells both pre- and post- HIV-IB3L exposure
Immature DCs were exposed to HIV-I BaL (BaL) or both BaL and apoptotic anti- CD3 and anti-CD28 activated CD4+ T cells (irrCD4). The apoptotic activated CD4 T cells were added at the same time as the virus (irrCD4+Bal), 30miα, Ih or 2h prior to addition of BaL or conversely, the DC cultures were first incubated with BaL for 30min, Ih or 2h prior to addition of apoptotic activated CD4+ T cells. The frequency of infected DCs was assessed by flow cytometry of intracellular p24 staining after 7 days.
Figure 24. Weight of animals following treatment with exemplary cellular vaccine of the invention (or saline control injections)
Twelve monkeys were infected with a peak viral load >3xlO6 copies/ml of SIV RNA one week after infection. Eleven of the twelve monkeys responded to ART and had viral load values < 10000 copies/ml one month after infection. The viral load values stayed <10000 copies/ml throughout the ART period. Six macaques received two immunizations, six weeks a part, consisting of autologous apoptotic SIV239 infected cells. Six control animals received saline injections. The immunizations were well tolerated no major severe side effects were recorded. The clinical chemistry and haematology values were not altered after immunizations. Overall the monkeys tolerated the treatment well and kept their weight, which is a good sign of their general well behaviour.
Figure 25. HIV-I specific proliferation induced after immunization with apoptotic HIV-1/MuLV infected cells
The HIV-I induced proliferation after restimulation in vitro of splenocytes with recombinant Nef and p24 protein was measured by 3H-thymidine uptake after four days of culture (a and b). The overall capacity of the T cells to proliferate was estimated by stimulation with the lectin ConA (c). The assays were set up in triplicates and the values in counts per minute (cpm) are shown. The graph shows the average proliferation + standard deviation from six mice in each group. Levels of significance between the groups immunized with either apoptotic MuLV- or HΓV-1 /MuLV- infected cells were evaluated by non-parametric Mann- Whitney test (p-values <0.05 are indicated with * and p-values <0.01 with ** ) for each immunization route analyzed (i.p, s.c, i.m, or i.n.).
Figure 26. HIV-I specific IFN-γ production after immunization with apoptotic HIV-1/MuLV infected cells
The HIV-I induced IFN-γ release in supernatants after restimulation in vitro of splenocytes with recombinant Nef and p24 protein was measured by ELISA after 48 hours of culture (a and b). The overall capacity of the cells to produce IFN-γ was estimated by stimulation with the lectin ConA (c). The assays were set up in duplicates and the values in pg/ml of detectable IFN-γ are shown. The graph shows the average value+ standard deviation from six mice in each group. Levels of significance between the groups immunized with either apoptotic MuLV- or HIV-I /MuLV- infected cells were evaluated by non-parametric Mann- Whitney test (p-values <0.05 are indicated with * and p-values <0.01 with ** ) for each immunization route analyzed (i.p, s.c, i.m, or i.n.). Figure 27. HIV-I specific IL-2 production after immunization with apoptotic HIV-1/MuLV infected cells
The HIV-I induced IL-2 release in supernatants after restimulation in vitro of splenocytes with recombinant Nef and p24 protein was measured by ELISA after 48 hours of culture (a and b). The overall capacity of the T cells to produce IL-2 was estimated by stimulation with the lectin ConA (c). The assays were set up in duplicates and the values in pg/ml of detectable IL-2 are shown. The graph shows the average value± standard deviation from six mice in each group. Levels of significance between the groups immunized with either apoptotic MuLV- or HIV- 1/MuL V- infected cells were evaluated by non-parametric Mann- Whitney test (p- values <0.05 are indicated with * and p-values <0.01 with **) for each immunization route analyzed (i.p, s.c, i.m, or Ln.).
Figure 28. HlV-I p24 proliferation induced after immunization with BIVgag transfected activated apoptotic cells
The HIV-I induced proliferation after restimulation in vitro of splenocytes with recombinant p24 protein was measured by 3H-thymidine uptake after three days of culture. The assays were set up in triplicates and the values in counts per minute (cpm) are shown. The graph shows the average proliferation + standard deviation from six mice in each group. Levels of significance between the groups immunized with either HIV gag plasmids- or control (Ctrl) plasmids were evaluated by non-parametric Mann- Whitney test (p-values <0.05 are indicated with * and p-values <0.01 with **) for each vaccine analyzed. Mice were immunized two times s.c. together with GM-CSF.
Figure 29. Interferon-gamma production induced after immunization with HTVgag transfected activated apoptotic cells
The interferon-gamma production after restimulation in vitro of splenocytes with p24 peptide pool, control peptide pool or only medium control was measured by ELIspot. The assays were set up in duplicates and the values in spot forming cells (SFC) per million plated cells are shown. Mice were immunized two times s.c. together with GM-CSF. The graph shows the individual results from six mice in each group. Animals in group 1 received HIV-DNA plasmid, group 2 Ctrl-DNA plasmid, group 3 HIV transfected apoptotic cells and group 4 control transfected apoptotic cells.
EXAMPLES
Example A
Materials and Methods
In vitro differentiation of dendritic cells
CD14+ monocytes were enriched from PBMCs from healthy blood donors by negative selection using RosetteSep Human Monocyte Enrichment (lmL/lOmL blood; Stem Cell Technologies, Vancouver, BC, Canada). Monocytes were separated using lymphoprep (Nycomed, Oslo, Norway) density gradient. Cells were cultured for 6 days in medium (RPMI 1640 supplemented with 1% HEPES [N-2-hydroxyethylpiperazine-N'-2-ethanesulfonic acid], 2mM L-glutamine, 1% Streptomycin and penicillin, 10% endotoxin-free foetal bovine serum (FBS); GIBCO Life Technologies, Paisley, United Kingdom) and recombinant human cytokines IL-4 (6,5 ng/mL; R&D Systems, Minneapolis, MN) and granulocyte macrophage-colony-stimulating factor (GM-CSF; 250ng/mL; Peprotech, London, UK), to obtain immature dendritic cells.
Activation of PBMC and T cells
CDA+ and CD8+ T cells were enriched from .healthy blood donor PBMCs by negative selection using RosetteSep 's Human CD4+ or CDS+ T cell Enrichment (lmL/lOmL blood respectively; Stem Cell Technologies). T cells and PBMCs were separated using lymphoprep density gradient (Nycomed, Oslo, Norway). Cells were frozen in FBS and 10% dimethylsulphoxide (DMSO) or were added to flasks containing 1% Sodiumpyruvate, monoclonal anti-human CD3 (2μg/ml; clone OKT 3; Ortho Biotech Inc. Raritan, NJ), that was adhered to the plastic during one hour in 40C, and soluble monoclonal anti-human CD28 (2μg/ml; L293; BD Biosciences, San Diego, CA). After stimulation cells were frozen in FBS/DMSO. PBMCs were also cultured over night or for 4 days in medium containing phytohemagglutinin (PHA; 2,5ug/mL; SIGMA, St Louis, MO) and . were then frozen in FBS/DMSO. HIV-I virus growth and preparation
The CCR5-uring HIV-I BaL isolate (National Institutes of Health (NIH) AIDS Research and Reference Reagent Program, Division of AIDS, National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID), NIH) was grown on PBMC cultures stimulated with PHA (Sigma, St Louis, MO) and IL-2 (Chiron, Emeryville, CA). To concentrate the virus and to minimize the presence of bystander activation factors in the supernatant that could induce DC maturation, the virus was ultracentrifuged (138 00Og (45 OOOrpm), 30 minutes, 4°C, Beckman L-80 Utracentrifuge, rotor 70.1; Beckman Coulter, FuUerton, CA) and the virus pellet was resuspended in RPMI 10%FBS to obtain a 10 X virus concentrate. The viral titer of the HIY-I BaL stock was determined by p24 enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA; Murez HIV antigen Mab; Abbott, Abbott Park, IL) according to manufacturer's protocol. Samples were analyzed in serial dilutions in duplicate. The 10 X HIV-I BaL stock had an HIV-I p24 Gag content of 11.7 μg/mL. The HIV-I BaL stock was also characterised by determining the level of active reverse transcriptase (RT; Lenti RT; Cavidi Tech, Uppsala, Sweden). The 10 X HIV-I BaL stock used contained 15 000 pg active RT/mL.
HIV-I infection of T cells and dendritic cells
CD4+ T cells were isolated from healthy blood donor PBMCs by negative selection using RosetteSep's Human CD4+ T cell Enrichment (lniL/lOmL blood respectively; Stem Cell Technologies) and activated with anti-CD3 (2μg/ml; clone OKT 3; Ortho Biotech Inc. Raritan, NJ) and anti-CD28 mAb (2μg/ml; L293; BD Biosciences, San Diego, CA) over night. The cells were then incubated with 10 X HIV-I BaL or 1 X HrV-lBaL stocks (200μl HrV-lBaL stock to 1x106 CD4+ T cells) in the presence of IL-2 (Chiron, Emeryville, CA). The frequency of infected cells was analyzed by intracellular p24 staining day 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 10 after infection. The obtained infected cells were frozen in FBS/DMSO until use. A quantity of 200μL of 1 X HIV-I BaL or mock was added to 5 X 105 immature DCs/mL in a 24-well plate (Costar Corning, Corning, NY) to a final volume of 1.0 mL per well. The frequency of infected DCs was determined by intracellular p24 staining after 72 hours and 7 days of infection.
Transfection using nanoparticles
Nanotechnologies offer an attractive alternative method of transferring both DNA and proteins into target cells that could be used for vaccination purposes. However, if introduced to non-separated cell populations, e.g. bulk peripheral blood cells, nanoparticles are taken up by many different cell types resulting in a low transfer efficiency into antigen presenting cells. Immunisation in vivo with nanoparticles can also lead to dilution of the particles due to uptake of nanoparticles into non-antigen presenting cells. Moreover, nanoparticles do not have any known intrinsic adjuvant effects.
A solution to these problems is to combine the use of nanoparticles as carriers of antigen with the apoptotic cell technology of the present invention, which targets antigen into phagocytic antigen presenting cells and in addition provides adjuvant signal(s). One embodiment involves loading HIV-DNA and/or HIV-protein conjugated nanoparticles into selected T-cell subsets {e.g. activated CD4+ T cells) in vitro and thereafter apoptosis is induced by for example gamma- irradiation. The HrV-DNA/protein nanoparticle loaded apoptotic activated T cells are used as immunogen to allow for induction of primary immune responses.
Exemplary protocol: Iron oxide nanoparticles (Ferridex TV) axe obtained from for example Berlex Laboratories, Wayne NJ. To facilitate cellular uptake the negatively charged iron oxide particles will be conjugated to protamine sulphate. Both ferumoxide nanoparticles and protamine sulphate are FDA approved agents, thereby facilitating translation to human therapy protocols. For vaccination purposes the nanoparticles are either conjugated to DNA or proteins. The nanoparticles are incubated with live T cells to allow uptake. The T cells can be activated either before or after uptake of nanoparticles. Activation can be performed by using for example anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 mAbs. The uptake of nanoparticles is assessed by microscopy and flow cytometry. The activated T cells are thereafter induced to undergo apoptosis and are used as irnmunogen. The nanoparticle-carrying apoptotic activated T cells can be immunized directly and uptake in antigen-presenting cells will occur in vivo. Alternatively, an additional step of co-culture with antigen-presenting cells such as dendritic cells can be performed in vitro before immunisation to the patient.
Quantification of HIV-I protein in T cells and dendritic cells
The frequency of HIV-I BaL infection in DCs and T cells was determined by intracellular staining for the HIV-I Gag protein p24. Cells were first stained for cell surface markers, then washed in PBS and fixed in 2% formaldehyde (Sigma) for 10 minutes at room temperature. Cells were washed in PBS with 2% FBS followed by a wash in PBS with 2%FBS, 2% HEPES and 0.1% Saponin (Sigma) to allow permeabilization of the cell surface membrane. Cells were incubated for 1-2 hour at 40C with the anti-p24 specific mAb (clone KC57; Coulter, Hialeah, FL) or the corresponding isotype control. Cells were washed in saponin solution to remove excessive antibody and resuspended in PBS. Expression was assessed by a FACSCalibur flow cytometer (Becton Dickinson).
Generation of apoptotic cells and apoptotic cell supernatants
Frozen T cells and PBMCs were thawed and washed 3 times in RPMI. Cells were induced to undergo apoptosis by γ-irradiation (150 Gy). The γ-irradiation induced apoptotic process has previously been demonstrated by morphological changes, flow cytometry and DNA fragmentation on agarose gels (Holmgren et al., 1999, Blood 93:3956; Spetz et al., 1999, J Immunol 163:736). Apoptosis was here confirmed by flow cytometry stainings with AnnexinV (Boehringer Mannheim, Mannheim, Germany) and propidium iodide (PI) (0.1 μg/sample; Sigma, Stockholm, Sweden) according to manufacturer's protocol. Supernatants were collected from live and irradiated cells after 4, 8 and 24 hours and were centrifuged at 1,4x104 rpm for 30 min to remove possible cell debris. DC co-cultures
On day 6, immature DCs were counted and plated in 24-well plates, 5x105 cells in
0,5mL medium (RPMI supplemented with 10% FBS and recombinant human IL- 4 and GM-CSF). Live or irradiated PBMCs or T cells were added to DCs in proportion 2:1 to a total volume of ImL. Supernatant (0,5 mL) from 106 live/irradiated PBMCs and T cells, collected at 4, 8 and 24 hours, was also added to immature DCs. Supernatant was collected from co-cultures at 4, 8 and 24hours.
At 72 hours or after 7 days all 'samples were collected and DCs were characterized by flow cytometric analysis. Lipopolysacchari.de (LPS lOOng/mL,
Sigma) was added as a positive control for activation/maturation of DCs.
Phenotypic characterization of DC, PBMC and T cells
DCs were washed and resuspended in PBS with 2% FBS. They were incubated for 30 min in 4°C with the following anti-human monoclonal antibodies (mAbs): CDIa (clone NA1/34, DAKO, Glostrup, Denmark), CD14 (clone TUK4; DAKO), CD19 (clone HD37, DAKO), CD3 (clone SK7), CD83 (clone HB15e) and CD86 (clone 2331/FUN-l; all from BD Biosciences, San Diego, CA). PBMC and T cells were washed and incubated with anti-human monoclonal antibodies CD19 (clone HD37; DAKO), CD14 (DAKO), CD3 (clone SK7), CD4 (clone RPA-T4) + Streptavidin, CD8 (clone SK-I), CD154 (clone TRAP-I), CD25 (clone 2A3) and CD69 (FN50; all from BD). Cell surface expression was measured by a FACScalibur flow cytometer (Becton Dickinson) and at least 105 cells/sample were collected. Co-culture samples were at 72 hours or 7 days washed and incubated with the previously mentioned CDIa, CD4, CD8, CD83 and CD86. DCs were also stained with Annexin V as in preceding paragraph to detect possible apoptotic DCs.
Cytokine/chemokine production
Supernatants from PBMC, T cells and co-cultures were analysed for cytokine/chemokine content by using a Bio-Plex assay (Biosource, Nivelles,
Belgium). The assay was used according to manufacturer's protocol and a Luminex reader (Luminex Corporation, Austin TX, USA) was used to
16 simultaneously quantify the concentration of IL-6, IL-8, IL-2, IL-IO, IL- 12, TNFα, IFNγ, MP-I α and MIP-I β in the supernatants.
Results
To investigate whether activated apoptotic T cells have the capacity to provide any activation/maturation signal to dendritic cells, we induced apoptosis in PBMCs or CD3+ T cells activated with either PHA or anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 mAbs and thereafter added them to human in vitro differentiated dendritic cells. The efficiency of T cell activation was determined by analyzing induction of CD25 and CD69 expression on T cells (Fig. 2A). We detected increased expression of both CD25 and CD69 molecules on CD4+ T cells after activation with either anti-CD3/CD28 mAbs or PHA. The frequency and level of CD25 and CD69 expression was similar after anti-CD3/CD28 mAbs and PHA stimulation. These findings suggest that the T cells were efficiently activated in the culture system used. The obtained PBMC or T cell preparations were thereafter frozen in DMSO until use. The day of experiment, the frozen cells were thaw, washed and induced to undergo apoptosis by gamma-irradiation. Apoptosis induction was measured by performing Annexin-V and PI staining, which were quantified by flow cytometry (Fig. 2B). Early apoptotic cells are defined as Annexin-V" and PI" . Later during apoptosis the cell membrane is permeabilized allowing uptake of PL However, the membrane in freshly isolated cells sometimes exposes phosphatidyserine residues that bind Annexin-V, therefore also freshly isolated cells contain a proportion of Annexin-V positive cells. We found that frozen cells displays a higher proportion of Annexin-V4 cells compared to the freshly isolated cells. The newly thaw cells were exposed to gamma-irradiation at room temperature to induce apoptosis. We could not detect any increased binding of Annexin-V just after exposure to gamma-irradiation. The subsequent progression of apoptosis (Annexin- V+ZPF) and secondary necrosis defined as Annexin- V+ZPI+ . requires further incubation in 370C. Figure 2B depicts the characteristic phenotype of the cells when used as an antigen delivery system.
To investigate whether apoptotic T cells may per se be able to provide any adjuvant activity we used in vitro differentiated monocytes cultured for 6 days in the presence of IL-4 and GM-CSF as source of human immature dendritic cells as defined by their expression of CDIa, lack of CD 14 and low expression of CD40, CD80, CD86 and CD 83. These immature dendritic cells were co-cultured with apoptotic cells (ac) for 72 hours and then analyzed for expression of the co- stimulatory molecule CD 86 (Fig 3). Representative flow cytometric analyses are depicted in Fig. 3A and a summary of at least 8 experiments are shown in Fig. 3 B. The frequency of CD86+ DCs was 92.0+7.4 % after LPS stimulation and the background medium control was 12.3+5.4 %. A modest but significant increase in CD86 expression was detected after co-culture with non-activated PBMC (18.7+5.4 %) as compared to the medium control. However, there was a more impressive induction of CD86 expression after co-culture with apoptotic PBMCs activated with PHA over night (48.4+23.0 %). The kinetics of activation appeared to be of importance because PBMCs activated with PHA for 4 days were less efficient in inducing CD86 expression as compared with PBMCs activated with PHA over night (27.8+19.5 %). To investigate whether other T cell activators could be used in order to induce the adjuvant properties in T cells, we stimulated PBMCs with anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 mAbs over night before apoptosis induction. We detected a robust induction of CD 86 after co-culture with apoptotic anti-CD3/CD28 stimulated PBMCs (87.5+7.3 %), which were comparable to CD86 expression induced by LPS. Altogether, these findings suggest that antiCD3/CD28 stimulation of T cells prior to apoptosis induction is an efficient way of inducing adjuvant properties in apoptotic cells.
To directly address whether apoptotic CD4+ and/or CD8+ positive T cells could provide the activation/maturation signal to the DCs, we purified CD4+ or CD8+ T cells prior to activation with anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 mAbs. The frequency of DCs expressing CD86 molecules after co-culture with live non-activated CD4+ or CD8+ T cells were 18.6 % and 6.7%, respectively (Fig. 4). There was a significant increase in CD86 expression after co-culture with live activated CD4+ but not activated CD8+ T cells as compared to CD86 expression induced after co- culture with the non-activated T cell populations. Similarly, co-culture with apoptotic non-activated CD4+ or CD8+ T cells did not induce any up regulation of CD86 molecules, while apoptotic antiCD3/CD28 activated CD4+ T cells were able to provide a signal that resulted in efficient up regulation of CD86. There was a tendency, but it did not reach significance, that live and apoptotic activated CD8+ T cells could induce CD86 expression in DCs. Activated or non-activated necrotic primary CD4+ T cells were unable to deliver the activation/maturation signal in the co-culture system used here. We conclude from these experiments that activated live and apoptotic CD4+ T cells are efficient inducers of CD 86 expression in DCs.
Td investigate whether apoptotic activated CD4+ T cells" infected with HIV-I could provide the activation/maturation signal to DCs, we infected activated
(anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 stimulated) CD4+ T cells with HIV-I and induced apoptosis by exposure to gamma-irradiation. The kinetics of infection and a representative example of infection efficiency as determined by intracellular p24 staining is shown in Fig. 5. Batches of cells containing 20-40% HTV-I infected cells, as measured by intracellular p24 staining, were frozen and subsequently used to prepare apoptotic HIV-I infected cells.
DCs exposed to HIV-I BaL were not induced to express CD86 either at 72 hours or after 7 days of culture (Fig. 6). However, co-culture with apoptotic activated HIV-I BaL infected T cells resulted in induction of CD86. The activation/maturation signal provided by the activated CD4+ T cells occurred even in the presence of free HIV-I BaL- We also determined whether induction of CD83, which is another molecule associated with DC maturation, was induced in the co-cultures. We could not detect induction of CD83 after exposure to HIV-I BaL5 while there was induction of CD83 after co-culture with activated CD4+ T cells. The pattern of expression was similar to CD86 expression and CD83 was induced after co-culture with activated CD4+ T cells even in the presence of HIV- 1. These findings show that apoptotic activated CD4+ T cells are able to provide an activation/maturation signal to immature DCs even in the presence of HIV-I. Furthermore, a population of apoptotic activated T cells containing a high frequency of HIV-I infected cells is also able to provide an activation/maturation signal to DCs. Altogether, these findings suggest that apoptotic activated T cells carrying HIV-I may be used as an antigen transfer system that is able to induce certain DC activation/maturation.
To address whether cytokine production was induced in DCs after uptake of apoptotic activated T cells, we collected supernatants from the co-cultures after 4, 8 and 24 hours (Fig. 7). The Luminex technology, which allows simultaneous analyses of up to eight cytokines, was used. The secretion of IL-6 was detected as early as 4 hours of co-culture with activated T cells, but peaked at 24 hours. Both PHA and anti-CD3 and CD28 activated apoptotic cells could provide a signal that enabled IL-6 secretion. The IL-8 secretion peaked at 8 hours but was more difficult to delineate due to background secretion from the apoptotic cells per se. There was a rapid induction of TNF-α, primarily from the co-cultures with anti- CD3 and anti-CD28 activated cells. We could detect IL-2 and IFN-γ in the cultures but intracellular staining of these cytokines in dendritic cells has to be performed to determine whether this staining is due to secretion from the dendritic cells or whether it is only release from the apoptotic T cells. We could detect a rapid induction of MIB-I β in the cultures with activated apoptotic T cells and there was no background secretion from the apoptotic cells per se. Co-culture with non-stimulated T cells or neutrophils did not result in any secretion of mentioned cytokines. We could not detect any production of IL-10 or IL-12p70 regardless of which apoptotic cells were used. Only stimulation with CD40L provided strong induction of IL-10 and IL-12p70 (data not shown). Altogether, these findings suggest that activated apoptotic T cells are able to induce proinflammatory cytokine production in DCs but do not per se induce secretion of IL-12p70. Hence, the apoptotic activated T cell is able to induce DC activation/maturation to a certain point but additional signal is required to obtain IL-12p70 production. A similar profile of cytokine induction was also observed using apoptotic HIV-I infected cells (data not shown). Hence, the HIV-I infection in the apoptotic cells does not alter the cytokine expression profile of analysed cytokines in DCs.
The finding that several cytokines were released into the supernatants, including those with anti-HIV-l activity, prompted us to ask the question whether co- culture with apoptotic activated CD4+ T cells could influence the efficiency of virus infection in DCs. We measured the rate of HIV-I infection by determining the frequency of cells expressing intracellular p24 antigen as previously described (Smed-Sorensen et al., 2004, Blood 104:2810-7). Addition of 3'-azido- 3 'deoxythymidine (AZT) to the cultures inhibits detection of p24, suggesting that detected intracellular p24 in DCs is due to productive infection in DCs and not the result of uptake of viral particles or p 24 protein. In addition, the levels of HTV-I p24 released in supernatants increase over time in the DC cultures exposed to HIV-I, as measured by ELISA (Smed-Sorensen et al., 2004, Blood 104:2810- 7).
Immature DCs were exposed to HIV-I BaL and we found a large donor variability regarding HIV-I infection efficiency ranging from 0.1-21.7% after 72 hours incubation and between 2.1-46.4% after 7 days. We could not detect any significant reduction in intracellular p24 expression in the DCs co-cultured with apoptotic activated CD4+ T cells after 72 hours. However, after 7 days of culture all nine donors analyzed had a reduced frequency of p24 DCs in the cultures containing apoptotic CD4+ T cells as compared to DCs exposed only to HIV-I BaL- These finding suggest that co-culture of DCs and apoptotic anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 activated CD4+ T cells results in an environment able to limit HIV-I infection in DCs.
In summary, it was found that apoptotic activated HIV-I infected CD4 T cells are able to provide a maturation/activation signal to DC even in the presence of free HIV-I virus, hi addition, it was shown that simultaneous co-culture with apoptotic activated T cells leads to inhibition of virus replication in DCs. Altogether, these surprising findings demonstrate that apoptotic activated CD4+ T cells can be used as a vehicle for antigen delivery capable of providing an activation/maturation signal to antigen presenting cells. Example B
Introduction
Dendritic cells (DCs) axe potent antigen presenting cells that may have the capacity to stimulate naϊve T helper cells and initiate primary T cell responses. DCs residing in peripheral tissues survey the microenvironment by engulfing both microbial material and dying cells of the host. The result of antigen presentation by DCs depends upon their activation/maturation status. Immature DCs require activation/maturation signals in order to undergo phenotypic and functional changes to acquire a fully competent antigen-presenting capacity. Activation/maturation of DCs involves several steps such as a transient increased capacity to take up antigen, migration towards draining lymph-nodes and simultaneous up-regulation of molecules including chemokine receptors and co- stimulatory molecules. Upon challenge with microbial or inflammatory stimuli DCs gain the ability to stimulate lymph-node-based naϊve T helper (Th) cells and initiate primary T cell responses (1). Mature DCs in the lymph node provide Th cells with an antigen specific signal via MHC and a co-stimulatory signal via molecules such as CD80 and CD86 (2) (3). Th type 1 (ThI) cell priming is dependent on IL-12 production by DCs, initiated via CD40-CD40L interactions. Emerging data also supports the involvement of an additional signal contributing to the polarization towards ThI or Th2 responses (4) (5) (6).
DC activation/maturation can be induced by a variety of signals. Among the most efficient are products of microbial origin termed pathogen-associated molecular patterns (PAMPs)(7). These are recognized by pattern-recognition receptors (PRRs), including members of the Toll-like receptor (TLR) family (8) (9). Ligation of these receptors leads to production of pro-inflammatory cytokines by DCs, such as type I interferons (IFNs), rumor necrosis factor (TNF) and interleukin 1 (IL-I), which also have been shown to influence DC activation ((10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (6). Some mature DC features may therefore be due to secondary effects mediated by their own cytokine production. However, one report suggests that the inflammatory mediators released after TLR signalling are insufficient to induce full DC activation (6). DCs activated indirectly by inflammatory mediators were able to upregulate MHC molecules and co- stimulatory molecules and to drive T cell proliferation and clonal expansion, but lacked the ability to produce IL- 12 p40, which correlates with an inability to promote ThI effector differentiation (6). In addition, Blander and Medzhitov recently showed that the efficiency of MHC class II molecules antigen presentation on DCs depends on the presence of TLR ligands within phagocytosed cargo (16). Taken together, these data indicate that DCs are likely to be alerted by inflammatory mediators but will require PAMP recognition to develop into a fully mature DC with capacity to prime ThI or Th2 cells.
These findings are in line with the hypothesis that "the immune system evolved to discriminate infectious non-self from non-infectious self (17). This does however not serve as an explanation for responses generated in autoimmune disease, against tumours, against transplants or to viruses exploiting the host machinery for synthesis and thus may lack PAMPs. A different approach is engaged in the danger hypothesis (18) where it is suggested that dangerous antigens are discriminated from non-dangerous ones. Here, injured cells of the host function as endogenous adjuvants, giving rise to a danger signal that leads to activation of APCs and further stimulation of T-cells. In this hypothesis it is also argued that apoptotic cell-death is a frequent event during non-pathological conditions, why apoptotic cells alone would lack the capacity to signal danger. In contrast, necrotic cells generated under pathological circumstances are able to provide the danger signal capable of inducing an immune reaction.
Uric acid or heat shock proteins (HSPs) are released upon cell-death and have been suggested to function as endogenous adjuvants (19). In support of the danger theory are in vitro data showing that apoptotic cells are unable to induce maturation in DCs (10) (20) (21) (22). Apoptotic cells have also been reported to induce production of anti-, rather than pro-inflammatory cytokines in DCs ((23) (24) (25) (26) and there are in vivo data demonstrating tolerance induction by apoptotic cells (27) (28). Yet other studies have conversely shown imrnuno- stimulatory effects mediated by apoptotic cells (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34). Why apoptotic cells exhibit such diverse effects in the different studies is not clear.
We previously demonstrated that immunization with apoptotic HIV/Murine Leukaemia Virus infected cells could induce HIV-I specific, both cellular and humoral, immune responses in vivo ((35). In this system, the infected cells were activated before apoptosis induction and administration. The responses elicited in vivo led us to investigate whether the activation state of the apoptotic cells was of importance in achieving the adjuvant effect. In the present example we have set up an in vitro system comparing the potential of resting, versus activated peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) in providing human immature DCs with an activation/maturation signal. We show that activated cells, induced to undergo apoptosis by γ-irradiation, but not resting apoptotic cells, induce expression of co-stimulatory molecules and release of pro-inflammatory cytokines in DCs. Furthermore, we show that uptake of allogeneic, activated, apoptotic cells by DCs rendered them able to induce proliferation and IFNγ production in autologous T-cells. These findings demonstrate that primary, activated apoptotic cells are able to promote maturation of DCs and function as endogenous adjuvants in induction of specific T-cell responses.
Material and methods
In vitro differentiation of dendritic cells
CD14+ monocytes were enriched from blood from healthy blood donors by negative selection using RosetteSep Human Monocyte Enrichment (lmL/lOmL blood; Stem Cell. Technologies, Vancouver, BC, Canada). Monocytes were separated using lymphoprep (Nycomed, Oslo, Norway) density gradient. Cells were cultured for 6 days in medium (RPMI 1640 supplemented with 1% HEPES [N-2-hydroxyethylpiperazine-N'-2-ethanesulfonic acid], 2mM L-glutamine, 1% Streptomycin and penicillin, 10% endotoxin-free foetal bovine serum (FBS); GIBCO Life Technologies, Paisley, United Kingdom) and recombinant human cytokines IL-4 (6,5 ng/mL; R&D Systems, Minneapolis, MN) and granulocyte macrophage-colony-stimulating factor (GM-CSF; 250ng/mL; Peprotech, London, UK), to obtain immature dendritic cells.
Activation of PBMCs
PBMCs were separated from healthy blood donors using lymphoprep density gradient (Nycomed, Oslo, Norway). CD4+ T cells were enriched by negative selection using RosetteSep's Human CD4+ T cell Enrichment (lmL/lOmL blood respectively; Stem Cell Technologies).* Cells were frozen in FBS and 10% dimethylsulphoxide (DMSO) or were directly cultured in RPMI containing 1% Sodiumpyruvate. Cells (106/ml) were activated with phytohemagglutinin (PHA; 2,5μg/mL; SIGMA, St Louis, MO) over night or for 4 days before they were ' frozen in FBS/DMSO. The monoclonal anti-human CD3 (2μg/ml; clone OKT 3; Ortho Biotech Inc. Raritan, NJ), was adhered to plastic during one hour in 4°C before addition of soluble monoclonal anti-human CD28 (2μg/ml; L293; BD Biosciences, San Diego, CA) and cells. After over night stimulation cells were frozen in FBS/DMSO.
Generation ofapoptotic cells and apoptotic cell supernatants
Frozen PBMCs were thawed and washed three times in RPMI. Cells were induced to undergo apoptosis by γ-irradiation (150 Gy). The γ-irradiation induced apoptotic process has previously been demonstrated by morphological changes, flow cytometry and DNA fragmentation on agarose gels (36) (37). Apoptosis was here confirmed by flow cytometry stainings with AnnexinV (Boehringer Mannheim, Mannheim, Germany) and propidium iodide (PI) (0,1 μg/sample; Sigma, Stockholm., Sweden) according to manufacturer's protocol. Supernatants were collected from irradiated cells after 4, 8 and 24 hours and were centrifuged. at 1,4x10 rpm for 30 min to remove possible cell debris.
DC/apoptotic PBMC co-cultures
On day 6, immature DCs were counted and plated in 24- well plates, 5x105 cells in 0,5mL medium (RPMI supplemented with 10% FBS and recombinant human IL- 4 and GM-CSF). Irradiated PBMCs were added to DCs in proportion 2:1 to a total volume of ImL. Supernatant (0,5 mL) from 106 irradiated PBMCs, collected at 4, 8 and 24 hours, was also added to immature DCs. Supernatant was collected from co-cultures at 4, 8 and 24hours. At 72 hours all samples were collected and DCs were characterized by flow cytometric analysis. Lipopolysaccharide (LPS) (lOOng/mL) (Sigma, Stockholm, Sweden) was added as a positive control for activation/maturation of DCs. For confocal microscopy analysis, PBMCs and DCs were, before co-culture, labelled with green fluorescent dye PKH67 (Sigma) and red fluorescent dye PKH26 (Sigma) respectively. Labelling was performed according to manufacturer's protocol. Cytochalasin D (Sigma) (0,5μg/ml) was added to co-cultures as a negative control for phagocytosis.
Phenotypic characterization of DC and PBMC
DCs were washed and resuspended in PBS with 2% FBS. They were incubated for 30 min in 4°C with the following anti-human monoclonal antibodies: CDIa (clone NA1/34, DAKO, Glostfup, Denmark), CD14 (clone TUK4; DAKO), CD19 (clone HD37, DAKO), CD3 (clone SK7), CD80 (clone L307.4), CD83 (clone HB15e), CD86 (clone 2331/FUN-l) HLA-DR (clone L243; all from BD Biosciences, San Diego, CA). PBMCs were washed and incubated with anti- human monoclonal antibodies, CD3 (clone SK7), CD4 (clone SK3), CD8 (clone G42-8), CD154 (clone TRAP-I), CD25 (clone 2A3) and CD69 .(FN50; all from BD). Cell surface expression was measured by a FACScalibur flow cytometer (Becton Dickinson) and at least 105 cells/sample were collected. Co-culture samples were at 72 hours washed and incubated with the previously mentioned CDIa, CD4, CD8, CD80, CD83, CD86 and HLA-DR. For analysis of DCs gates were set on CD47CD8' or CD3", CDIa+ cells.
Cytokine/ 'chemoHne production
Supernatants from co-cultures or irradiated PBMC alone were analysed for cytokine/chemokine content by using a. Bio-Plex assay (Biosource, Nivelles, Belgium). The assay was used according to manufacturer's protocol and a Luminex reader (Luminex Corporation, Austin TX, USA) was used to simultaneously quantify the concentration of IL-6, IL-8, IL-2, IL-IO, IL-12p70, TNFα, IFNγ, and MIP- lβ in the supernatants.
Autologous T-cell proliferation and activation
Immature DCs were obtained as above. Blood from the same donors were used for separation of CD3+ T-cells by negative selection using RosetteSep's Human CD3+ T cell Enrichment (lmL/lOmL blood; Stem Cell Technologies). T-cells were frozen in 10% DMSO. On day 6 of DC culture, DC/apoptotic cell co- cultures were set up as above and were incubated for 48h. A control consisting of DCs co-cultured with αCD8 (clone SKl5 BD)(4μg/ml) treated, apoptotic PBMC was also included. After co-incubation autologous T-cells were thawed, washed three times in RPMI and labelled with CFSE as described (38). 1,5x106 T-cells were added to the corresponding DC donor in 10:1 proportion or to controls containing apoptotic cells only to a total volume of l,5mL. In positive controls staphylococcal enterotoxin B (SEB)(Sigma) (5μg/ml) was added. These cultures were incubated for 3, 4, 5 or 6 days. Brefeldin A (BFA)(Sigma)(10μg/ml) was added to cultures 12 hours before staining for surface markers CDIa and CD3 and intracellular IFNγ (clone 25723.11, BD). Cells were first incubated with mAb directed against cell surface markers as described above. For intracellular staining cells were fixed in 2% formaldehyde, washed in saponin buffer consisting of 2% FBS, 2% HEPES, Saponin lmg/ml in PBS and were incubated with antibody at 4°C for 30 rnin. Cells were finally washed in saponin buffer and analysed by FACS for cell-surface expression, proliferation and IFNγ expression. Gates were set on CDIa', CD3+ cells.
Statistical analysis
Statistical significance was assessed using unpaired t tests and differences were considered significant sϊp ≤ 0.05. Results
Immature, monocyte-derived DCs ingest apoptotic PBMCs
Human monocytes were cultured for 6 days in presence of IL-4 and GM-CSF to obtain immature DCs as defined by expression of CDIa, lack of CD 14 and low expression of the co-stimulatory molecules CD80, CD83 and CD86. We first determined whether the monocyte-derived, immature DCs had the ability to ingest apoptotic cells. PKH26 labelled immature DCs were co-cultured with PKH67 labelled apoptotic PBMCs. Confocal microscopy analyses were performed after 1, 4 or 24 hours of co-culture. We could not detect uptake of apoptotic cells after 1 hour while after 4 hours, uptake of apoptotic cells by DCs were detected as large, red/green double positive cells (Fig 9a). Intracellularly localized apoptotic bodies were visualized in DCs after 4 hours of co-culture (Fig. 9b). After 24 hours of incubation the intensity of the double staining was increased and the DCs were enlarged, showing an increased uptake (Fig 9c). At this time point intact apoptotic bodies were no longer detectable intracellularly. Cytochalasin D, which interferes with the phagocytic process by disruption of actin filaments (39) (40), was added to DCs together with the irradiated PBMCs and used as a negative control. DCs were harvested after 24h and very few double positive cells were detected in the cultures containing cytochalasin D (Fig 9d). This suggests that uptake of apoptotic PBMCs occurs via a phagocytic pathway because inhibition of actin filaments with cytochalasin D interferes with phagocytosis but leaves endocytic capacity intact (40). These results show that human monocyte-derived, immature DCs have the ability to phagocytose γ- irradiated PBMC and that large pieces of phagocytosed material can be detected within the cells.
Activated, but not resting, apoptotic PBMCs induce expression of co-stimulatory molecules in DCs
To investigate whether activated apoptotic T-cells have the capacity to provide activation/maturation signals to DCs, we first determined the efficiency of T cell activation by analyzing induction of CD25 and CD 69 expression after activation with PHA or anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 mAbs (αCD3αCD28 activation) (Fig. 10). Both PHA and αCD3αCD28 activation resulted in up-regulation of CD25 and CD69. The frequency of positive cells did not differ notably between the different stimuli. T-cells were also stained for CD40L expression because CD40-CD40L interactions can induce DC maturation. CD40L expression could be detected in purified, activated T-cells, but not in the T-cell population present in PBMCs (data not shown). This is most likely due to the previously reported B-cell mediated endocytosis of CD40L on activated T-cells (41) (42). Non-activated and activated PBMC preparations were irradiated and apoptosis induction was measured by Annexin-V and PI stainings that were quantified by flow cytometry (Fig. 11). We show that both non-activated and activated PBMCs contain cells in early apoptosis and secondary necrosis. After 24 hours the majority of cells were double positive for Annexin-V and PI, which indicates that the γ-irradiation effectively induces apoptotic cell death in both resting and activated PBMCs.
Apoptotic PBMCs were added to immature DCs and the co-cultures were incubated for 72h. To exclude the possibility that activation occurred via antibody binding to Fc-receptors on DCs, αCD3 and αCD28 antibodies were added in control DC cultures. Cells were collected and stained for CDIa, CD80, CD83, CD86 and HLA-DR and subjected to flow cytometric analyses. Mature DCs were defined as CDIa+ cells with distinct, high expression of CD86. Quadrants were set based on negative controls (medium) and positive controls (LPS). There was a significant increase in the frequency of CD 86 expressing DCs as compared to the medium control in co-cultures containing activated PBMCs. Resting apoptotic cells or antibodies did not induce significant CD86 expression in DCs (Fig. 12a). A tendency towards a stronger induction of CD86 using αCD3αCD28 activated apoptotic cells was observed. For this reason and the fact that antibody induced activation can be used in GMP approved settings, we used αCD3αCD28 mAbs to activate PBMCs in the majority of subsequent experiments. Mean fluorescence intensity (MFI) values for CD80-, CD83-, CD86- and HLA-DR expression on DCs co-cultured with non-activated or αCD3αCD28 activated apoptotic cells were compared with medium control (Fig. 12b). The expression of CD80, CD83 and CD 86 molecules were up-regulated in DCs co-cultured with activated apoptotic cells while HLA-DR expression did not differ significantly from the medium control. Purified, αCD3αCD28 activated, apoptotic CD4+ T-cells were also able to induce expression of co-stimulatory molecules in DCs (data not shown). These results show that activated, but not resting, apoptotic PBMCs are potent inducers of DC maturation as defined by up-regulation of co-stimulatory molecules.
' Resting, necrotic PBMCs do not induce DC maturation
To examine the possibility that it was necrotic cells present in the samples exposed to γ-irradiation that caused maturation of DCs we compared the state of maturation in DCs co-cultured with resting or αCD3αCD28 activated γ -irradiated PBMCs as well as resting or activated freeze-thawed necrotic PBMCs. We detected no significant up-regulation of CD 86 expression in DCs co-cultured with resting, necrotic or apoptotic cells while both the activated apoptotic and necrotic cells induced significant CD86 expression as compared to medium control. The activated apoptotic cells were however more potent inducers of DC maturation as compared to the necrotic PBMCs (Fig. 13). These results demonstrate that the presence of necrotic cells in the apoptotic cell preparations cannot solely explain induction of DC maturation.
Supernatants β'om activated, apoptotic PBMCs do not induce DC maturation
We next investigated whether the up-regulation of co-stimulatory molecules in DCs after co-culture with activated, irradiated PBMCs was due to extra-cellular factors released by the apoptotic cells. Supernatants from αCD3αCD28 activated, irradiated PBMCs were therefore collected after 4, 8 and 24 hours. DCs co- cultured with activated PBMCs significantly up-regulated CD 86 expression, while supernatants from the same apoptotic cell preparations, were not effective in inducing CD 86 expression (Fig. 14). This indicates that interaction between DCs and activated apoptotic cells is required for induction of DC maturation. It does however not exclude the possibility that extra-cellular factors released from apoptotic cells in a close proximity to, or within the DC can mediate up- regulation of co-stimulatory molecules.
Activated apoptotic PBMC induce pro-inflammatory cytokine release in DC
To further analyse DC activation after addition of activated apoptotic cells we studied the cytokine and chemokine production in the DCs. Immature DCs were co-cultured with non-activated, apoptotic PBMCs, apoptotic PBMCs activated with PHA over night or for 4 days or apoptotic PBMCs activated with αCD3 and αCD28 antibodies over night. Supernatants were collected after 4, 8 and 24 hours from DC/apoptotic cell co-cultures. The supernatants were frozen and later analysed by luminex for IL-2, IL-6, IL-8, IL-IO, IL-12, IFNγ, TNFα and MlP-lβ content. There was a significant release of IL-6, TNFα and MIP-I β. in the co- cultures containing DCs and activated apoptotic cells which was detected already at early time points. Significantly lower levels of these cytokines were detected in supernatants collected from apoptotic cells alone, suggesting production and release from the DCs. In most cases αCD3αCD28 activated apoptotic cells induced the highest levels of cytokines and also the most rapid release from DC. Supernatants from DCs co-cultured with non-activated apoptotic cells did not contain cytokine levels above levels detected in the medium control (Fig. 15). Irradiated neutrophils were also co-cultured with DCs but these did not induce any detectable cytokine release (data not shown). IL-2, IL-8 and IFNγ were . detected in supernatants from co-cultures containing activated apoptotic cells. However, due to high release of these cytokines from activated apoptotic cells per se, it was not possible to attribute the production to the DCs (data not shown). We could not detect release of neither IL-10 nor IL-12 in any of the DC/apoptotic cell co-cultures examined (data not shown). The results show that DCs produce proinflammatory cytokines and chemokines after interaction with activated, apoptotic PBMCs. However, these DCs failed to produce IL-IO and IL-12. DCs that ingest allogeneic, activated, apoptotic PBMCs stimulate proliferation and IFN-γ production in autologous T-cells
We next asked the question whether DCs matured by activated, apoptotic PBMCs - are able to induce proliferation and activation of naϊve T-cells. Autologous T- cells were added to DCs that had ingested either non-activated or activated allogeneic, apoptotic PBMC. The DCs/apoptotic cells co-cultures were incubated for 48 hours before addition of autologous, CFSE labelled T-cells. CFSE labelled T-cells alone or T-cells added to activated apoptotic cells were used as negative controls. As a positive control, the superantigen SEB was added to DCs together with autologous T-cells. Cultures were incubated for 3, 4, 5 or 6 days to determine the peak of T-cell proliferation. At these time points cells were collected and stained for CDIa and CD3 as well as intracellular IFNγ production. Samples were analysed by flow cytometry and gates were set on CDIa", CD3+ cells. In the wells containing only DCs and autologous T cells, T-cells only, T- cells and activated apoptotic cells but no DCs or in samples where DCs were fed resting apoptotic cells, neither T-cell proliferation nor IFNγ production were detected at any of the time points analysed. In the SEB stimulated control proliferation peaked at day 4 which coincided with the highest frequency of IFNγ positive T-cells. DCs co-cultured with activated apoptotic cells before addition of T-cells were capable of inducing both proliferation and IFNγ production in autologous T-cells. As in the SEB control, both proliferation and IFNγ production peaked at day 4 (Fig 16). To control for possible FcR-mediated effects on DC maturation and induction of efficient antigen presenting capacity, PBMCs were incubated with anti-CD8 antibody and exposed to γ-irradiation before addition to DCs. Anti-CD8 did not activate the T-cells as measured by up-regulated CD25 and CD69, and did not provide induction of DC activation and subsequent autologous T-cell proliferation (data not shown). Due to limitations of the four- colour flow cytometer the analysis included the total CD3+ T-cell population and different CD4/CD8 T-cell subsets could not be analysed. These results show that activated, but not resting, allogeneic PBMCs are able to induce DCs maturation that leads to efficient presentation of allo-antigens to T-cells. Discussion
The mechanisms for induction of DC activation and subsequent priming of an adaptive immune response are not fully clarified. Conserved microbial and viral patterns binding to PPRs on DCs have been shown as effective mediators of adaptive immune responses. These are however not the answer to why material lacking PPR affinity is able to initiate immune responses. Our study demonstrates that activated, but not resting, apoptotic PBMCs are able to induce activation of DCs in terms of up-regulation of co-stimulatory molecules, induction of pro- inflammatory cytokine release and presentation of allo-antigens that lead to T-cell proliferation and IFNγ production. Necrotic cells were also able to induce DC maturation to some degree if initially activated, but failed to do so in absence of preceding stimuli. The present report supports earlier studies where DCs exposed to apoptotic cells were found to mature and induce activation of T-cells in vitro (30, 31, 33, 43-45) and that the activated apoptotic cells are more efficient than activated necrotic cells in this aspect (46, 47). The dying cells inducing DC activation in the former studies all contained different forms of tumor- or viral antigens. The danger signalling features of these cells are still not fully characterized but we speculate that the effect of the apoptotic cells partly could be associated with a "non-resting" state. It should be noted that no TLR-ligand-, tumour- or viral source of antigen was present in the setup of our experiments. We here suggest that the state of activation, before a cell enters apoptosis, is what determines its ability to activate DCs. However, the induction of "endogenous" TLR-ligand expression in activated T cells cannot be excluded. The use of resting apoptotic cells in previous experiments could partly explain why some studies have found apoptotic cells unable to mature DCs in vitro (10, 22) to possess antiinflammatory properties (24-26, 48) or to induce tolerance instead of immune activation ((27, 49, 50).
Some endogenous factors originating from dying cells have been suggested as plausible effectors of DC activation. HSPs have earlier been shown to induce DC maturation ((51-59) and exert adjuvant activity (60-63). These molecules are intracellular and released upon lost membrane integrity. HSPs could possibly have some effect in our in- vitro system where some of the irradiated PBMC most likely enter secondary necrosis before uptake of DCs. Yet this is not a fully satisfying explanation of our results for two reasons. First, supernatants collected from apoptotic cells at later time points also contain factors released from cells in secondary necrosis. These supernatants lacked the ability to induce DC maturation. Secondly, comparing apoptotic and necrotic cells, the latter were less efficient in up-regulating co-stimulatory molecules on DCs. Another endogenous molecule that was suggested to activate DCs is uric acid, which is the end product in purine degradation and present in high amounts in stressed cells. Uric acid is contained in the cytosol of cells and not accessible to surrounding cells unless membrane integrity is lost why we exclude this as the main effector of DC activation. The essential factor or factors in activated apoptotic cells with ability to initiate DC activation remains to be elucidated.
The present study shows that exposure to activated apoptotic cells induce production of pro-inflammatory cytokines in DCs. We could however not detect any release of IL- 12, important in eliciting ThI responses and counteracting tolerogenic responses. Uptake of apoptotic cells has previously been shown to down-regulate LPS-induced IL- 12 production.(64) However, it remains to be elucidated whether this is a reversible effect. The apparent lack of IL- 12 production in the DC/activated apoptotic cell cultures may be explained by lack of a secondary signal, which can be provided by CD40 ligation (65). We suggest that the CD40L signal may instead be delivered by the autologous T-cells after antigen recognition (Fig. 16). It is likely that the naϊve T-cells up-regulate CD40L in response to allo-antigen presentation and co-stimulatory molecule stimulation by DCs.
In an inflammatory event, caused by pathogens or injury of host cells, immune cells are recruited to the sight for elimination of potential danger. The recruited cells may become activated and after carrying out their mission many cells die by apoptosis. We speculate that this form of apoptosis could function as a positive feed-back mechanism for both the innate and adaptive response in an inflammatory event. When immature DCs, residing at the sight of infection or injury, take up activated apoptotic cells, pro-inflammatory cytokines are released. This would increase the recruitment of immune cells to the sight. DCs phagocytosing activated apoptotic cells are also able to up-regulate co- stimulatory molecules. When the mature DCs migrate to draining lyrnphnodes, antigen can be presented to naϊve T-cells thereby ensuring that the activated peripheral lymphocyte do not die in vain without alerting the immune system. Resting cells that dye by apoptosis, on the other hand, lack this effect on DCs, which would explain why the frequent turnover of cells during "normal" conditions occurs without alarming the immune system.
The endogenous adjuvant effect attributed to activated apoptotic cells reported here could also be of relevance for rational design of vaccines. Several of the vectors currently under development induce apoptosis in their target cell, which may subsequently lead to cross-presentation of antigens. We speculate that the cross-presentation pathway may be further augmented if the vector used is also able to induce activation in the target cell enabling co-delivery of antigen and endogenous adjuvant. The recent finding that efficient antigen presentation of phagocytosed cargo is dependent upon TLR ligands within the cargo, would support the hypothesis that adjuvant should be co-delivered with the apoptotic material.
Taken together, this study demonstrates that apoptotic cells have different abilities to elicit immune responses depending on then: state of activation, and also indicates apoptotic cells could be used for development of vaccines that utilize cross-presentation of apoptotic cells.
References
1. Banchereau, J., F. B'riere, C. Caux, J. Davoust, S. Lebecque, YJ. Liu, B. Pulendran, and K. Palucka. 2000. Immunobiology of dendritic cells. Annu Rev Immunol 18:767-811.
2. Banchereau, I, and R.M. Steinman. 1998. Dendritic cells and the control of immunity. Nature 392:245-252.
3. Guermonprez, P., J. Valladeau, L. Zitvogel, C. Thery, and S. Amigorena. 2002. Antigen presentation and T cell stimulation by dendritic cells. Annu Rev Immunol 20:621-667. 4. de Jong, E.G., P.L. Vieira, P. Kalinski, J.H. Schuitemaker, Y. Tanaka, E.A. Wierenga, M.
Yazdanbakhsh, and MX. Kapsenberg. 2002. Microbial compounds selectively induce ThI cell-promoting or Th2 cell-promoting dendritic cells in vitro with diverse th cell- polarizing signals. J Immunol 168:1704-1709. 5. Kalinski, P., CM. Hilkens, E.A. Wierenga, and M.L. Kapsenberg. 1999. T-cell priming by type-1 and type-2 polarized dendritic cells: the concept of a third signal. Immunol Today 20:561-567.
6. Sporri, R., and C. Reis e Sousa. 2005. Inflammatory mediators are insufficient for full dendritic cell activation and promote expansion of CD4+ T cell populations lacking helper function. Nat Immunol 6:163-170.
7. Janeway, C.A., Jr, editor. 1989. Approaching the asymptote? Evolution and revolution in immunology. 1-13 pp.
8. Akira, S., and K. Takeda. 2004. Toll-like receptor signalling. Nat Rev Immunol 4:499- 511.
9. Reis e Sousa, C. 2004. Toll-like receptors and dendritic cells: for whom the bug tolls. Semin. Immunol. :27-34.
10. Gallucci, S., M. Lolkema, and P. Matzinger. 1999. Natural adjuvants: endogenous activators of dendritic cells. Nat Med 5:1249-1255. 11. Heufler, C, F. Koch, and G. Schuler. 1988. Granulocyte/macrophage colony-stimulating factor and interleukin 1 mediate the maturation of murine epidermal Langerhans cells into potent immunostimulatory dendritic cells. J Exp Med 167:700-705.
12. Lebre, M.C., J.C. Antons, P. Kalinski, J.H. Schuitemaker, T.M. van Capel, M.L. Kapsenberg, and E. C. De Jong. 2003. Double-stranded RNA-exposed human keratinocytes promote ThI responses by inducing a Type-1 polarized phenotype in dendritic cells: role of keratinocyte-derived tumor necrosis factor alpha, type I interferons, and interleukin-18. J Invest Dermatol 120:990-997.
13. Luft, T., K.C. Pang, E. Thomas, P. Hertzog, D.N. Hart, J. Trapani, and J. Cebon. 1998. Type I IFNs enhance the terminal differentiation of dendritic cells. J Immunol 161:1947- 1953.
14. Luft, T., M. Jefford, P. Luetjens, T. Toy, H. Hochrein, K.A. Masterman, C. Maliszewski, K. Shortman, J. Cebon, and E. Maraskovsky. 2002. Functionally distinct dendritic cell (DC) populations induced by physiologic stimuli: prostaglandin E(2) regulates the migratory capacity of specific DC subsets. Blood 100:1362-1372. 15. Sallusto, F., and A. Lanzavecchia. 1994. Efficient presentation of soluble antigen by cultured human dendritic cells is maintained by granulocyte/macrophage colony- stimulating factor plus interleukin 4 and downregulated by tumor necrosis factor alpha. J Exp Med 179:1109-1118.
16. Blander, J.M., and R. Medzbitov. 2006. Toll-dependent selection of microbial antigens for presentation by dendritic cells. Nature.
17. Janeway, C.A., Jr. 1992. The immune system evolved to discriminate infectious nonself from noninfectious self. Immunol Today 13:11-16.
18. Matzinger, P. 1994. Tolerance, danger, and the extended family. Annu Rev Immunol 12:991-1045. 19. Rock, K.L., A. Hearn, CJ. Chen, and Y. Shi. 2005. Natural endogenous adjuvants.
Springer Semin Immunopaihol 26:231-246. 20. Jenne, L., IF. Arrighi, H. Jonuleit, J.H. Saurat, and C. Hauser. 2000. Dendritic cells containing apoptotic melanoma cells prime human CD8+ T cells for efficient tumor cell lysis. Cancer Res 60:4446-4452. 21. Sauter, B., M.L. Albert, L. Francisco, M. Larsson, S. Somersan, andN. Bhardwaj. 2000.
Consequences of cell death: exposure to necrotic tumor cells, but not primary tissue cells or apoptotic cells, induces the maturation of immunostimulatory dendritic cells. J Exp
Med 191:423-434.
22. Somersan, S., M. Larsson, J.F. Fonteneau, S. Basu, P. Srivastava, and N. Bhardwaj. 2001. Primary tumor tissue lysates are enriched in heat shock proteins and induce the maturation of human dendritic cells. J Immunol 167:48444852.
23. . Fadok, V.A., D.L. Bratton, and P.M. Henson. 2001. Phagocyte receptors for apoptotic cells: recognition, uptake, and consequences. J CHn Invest 108:957-962.
24. Morelli, A.E., A.T. Larregina, W.J. Shufesky, A.F. Zahorchak, A.J. Logar, G.D. Papworth, Z. Wang, S.C. Watkins, L.D. FaIo, Jr., and A. W. Thomson. 2003.
Internalization of circulating apoptotic cells by splenic marginal zone dendritic cells: dependence on complement receptors and effect on cytokine production. Blood 101:611- 620.
25. Savill, J., I. Dransfield, C. Gregory, and C. Haslett. 2002. A blast from the past: clearance of apoptotic cells regulates immune responses. Nat Rev Immunol 2:965-975. 26. Stuart, L.M., M. Lucas, C. Simpson, J. Lamb, J. Savill, and A. Lacy-Hulbert. 2002. Inhibitory effects of apoptotic cell ingestion upon endotoxin-driven myeloid dendritic cell maturation. J Immunol 168:1627-1635.
27. Ferguson, T.A., J. Herndon, B. Elzey, T.S. Griffith, S. Schoenberger, and D.R. Green. 2002. Uptake of apoptotic antigen-coupled cells by lymphoid dendritic cells and cross- primiαg of CD8(+) T cells produce active immune unresponsiveness. J Immunol 168:5589-5595.
28. Steinman, R.M. 2001. Dendritic cells and the control of immunity: enhancing the efficiency of antigen presentation. Mt Sinai J Med 68: 106-166. 29. Buttiglieri, S., A. Galetto, S. Fomo, M. De Andrea, and L. Matera. 2003. Influence of drug-induced apoptotic death on processing and presentation of tumor antigens by dendritic cells. M J Cancer 106:516-520.
30. Feng, H., Y. Zeng, M. W. Graner, and E. Katsanis. 2002. Stressed apoptotic tumor cells stimulate dendritic cells and induce specific cytotoxic T cells. Blood 100:4108-4115. 31. Goldszmid, R.S., J. Idoyaga, AJ. Bravo, R. Steinman, J. Mordoh, and R. Wainstok. 2003. Dendritic cells charged with apoptotic tumor cells induce long-lived protective CD4+ and CD8+ T cell immunity againstB16 melanoma. J Immunol 171:5940-5947.
32. Hoffmann, T.K., N. Meidenbauer, G. Dworacki, H. Kanaya, and T.L. Whiteside. 2000. Generation of tumor-specific T-lymphocytes by cross-priming with human dendritic cells ingesting apoptotic tumor cells. Cancer Res 60:3542-3549.
33. Ignatius, R., M. Marovich, E. Mehlhop, L. Villamide, K. Mahnke, W.I. Cox, F. Isdell, S. S. Frankel, J.R. Mascola, R.M. Steinman, and M. Pope. 2000. Canarypox virus- induced maturation of dendritic cells is mediated by apoptotic cell death and tumor necrosis factor alpha secretion. J Virol 74:11329-11338. 34. Ishii, S., K. Hiroishi, J. Eguchi, and K. Mitamura. 2003. Dendritic cell maturation induced by delivery of ultraviolet-mediated apoptotic colorectal cancer cell lines. Anticancer Res 23:2457-2463.
35. Spetz, A.L., AS. Sorensen, L. Walther-Jallow, B. Wahren, J. Andersson, L. Holmgren, and J. Hinkula. 2002. Induction of HTV-I -specific immunity after vaccination with apoptotic HTV-l/murine leukemia virus-infected cells. J Immunol 169:5771-5779.
36. Holmgren, L., A. Szeles, E. Rajnavolgyi, J. Folkman, G. Klein, I. Ernberg, and K.I. FaIk. 1999. Horizontal transfer of DNA by the uptake of apoptotic bodies. Blood 93:3956-63.
37. Spetz, A.L., B.K. Patterson, K. Lore, J. Andersson, and L. Holmgren. 1999. Functional gene transfer of HTV DNA by an HTV receptor-independent mechanism. J Immunol 163:736-742.
38. Lyons, A.B., and CR. Parish. 1994. Determination of lymphocyte division by flow cytometry. J Immunol Methods 171:131-137.
39. . Cooper, J.A. 1987. Effects of cytochalasin and phalloidin on actin. J Cell Biol 105: 1473-
1478. 40. DeFife, KM., CR. Jenney, E. Colton, and J.M. Anderson. 1999. Disruption of filamentous actin inhibits human macrophage fusion. Faseb J 13:823-832. 41. Miyashita, T., MJ. Mcllraith, A.C Grammer, Y. Miura, J.F. Attrep, Y. Sbimaoka, and
P.E. Lipsky. 1997. Bidirectional regulation of human B cell responses by CD40-CD40 ligand interactions. J Immunol 158:4620-4633. 42. Yellin, M.J., K. Sippel, G. Inghirami, L.R. Covey, JJ. Lee, J. Sinning, E.A. Clark, L.
Chess, and S. Lederman. 1994. CD40 molecules induce down-modulation and endocytosis of T cell surface T cell-B cell activating molecule/CD40-L. Potential role in regulating helper effector function. J Immunol 152:598-608.
43. Rad, A.N., G. Pollara, S.M. Sohaib, C. Chiang, B.M. Chain, and D.R. Katz. 2003. The differential influence of allogeneic tumor cell death via DNA damage on dendritic cell maturation and antigen presentation. Cancer Res 63:5143-5150.
44. Rovere, P., C. Vallinoto, A. Bondanza, M.C. Crosti, M. Rescigno, P. Ricciardi- Castagnoli, C. Rugarli, and A.A. Manfredi. 1998. Bystander apoptosis triggers dendritic cell maturation and antigen- presenting function. J Immunol 161:4467-4471. 45. Rovere, P., M.G. Sabbadini, C. Vallinoto, U. Fascio, V.S. Zimmermann, A. Bondanza, P. Ricciardi-Castagnoli, and A. A. Manfredi. 1999. Delayed clearance of apoptotic lymphoma cells allows cross-presentation of intracellular antigens by mature dendritic cells. JLeukocBiol 66:345-349. 46. Scheffer, S.R., H. Nave, F. Korangy, K. Schlote, R. Pabst, E.M. Jaffee, M.P. Manns, and T.F. Greten. 2003. Apoptotic, but not necrotic, tumor cell vaccines induce a potent immune response in vivo. Int J Cancer 103:205-211.
47. Schnurr, M., C. Scholz, S. Rothenfusser, P. Galambos, M. Dauer, J. Robe, S. Endres, and A. Eigler. 2002. Apoptotic pancreatic tumor cells are superior to cell lysates in promoting cross-priming of cytotoxic T cells and activate NK and gammadelta T cells. Cancer Res 62:2347-2352.
48. Huynh, M.L., V.A. Fadok, and P.M. Henson. 2002. Phosphatidylserine-dependent ingestion of apoptotic cells promotes TGF-betal secretion and the resolution of inflammation. J Clin Invest 109:41-50.
49. Ferguson, T.A., and H. Kazama. 2005. Signals from dying cells: tolerance induction by the dendritic cell. Immunol Res 32:99-108.
50. Steinman, R.M., S. Turley, I. Mellman, and K. Inaba. 2000. The induction of tolerance by dendritic cells that have captured apoptotic cells. J Exp Med 191:411-416. 51. Basu, S., RJ. Binder, R. Suto, K.M. Anderson, and P.K. Srivastava. 2000. Necrotic but not apoptotic cell death releases heat shock proteins, which deliver a partial maturation signal to dendritic cells and activate the NF-kappa B pathway. Int Immunol 12:1539- 1546.
52. Bethke, K., F. Staib, M. Distler, U. Schmitt, H. Jonuleit, A.H. Enk, P.R. Galle, and M. Heike. 2002. Different efficiency of heat shock proteins (HSP) to activate human monocytes and dendritic cells: superiority of HSP60. J Immunol 169:6141-6148.
53. Flohe, S.B., J. Bruggemann, S. Lendemans, M. Nikulina, G. Meierhoff, S. Flohe, and H. KoIb. 2003. Human heat shock protein 60 induces maturation of dendritic cells versus a ThI -promoting phenotype. J Immunol 170:2340-2348. 54. Kuppner, M.C., R. Gastpar, S. Gelwer, E. Nossner, O. Ochmann, A. Scharner, and R.D. Issels. 2001. The role of heat shock protein (hsp70) in dendritic cell maturation: hsp70 induces the maturation of immature dendritic cells but reduces DC differentiation from monocyte precursors. Eur J Immunol 31:1602-1609.
55. Massa, C, C. Melani, and M.P. Colombo. 2005. Chaperon and adjuvant activity of hsp70: different natural killer requirement for cross-priming of chaperoned and bystander antigens. Cancer Res 65:1942-1949.
56. Millar, D.G., K.M. Garza, B. Odermatt, A.R. Elford, N. Ono, Z. Li, and P.S. Ohashi. 2003. Hsp70 promotes antigen-presenting cell function and converts T-cell tolerance to autoimmunity in vivo. Nat Med 9: 1469-1476. 57. Singh- Jasuja, H., H.U. Scherer, N. HiIf, D. Arnold- S child, H.G. Rammensee, R.E. Toes, and H. Schild. 2000. The heat shock protein gp96 induces maturation of dendritic cells and down-regulation of its receptor. Eur J Immunol '30:2211-2215.
58. Singh- Jasuja, H., N. HiIf, H.U. Scherer, D. Arnold- S child, H.G. Rammensee, R.E. Toes, and H. Schild. 2000. The heat shock protein gp96: a receptor-targeted cross-priming carrier and activator of dendritic cells. Cell Stress Chaperones 5:462-470.
59. Andersson, J., S. Kinloch, A. Sδnnerborg, J. Nilsson, T.E. Fehniger, A. Spetz, H. Behbahani, L. Goh, H. McDade, B. Gazzard, H. Stellbrink, D. Cooper, and L. Perrin. 2002. Low perforin expression in CD8+ T.lymphocytes granules in lymphoid tissue during acute HTV-I infection. J Infect Dis. 60. Srivastava, P.K., and M. Heike. 1991. Tumor-specific immunogenicity of stress-induced proteins: convergence of two evolutionary pathways of antigen presentation? Semin
Immunol 3:57-64. 61. Udono, H., and P.K. Srivastava. 1993. Heat shock protein 70-associated peptides elicit specific cancer immunity. J Exp Med 178:1391-1396. 62. Wan, T., X. Zhou, G. Chen, H. An, T. Chen, W. Zhang, S. Liu, Y. Jiang, F. Yang, Y.
Wu, and X. Cao. 2004. Novel heat shock protein Hsp70Ll activates dendritic cells and acts as a ThI polarizing adjuvant. Blood 103: 1747-1754.
63. Wang, X.H., Y. Qin, M.H. Hu, and Y. Xie. 2005. Dendritic cells pulsed with gp96- peptide complexes derived from human hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC) induce specific cytotoxic T lymphocytes. Cancer Immunol Immunother 54:971-980.
64. Kim, S., K.B. Elkon, and X. Ma. 2004. Transcriptional suppression of interleukin-12 gene expression following phagocytosis of apoptotic cells. Immunity 21:643-653.
65. Snijders, A., P. Kalinski, CM. Hilkens, and MX. Kapsenberg. 1998. High-level JL-12 production by human dendritic cells requires two signals. Int Immunol 10:1593-1598. Example C
Materials and Methods
In vitro differentiation of dendritic cells (DCs)
CD14+' monocytes were enriched from peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) from healthy blood donors by negative selection using RosetteSep Human Monocyte Enrichment (ImL/ 1OmL blood; Stem Cell Technologies, Vancouver, BC, Canada). Monocytes were separated using lymphoprep (Nycomed, Oslo, Norway) density gradient. Cells were cultured for 6 days in medium (RPMI 1640 supplemented with 1% HEPES [N-2- hydroxyethylpiperazine-N'-2-ethanesulfonic acid], 2mM L-glutamine, 1% Streptomycin and penicillin, 10% endotoxin-free foetal bovine serum (FBS); GIBCO Life Technologies, Paisley, United Kingdom) and recombinant human cytokines IL-4 (6,5 ng/mL; R&D Systems, Minneapolis, MN) and granulocyte macrophage-colony-stimulating factor (GM-CSF; 250ng/mL; Peprotech, London, UK), to obtain immature dendritic cells.
Activation of T cells
.CD4+ and CD8+ T cells were enriched from healthy .blood donor PBMCs by negative selection using RosetteSep 's Human CD4+ or CD8+ T cell Enrichment (lmL/lOmL blood respectively; Stem Cell Technologies). T cells were separated using lymphoprep density gradient (Nycomed, Oslo, Norway). Cells were frozen in FBS and 10% dimethylsulphoxide (DMSO) or were added to flasks containing 1% Sodiumpyruvate, monoclonal anti-human CD3 (2μg/ml; clone OKT 3; Ortho Biotech Inc. Raritan, NJ), that was adhered to the plastic during one hour in 4°C, and soluble monoclonal anti-human CD28 (2μg/ml; L293; BD Biosciences, San Diego, CA). After stimulation cells were frozen in FBS/DMSO. HIV-I virus growth and preparation
The CCR5-uring HIV-I B_L isolate or CXCR4 HIV-I ms (National Institutes of Health (NIH) AIDS Research and Reference Reagent Program, Division of AIDS, National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID), NIH) was grown on PBMC cultures stimulated with PHA (Sigma, St Louis, MO) and IL-2 (Chiron, Emeryville, CA). To concentrate the virus and to minimize the presence of bystander activation factors in the supernatant that could induce DC maturation, the virus was ultracentrifuged (138 OOOg (45 OOOrpm), 30 minutes, 40C, Beckman L-80 Ultracentrifuge, rotor 70.1; Beckman Coulter, Fullerton, CA) and the virus pellet was resuspended in RPMI 10%FBS to obtain a 10 X virus concentrate. The viral titer of the HIV-I BaL stock was determined by p24 enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA; Murez HIV antigen Mab; Abbott, Abbott Park, IL) according to manufacturer's protocol. Samples were analyzed in serial dilutions in duplicate. The 10 X HIV-I BaL stock had an HIV-I p24 Gag content of 11.7 μg/mL. The HIV-I BaL stock was also characterized by determining the level of active reverse transcriptase (RT; Lenti RT; Cavidi Tech, Uppsala, Sweden). The 10 X HTV-I BaL stock used contained 15 000 pg active RT/mL.
HIV-I infection of T cells, and dendritic cells
CD4+ T cells were isolated from healthy blood donor PBMCs by negative selection using RosetteSep's Human CD4+ T cell Enrichment (lmL/lOmL blood respectively; Stem Cell Technologies) and activated with anti-CD3 (2μg/ml; clone OKT 3; Ortho Biotech Inc. Raritan, NJ) and anti-CD28 mAb (2μg/ml; L293; BD Biosciences, San Diego, CA) over night. The cells were then incubated with 10 X HTV-I BaL or 1 X HrV-lBaL stocks (200μl HrV-lBaL stock to IxIO6 CD4+ T cells) in the presence of IL-2 (Chiron, Emeryville, CA). The frequency of infected cells was analyzed by intracellular p24 staining day 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 10 after infection. The obtained infected cells were frozen in FBS/DMSO until use. A quantity of 200μL of 1 X HIV-I BaL or mock was added to 5 X 105 immature DCs/mL in a 24-well plate (Costar Corning, Corning, NY) to a final volume of 1.0 mL per well. The frequency of infected DCs was determined by intracellular p24 staining after 72 hours and 7 days of infection.
Quantification of HIV-I protein in T cells and dendritic cells
The frequency of HIV-I BaL infection in DCs and T cells was determined by intracellular staining for the HIV-I Gag protein p24. Cells were first stained for cell surface markers, then washed in PBS and fixed in 2% formaldehyde (Sigma)
' for 10 minutes at room temperature. Cells were washed in PBS with 2% FBS followed by a wash in PBS with 2%FBS, 2% HEPES and 0.1% Saponin (Sigma) to allow permeabilization of the cell surface membrane. Cells were incubated for 1-2 hour at 4°C with the anti-p24 specific mAb (clone KC57; Coulter, Hialeah, FL) or the corresponding isotype control. Cells were washed in saponin solution to remove excessive antibody and resuspended in PBS. Expression was assessed by a FACS Calibur flow cytometer (B ecton Dickinson) .
Production ofapoptotic cells and apoptotic cell supematants
Frozen T cells were thaw and washed 3 times in RPMI. Cells were induced to undergo apoptosis by γ-irradiation (150 Gy). The γ-irradiation induced apoptotic process has previously been demonstrated by morphological changes, flow cytometry and DNA fragmentation on agarose gels (Holmgren et ah, 1999, Blood 93:3956; Spetz et al., 1999, J Immunol 163:736). Apoptosis was here confirmed by flow cytometry stainings with AnnexinV (Boehringer Mannheim, Mannheim, Germany) and propidium iodide (PI) (0.1 μg/sample; Sigma, Stockholm, Sweden) according to manufacturer's protocol. Supematants were collected from live and irradiated cells after 4, 8 and 24 hours and were centrifαged at 1,4x104 rpm for 30 min to remove possible cell debris.
DC co-cultures
On day 6, immature DCs were counted and plated in 24-well plates, 5x105 cells in 0,5mL medium (RPMI supplemented with 10% FBS and recombinant human IL- 4 and GM-CSF). Irradiated T cells were added to DCs in proportion 2:1 to a total volume of ImL. Supernatant (0,5 mL) from 106 irradiated T cells, collected at 4, 8 and 24 hours, was also added to immature DCs. Supernatant was collected from co-cultures at 4, 8 and 24hours. At 72 hours or after 7 days all samples were collected and DCs were characterized by flow cytometric analysis. Lipopolysaccharide (LPS lOOng/mL, Sigma) was added as a positive control for activation/maturation of DCs.
Phenotypic characterization of DCs and T cells
DCs were washed and resuspended in PBS with 2% FBS. They were incubated for 30 min in 4°C with the following anti-human monoclonal antibodies (mAbs):
CDIa (clone NA1/34, DAKO, Glostrup, Denmark), CD 14 (clone TUK4;
DAICO), CD19 (clone HD37, DAKO), CD3 (clone SK7), CD83 (clone HB15e) and CD86 (clone 2331/FUN-l; all from BD Biosciences, San Diego, CA). T cells were washed and incubated with anti-human monoclonal antibodies CD 19 (clone HD37; DAKO), CD14 (DAKO), CD3 (clone SK7), CD4 (clone RPA-T4) +
Streptavidin, CD8 (clone SK-I), CD154 (clone TRAP-I), CD25 (clone 2A3) and
CD69 (FN50; all from BD). Cell surface expression was measured by a
FACScalibur flow cytometer (Becton Dickinson) and at least 105 cells/sample were collected. Co-culture samples were at 72 hours or 7 days washed and incubated with the previously mentioned CDIa, CD4, CD8, CD83 and CD86.
DCs were also stained with Annexin V as in preceding paragraph to detect possible apoptotic DCs.
Cytokine/ 'chemohne production
Supernatants from irradiated T cells and co-cultures were analysed for cytokine/chemokine content by using a Bio-Plex assay (Biosource, Nivelles, Belgium). The assay was used according to manufacturer's protocol and a Lurninex reader (Luminex Corporation, Austin TX, USA) was used to simultaneously quantify the concentration of IL-6, IL-8, IL-2, IL-IO, IL- 12, TNFα, IFNγ, MIP-Ia and IvUP-lβ in the supernatants. Results and discussion
Up regulation of co-stimulatory molecules on dendritic cells after co-culture with apoptotic HIV-I infected CD4+ T cells.
To investigate whether activated apoptotic HIV-I infected CD4+ T cells have the capacity to provide any activation/maturation signal to dendritic cells, we induced apoptosis in CD4+ T cells that were first activated anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 mAbs and thereafter infected with HIV-I before adding them to human in vitro differentiated dendritic cells. The efficiency of T cell activation was determined by analyzing induction of CD25 and CD69 expression on T cells (Fig. 17A). We detected increased expression of both CD25 and CD69 molecules on CD4+ T cells after activation with anti-CD3/CD28 mAbs. These findings show that the T cells were efficiently activated in the culture system used. The kinetics of HIV-I infection and a representative example of infection efficiency as determined by intracellular p24 staining is shown in Fig.l7B. Batches of cells containing 20- 40% HIV-I infected cells, as measured by intracellular p24 staining, were frozen and subsequently used to prepare apoptotic HIV-I infected cells. The day of experiment, the frozen cells were thaw, washed and induced to undergo apoptosis by gamma-irradiation. Apoptosis induction was measured by performing Annexin-V and PI staining, which were quantified by flow cytometry as shown in Example B above.
To investigate whether apoptotic HIV-I infected T cells may per se be able to induce maturation in DCs. We used in vitro differentiated monocytes cultured for 6 days in the presence of IL-4 and GM-CSF as source of human immature dendritic cells as defined by their expression of CDIa, lack of CD 14 and low expression of CD40, CD80, CD86 and CD83. These immature dendritic cells were co-cultured with apoptotic cells for 72 hours or 7 days and then analyzed for expression of the co-stimulatory molecule CD86 (Fig 18). Representative flow cytometric analyses are depicted in Fig. 18 and a summary of at least 11 donors are shown in Fig. 18 B. The frequency of CD86+ DCs was 91+2.5% after LPS stimulation and the background medium control was 27+5.3% after 75 hours.
DCs exposed to HIV-I BaL were not induced to express CD86 either at 72 hours or after 7 days of culture (Fig. 182B). However, co-culture with apoptotic activated either non-infected or HIV-I BaL infected T cells resulted in significant induction of CD86 as compared to medium control both after 72 hours and 7 days of culture. The activation/maturation signal provided by the apoptotic activated CD4+ T cells occurred even in the presence of free HIV-I BaL-
We also determined whether induction of CD83, which is another molecule that is associated with DC maturation and functional antigen-presenting capacity, was induced in the co-cultures. We could not detect significant induction of CD83 after exposure to HIV-I BaL, while there was induction of CD83 after co-culture with apoptotic activated CD4+ T cells. The pattern of expression was similar to CD86 expression and CD83 was induced after co-culture with apoptotic activated CD4+ T cells even in the presence of HIV-I. These findings show that apoptotic activated CD4+ T cells are able to provide an activation/maturation signal to immature DCs even in the presence of HIV-I. Furthermore, a population of apoptotic activated T cells containing a high frequency of HIV-I infected cells is also able to provide an activation/maturation signal to DCs. Altogether, these findings suggest that apoptotic activated T cells carrying HIV-I may be used as an antigen transfer system that is able to induce certain DC activation/maturation, which turn DCs into highly efficient antigen-presenting cells.
The finding that apoptotic HIV-I infected T cells are able to induce DC maturation has implications for viral transmission because mature DCs were demonstrated to be less susceptible to HIV-I infection as compared to immature DCs. The DCs residing in the mucosa and are considered to be one of the first target cells during transmission and has an immature phenotype that resembles the cells used in the experiments described here. Hence, a composition that is able to induce DC maturation in monocyte derived dendritic cells has the potential to be able to induce maturation in mucosa associated DCs thereby shielding them from HIV-I infection. It is therefore conceivable that apoptotic activated T cells could be used in a microbicide formulation whereby one mechanistic action would be to induce maturation in immature DCs. Secretion of pro-inflammatory cytokines after co-culture with apoptotic activated T cells.
To address whether cytokine production was induced in DCs after uptake of apoptotic activated T cells, we collected supernatants from the co-cultures after 4, 8 and 24 hours (Fig. 19). The Luminex technology, which allows simultaneous analyses of up to eight cytokines, was used. There was a rapid induction of TNF- α, from the co-cultures with anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 activated cells either non- infected or HIV-I infected apoptotic cells (Fig 19A). We also detected IL-2 and IFN-γ in the co-cultures with DCs and apoptotic activated CD4+ T cells. We measured a rapid induction of MIB- lα and MIB-I β in the co-cultures with activated apoptotic T cells (both non-infected and HIV-I infected) and there was no background secretion from the apoptotic cells per se (Fig 19B). Co-culture with non-stimulated T cells or neutrophils did not result in any secretion of mentioned cytokines. Altogether, these findings suggest that activated apoptotic T cells are able to induce pro-inflammatory cytokine and chemokine production in DCs.
The finding that DCs produce chemokines with known anti-viral effect further supports the concept of using apoptotic activated T cells as a microbicide, where the anti-viral effect is achieved after interaction with DCs.
The production of certain pro-inflammatory cytokines and chemokines also support the use of apoptotic activated T cells as an antigen delivery system or additive in a vaccine to achieve local anti-viral activity upon therapeutic vaccination.
Reduced fi-equency of HIV-I infected DCs after co-culture with apoptotic activated T cells.
The finding that several cytokines were released into the supernatants, including those with anti-HIV-1 activity, prompted the question whether co-culture with apoptotic activated CD4+ T cells could influence the efficiency of virus infection in DCs. We measured the rate of HIV-I infection by determining the frequency of cells expressing intracellular p24 antigen as previously described. Addition of 3 '- azido-3 'deoxythymidine (AZT) to the cultures inhibits detection of p24, suggesting that detected intracellular p24 in DCs is due to productive infection in DCs and not the result of uptake of viral particles or p 24 protein, hi addition, the levels of HIV-I p24 released in supernatants increase over time in the DC cultures exposed to HIV-I, as measured by ELISA (29).
Immature DCs were exposed to HIV-I BaL and we found a large donor variability regarding HIV-I infection efficiency ranging from 0.1-21.7% after 72 hours incubation and between 2.1-46.4% after 7 days. We could not detect any significant reduction in intracellular p24 expression in the DCs co-cultured with apoptotic activated CD4+ T cells after 72 hours. However, after 7 days of culture all eleven donors analyzed had a reduced frequency of p24+ DCs in the cultures containing apoptotic activated CD4+ T cells as compared to DCs exposed only to HIV-I BaL (Fig 20). These finding show that co-culture of DCs and apoptotic anti- CD3 and anti-CD28 activated CD4+ T cells results in an environment able to limit HIV-I infection in DCs. There was no significant reduction in p24 expression in DCs after exposure to non-activated apoptotic T cells (Fig 21).
To assess whether supernatant collected from the co-cultures with DCs and apoptotic activated T cells were able to induce maturation in DCs and reduce HIV-I infected. We collected supernatant after 24 hours of co-culture and added different amounts to immature DCs. There was a significant induction of CD86 " expression in the DCs exposed to a high dose supernatant (Fig 22). In addition, there was a dose-response in terms of reduced p24 expression in DCs after exposure to the supernatant collected from co-cultures. Hence, we conclude that the reduction in p24 expression in DCs after co-culture with apoptotic activated T cells can at least in part be explained a soluble factor(s) released into the supernatant. Another explanation for the reduced infection rate in DCs could be down-regulation of the CCR5 receptor upon DC maturation. We also performed kinetic experiments where DCs were first incubated with HIV-I Ba-L for 30min, Ih or 2h before addition of apoptotic activated T cells. We observed the same reduction in p24 expression even if the DCs were exposed to the virus for up to 2h prior to addition of the apoptotic activated T cells (Fig.237). Conversely, DCs were first exposed to apoptotic activated T cells for 30mm., Ih or 2h before addition of HIV-I Ba-L- Again, we measured a similar reduced frequency of p24 expressing DCs even if the contact with the apoptotic activated T cells occurred for up to 2h prior to HIV-I exposure (Fig. 23).
The finding that interactions with DCs and apoptotic activated T cells (both non- infected and HIV-I infected) leads to the formation of a anti- viral milieu has implications for the use of apoptotic HIV-I carrying activated T cells as a therapeutic vaccine and for the use of apoptotic activated T cells as an additive to any therapeutic HIV-I vaccine. It has been demonstrated that it is primarily HIV- 1 specific T cells that get infected during HIV-I infection. In addition, it was demonstrated that activated T cells are preferentially infected upon DC-T cell transmission. It is therefore a potential risk that HIV-I specific T cells that are primed after a therapeutic immunization rapidly become infected. It would therefore be advantageous to achieve an anti-viral milieu at the site of DC-T cell interactions formed after immunization. Hence, the addition of apoptotic activated T cells to a vaccine composition has the potential of achieving an antiviral effect in the DCs, which would reduce the risk of viral production in DCs and subsequent spread to T cells.
The finding that apoptotic activated T cells contacted with DCs leads to the formation of an anti- viral milieu also has implications for the development of a microbicide based on apoptotic activated T cells. Notably, it did not matter whether the DCs were exposed to the virus before or after addition of the apoptotic activated T cells to be able to detect the anti-viral effect. The kinetics investigated here were up to 2h pre- or post-exposure. Hence, that would implicate the possibility to use a microbicide based on apoptotic activated T cells • either pre-or post intercourse. Example D
Materials and Methods
Animal infections and antiretroviral therapy (ART)
Male cynomolgus macaques (Macaca fascicularis) of Chinese origin were housed in the Astrid Fagraeus laboratory at the Swedish Institute for Infectious Disease Control. Housing and care procedures were in compliance with the provisions and general guidelines of the Swedish Animal Welfare Agency and the Local Ethical Committee on Animal Experiments approved all procedures. Twelve macaques were challenged intravenously with 8000 MID 50 of SrVmac239 (Kestler et al, 1988) and were given antiretroviral therapy (a nucleotide reverse transcriptase inhibitor) after ten days of infection. Subcutaneous single drug antiretroviral therapy was given daily. The first month of treatment the dose 30 mg/kg was given but after one month the dose was changed to 20 mg/kg. Body weight was measured before the start of the experiment and each time the animals were sedated for test substance administration and/or blood sample collection.
Production of therapeutic exemplary SIV vaccine of the invention
Prior to infection, we prepared autologous SIV239 infected apoptotic cells. Monkeys were sedated (ketamine 10mg/kg) prior to vaccine administration and bleedings. Ficoll separated monkey PBMC were depleted of CD8 cells by magnetic cell separation after labelling with CD8 beads (Dynalbeads, Dynal) and were thereafter cryo preserved. Cells were thawed and stimulated with PHA (2.5 μg/ml, Sigma) in RPMI 1640 medium with 10% foetal calf serum in the presence of rIL2 (Proleukin, Chiron). After 24 h of culture the cells were incubated with SIVmac239 and cultured for additional 4 days in the presence of rIL2. The efficiency of infection was measured by intracellular p27 expression followed by flow cytometry and quantification of released p27 by ELISA after cell lysis. Briefly, approximately 5X105 cells were fixed in 3.7% formaldehyde (Sigma, St. Louis, MS) and permeabilized with 0.1% saponin (Riedel-de Haen AG, Seelze, Germany) dissolved in PBS followed by staining sequentially with anti-p24-FITC/orPE. Cells were analyzed by flow cytometry using a FACS Calibur (Becton Dickinson, San Jose, CA). Cells were cryo- preserved after infection in 10% DMSO. Immediately before injection cells were thawed, washed and apoptosis was induced by gamma irradiation (150 Gy).
Immunizations
Six macaques received the exemplary SIV vaccine (equivalent of 2OxIO6 cells containing 8.5-22% p24 positive cells as measured by Flow Cytometry) five , weeks after initiation of ART by intraperitoneal injections. Six 'control' animals received saline. The immunizations were repeated six weeks later and the ART was provided during the immunization periods and continued until five weeks after the last immunization.
Clinical chemistry and haematology
Clinical chemistry and haematology was measured by a local clinical laboratory (Academic laboratory, Uppsala Hospital). The analyses were haemoglobin, EVF, erytocytes, Erc-MCV, Erc-MCH, Erc-MCHC, leukocytes, trombocytes, neutrophils, eosinophils, basophils, lymphocytes, monocytes and reticulocytes. Potassium, phosphate, LD, glutamyltransferase, ASAT, urate, CRP, sodium, creatinine, uric acid, albumin, calcium, bilirubin, alk phosphatase, ALAT, iron and chloride.
Clinical symptoms and local reactions
Clinical symptoms, general behaviour and local reactions after immunizations were also recorded. Viral load and CD4 counts
Blood samples for virus isolation, sera, viral load determination and CD4 counts were collected at regular intervals after infection. SIV viral levels in macaque plasma samples were measured using the RT activity assay ExaVir Load version 2 kit (Cavidi Tech AB, Uppsala, Sweden), according to manufacturers' instructions. Results from assays were analyzed using the kit computer software (ExaVir Load Analyzer, version 1.62). The RT activity measured correlates with SIV RNA loads, as recently described (Corrigan et al AIDS 2006).
The animals were monitored for changes in their CD4+ cell counts by using flow cytometry. Briefly 50 μl of whole blood is stained in TruCount-tubes containing anti-CD45-PerCP (clone D058-1283, Becton Dickinson (BD)), anti-CD4-FITC (clone L200, BD) and anti-CD8-PE (clone SKl, BD). Results from 100.000 cells are collected and presented as the frequency of CD4/CD8+ cells or number of CD4/CD8+ cells /μl blood.
Results
All twelve monkeys were infected with a peak viral load >3xl O6 copies/ml of SIV RNA one week after infection. Eleven of the twelve monkeys responded to ART and had viral load values < 10000 copies/ml one month after infection. The viral load values stayed <10000 copies/ml throughout the ART period. Six macaques received two immunizations, six weeks a part, consisting of autologous apoptotic SIV239 infected cells. Six control animals received saline injections. The immunizations were well tolerated no major severe side effects were recorded. The clinical chemistry and haematology values were not altered after immunizations. Overall the monkeys tolerated the treatment well and kept their weight, which is a good sign of their general well behaviour (Figure 24).
Five weeks after the last immunization the ART was withdrawn and the viral load was measured. Three out of six animals in the control, group have high viral load (defined as more than four measurements of >10000 copies/ml after stopping ART), while one of six animals in the vaccinated group has high viral load. Monkeys were followed until three months after stopping ART (see Table 2).
Table 2
Viral load after immunizations and cessation of ART in cynomolgus macaques
Figure imgf000112_0001
References
Corrigan GE, Hansson EO, Morner A, Berry N, Kallander CF, Thorstensson R (2006) Reverse transcriptase viral load correlates with RNA in SrV/SHIV- infected macaques. AIDS Res Hum Retroviruses. 9:917-23 Kestler, HW d, Y Li, YM Naidu, CV Butler, MF Ochs, G Jaenel, NW King, MD Daniel, RC Desrosiers. 1988. Comparison of simian immunodeficiency virus isolates. Nature 331:619-622.
Ill Example E
Materials and Methods
Mice
DBA/2xC57Bl/6 mice (Fl H^) transgenic for HLA-A2 were kindly provided by Linda Sherman (see Vitiello et al, 1991). Mice were bred and kept at the animal facility at MTC, Karolinska Institutet. Mice were challenged intrarectally.
HIV-I VMuLV
Amphotropic MuLV (A4070) in the CEM-IB cell line was used to prepare pseudovirus with the HIV-I MB strain (kindly provided by Drs D. H and S. A Spector at University of California, San Diego, CA) and splenocytes were infected as previously described (Spector et al J.Virol 1990Andang et al 1999). ELISA was used to quantify the p24 content in cell-free supernatants at days 1, 3 and 6 after infection and tissue culture ID5O was calculated. Stocks of virus infected cells were frozen in 10% DMSO until use. The day of challenge the cells were thaw and washed. 5x106 cells were used per animal for challenge. Mice were sacrificed 8-10 days after challenge. HIV-I isolation was performed from gut biopsies and p24 secretion from PHA stimulated human T cells were measured day, 4, 7, 10, 13.
Microbicide
The microbicide composition based on activated apoptotic cells were obtained by stimulating C3H/He (H-2k) murine spleen cells in vitro with Con A (2.5μg/ml (Sigma, St Louis, MO). 2x106 cells/ml was cultured in RPMI 1640 medium containing 10%FCS for 24 h. The obtained cells were frozen in 10%DMSO until the day of use. The day of challenge with HIV/MuLV cells, the Con A activated cells were thaw, washed two times in PBS and exposed to gamma-irradiation (150 Gy) for apoptosis induction. The microbicide apoptotic cell composition and challenge infected cells were given intrarectally at the same time.
Results
To investigate whether activated apoptotic lymphocytes have anti-viral properties in vivo, we inoculated mice with live HIV-I MuIV infected cells in the absence or presence of activated apoptotic cells. Mice received 5x106 HIV-1/MuLV infected cells and 8-10 days later virus isolations were performed. Four out of six animals were virus isolation positive in the control group (see Table 3). Two out of six animals were virus isolation positive in the group that received a low dose (10 cells) activated apoptotic cells, while none out of six animals were virus isolation positive in the group that received the high dose (106 cells) activated apoptotic cells. These findings suggest that activated apoptotic lymphocytes are able to provide an anti- viral milieu not only in vitro but also in vivo.
The finding that activated apoptotic lymphocytes has the capacity to provide an anti-viral milieu supports the concept of using activated apoptotic cells as a therapeutic HIV-I vaccine and as a microbicide or a combination thereof. During HIV-I infection activated T cells are preferentially infected. Specifically, HIV-I specific T cells were shown to be preferentially infected during HIV-I infection (Douek et al, 2002). It would therefore be beneficial for a therapeutic vaccine regimen to provide not only relevant antigen to boost immune responses but also to provide an anti- viral milieu at the site of antigen presentation to protect T cells that are being activated by the vaccine from becoming infected.
Table 3: Frequency of HIV- 1/MuLV isolation positive animals after rectal challenge.
Microbicide Dose #p24+/ #p24+/ Totat Total0
4/6 5/6
ActivApop3 105 2/6 3/6
ActivApop 106 0/6 1/6
Con A activated apoptotic syngeneic splenocytes (Activ Apop) were gamma-irradiated 1-2 h before use as a microbicide formulation. Microbicide formulation was given at the same time as challenge dose of live HTvTMuLV infected cells. Results show number of animals virus isolation positive after 13 days of culture/ total number of animals in each group. Results show number of animals virus isolation positive after 22 days of culture/ total number of animals in each group.
References
Andang, M., J. Hinkula, G. Hotchkiss, S. Larsson, S. Britton, F. Wong-Staal, B. Wahren, and L. Ahrlund-Richter. 1999. Dose-response resistance to HIV- 1/MuLV pseudotype virus ex vivo in a hairpin ribozyme transgenic mouse model. Proc Natl Acad Sd USA 96:12749. Douek DC, Brenchley JM, Berts MR, Ambrozak DR, Hill BJ, Okamoto Y, Casazza JP, Ruruppu J, Kunstman K, Wolinsky S, Grossman Z, Dybul M, Oxenius A, Price DA, Connors M, Koup RA. 2002 HIV preferentially infects HIV-specific CD4+ T cells Nature. 417:95-8
Spector, D. H., E. Wade, D. A. Wright, V. Koval, C. Clark, D. Jaquish, and S. A. Spector. 1990. Human immunodeficiency virus pseudotypes with expanded cellular and species tropism. J Virol 64:2298.
Vitiello A, Marchesini D, Furze J, Sherman LA, Chesnut RW. 1991. Analysis of the HLA-restricted influenza-specific cytotoxic T lymphocyte response in transgenic mice carrying a chimeric human-mouse class I major histocompatibility complex. J Exp Med. 173(4):] 007-15. Example F
Introduction
In the present study we used apoptotic cells as an antigen delivery system, with the aim to investigate whether immunizations with infected apoptotic cells are able to induce cellular and humoral immune responses in sera and at mucosal sites as well as neutralizing activity in sera. Microbial infected cells that undergo apoptosis can "be taken up by neighbouring antigen presenting cells such as dendritic cells and allow for efficient antigen presentation on MHC class I and II molecules without infecting the antigen presenting cells (APC) [1] . This phenomenon termed cross-presentation was first coined studying minor histocompatibility antigens [2] . Cross-presentation of microbial antigens has since then been shown for many pathogens such as influenza virus, HIV-I, Vaccinia virus, Canarypox virus, EBV, CMV, Salmonella and TB [1, 3, 4] . The term cross-presentation implies that exogenous protein or peptide antigens are taken up by the APC leading to antigen-presentation on MHC class I molecules. The molecular mechanisms for this pathway are currently being revealed but there are still many question marks [5] . In addition to transfer of proteins, we have shown transfer of DNA between eukaryotic cells after uptake of apoptotic cells [6-8] . Transfer of DNA led to production of proteins synthesized in the recipient cell provided that the DNA was integrated in the donor genome [6] . The infected apoptotic cell that carries integrated DNA can thus be viewed as an antigen delivery system that carries both microbial DNA and proteins from the dying cell.
In a previous mouse study we raised the question of whether apoptotic HIV-I infected cells were capable of eliciting HTV-specific immune responses in vivo [9] . To overcome the cellular tropism of HIV-I, which is a major obstacle in small animal models, we used a pseudotyped virus generated by using the amphotropic MuLV and HIV- ILAI [10, 11] . This pseudovirus can infect and . replicate in murine cells leading to production of gpl20 and gρl60 HIV-I proteins [10] . We were able to show that inoculation of mice with apoptotic HIV-I/ MuLV infected cells induces HIV-I specific immunity [9] . We used i.p vaccination in the previous study because it allows for induction of immune responses in the spleen of mice. We also reasoned that the close proximity to lymphoid compartments of the gut could potentially be beneficial for induction of gut and mucosa associated immune responses. HIV-I infection is characterized by a heavy viral load burden in lymphoid organs including lymphoid compartments at mucosal sites such as the gut [12, 13] . The most common routes of transmission world-wide are via mucosal routes in the genital and rectal regions. It is therefore very likely that both prophylactic and therapeutic HIV-I vaccines should be able to mount HIV-I specific immune responses able to clear virus and virus infected cells at mucosal sites. There are still many unresolved questions regarding which route of administration that would be required in order to mount effective HIV-I specific immune responses in the genital-rectal area and in the gut-associated lymphoid compartment. The present study was undertaken to compare different routes of administration after vaccination with apoptotic HΓV-1/MULV infected cells and in addition to measure whether neutralizing activity could be detected in these mice.
Materials and Methods
Mice and immunizations
C57BL/6 mice were bred and kept at the animal facility at MTC, Karolinska Institute! Mice were immunized i.p, s.c, Lm. or i.n. with either apoptotic HIV- 1/MuLV infected or MuLV infected cells as previously reported [9] . In brief, human CEM-IB cells containing the complete murine leukaemia virus A4070 genome were infected with the human immunodeficiency virus type 1 MB [14] . The supernatant the infected cultures contained HIV-1/MuLV pseudovirus, which was then used to infect Concanavalin A/rIL-2 activated syngeneic murine spleen cells. The content of HIV-I p24 antigen was analysed by lysis of 1x106 HIV- 1/MuLV infected splenocytes [11] . A total dose equivalent of Ing of p24 was given on each day of immunization and this amount corresponded to 1-2x106 cells. Two groups of mice immunized s.c or i.m also received recombinant murine rGM-CSF, Prospec-Tany Ltd., Israel) as adjuvant (lμg/immunization). The obtained cells were frozen in 10% DMSO until the day of immunization. The day of immunization cells were thawed, washed two times in PBS and exposed to gamma-irradiation (150 Gy) for apoptosis induction, as previously described [9] . Animals were immunized two times with 3 weeks between immunizations. Two weeks after the last immunization the mice were bled and sera were analysed for antibody content. Faeces and vaginal IgA was collected as previously described [15-17] . hi brief, fresh fecal pellets were collected and weighted. The faeces was dissolved in PBS containing 1% protease inhibitors (100 mg/lmL PBS, Sigma- Aldrich, S:t Louis, MA). The faeces debris were removed by centrifugation 1200 x g for 20 min at +40C and the IgA containing supernatants were collected and frozen in -7O0C until assayed by ELISA.
Cellular immune responses
Splenocytes (2x105 cells/well) were cultured for 3-6 days in RPMI 1640 supplemented with 2mM L-glutamine, 5x10"5 M 2-ME, 1OmM Hepes, 50 IU/ml penicillin and 50μg/ml streptomycin as well as 10% FCS (GIBCO, Life Technologies, Paisley, United Kingdom). Antigens were purified recombinant proteins; Nef (0.6μg/ml) (kindly provided by Drs. B. Kohleisen and V. Erfle, GSF5 Neuherberg Germany), p24 (2.5μg/ml) (Protein Sciences, Meriden, CT), control protein (2.5μg/ml) (Protein Sciences, Meriden, CT) and Concanavalin A (Con A) (2μg/ml) (Sigma). Proliferation was measured using 3H-thymidine (I DCi/well) (Amersham, Pharmacia, Uppsala, Sweden). Liquid scintillation was used to reveal counts per minute (cpm). IL-2 and EFN-γ released into the supernatants of antigen-stimulated splenocytes after 48 hours were measured using ELISA kits (MabTech, Nacka, Sweden) according to the manufacturer's instructions.
ELISA
ELISA was carried out essentially as previously described [16] . Briefly, ELISA plates (Nunc Maxisorp; Odense, Denmark) were coated with recombinant 2007/004303
subtype B gpl60, p24 (lμg/ml) (Protein Sciences Corp., Meriden, CT, USA) or recombinant subtype B p55 (1 μg/ml) (Aalto, Dublin, Ireland) and E. CoIi- expressed recombinant proteins Nef (GSF, Munchen, Germany.) [18] . Briefly, plates were blocked with 5% fat-free milk in PBS and serum was diluted in 2.5% milk in PBS with 0.05% Tween 20 and added lOOul/well. HRP labeled goat anti- mouse IgG (Bio-rad laboratories, Richmond) or IgA (Southern Biotech, Birmingham, AL), using o-phenylene diamine as a substrate was used to reveal the presence of antibodies by a color reaction. Plates were then developed for 30 min by adding O-phenylene diamine buffer (Sigma). The colour reaction was stopped with 2.5 M H2SO4 and the optical density (OD) was read at 490 nm. Absorbance values higher than twice the pre-immunization value were considered positive.
Plaque reduction neutralization assay
Three different HIV-I isolates were used in the neutralization assays: HIV-IHIB (the immunogen) and two primary HIV-I isolates of subtype B (SE1991:1541 and SE1838:3995) collected in Sweden [19, 20] . Virus stocks were prepared on peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) as described previously [21] .
The GHOST(3) cell line-based plaque assay is a single cycle infectivity assay for HW and SIV, where green fluorescent protein (GFP) expression is a hallmark of infection [19, 22, 23] . The assay was performed in 96- well microtiter plates (TRP3 Switzerland) where infected single cells or syncytia appear as distinct green fluorescent plaques and are counted as plaque-forming units (PFU). To determine an appropriate virus concentration for the neutralization assays the virus was first titrated on the GHOST(3) cells. For the neutralization assay, heat inactivated sera and the virus were diluted and mixed in culture medium (DMEM, (Sigma, UK) supplemented with 7.5% FCS (Hyclone, Argentina) and 50U/ml penicillin and 50ug/ml streptomycin as well as 2ug/ml polybrene (Sigma, UK)), to give a final 1:40 serum dilution and as a virus dilution to yield between 20 and 100 PFU/well. The virus and serum mixtures were incubated at 37 °C for one hour. After incubation, the mixtures were further diluted in two 5 -fold steps and distributed to triplicate wells in a volume of 150 μl per well. The virus and virus- serum mixtures were titrated in parallel to allow determination of the percentage of neutralization. The day after infection the virus-serum mixtures were replaced with fresh medium. The cultures were checked for expression of GFP using fluorescence microscopy three days after infection. Virus litres were calculated as PFU/ml: (average number of plaques in triplicate wells x virus dilution)/volume in the well. The neutralizing property of the serum was calculated as percentage plaque reduction of the virus titration by the formula 1-(PFU with serum/PFU without serum) x 100. The assay has a cut-off for neutralization at 3 SD (30%) that is, values below 30% are considered as negative for neutralization.
Results
Lymphocyte proliferation and cytokine production after immunization with apopto tic HIV-I /MuL V infected cells
To compare different routes of administration using apoptotic cells as an antigen delivery system, we immunized mice two times with three weeks interval before sacrifice and measured the capacity of splenocytes to respond to in vitro restimulation. We were able to induce significant proliferation against both rNef and rp24 after immunization i.p, i.n, s.c or i.m. with apoptotic HIV-1/MuLV cells compared with control apoptotic cells (Fig. 25 A and B). The addition of the proinflammatory cytokine GM-CSF as an adjuvant did not further improve the HIV- 1 specific lymphocyte proliferation. To measure the overall capacity of the splenocytes to proliferate, we measured ConA induced proliferation among the different groups of mice tested. There was a significantly reduced ConA induced response in the mice immunized with apoptotic HIV- 1/MuLV s.c in the presence of GM-CSF (Fig. 25C). This group of mice was nevertheless able to mount both HIV- 1 Nef andp24 specific responses.
We collected supernatants from the antigen-stimulated splenocytes cultures and assessed IL-2 and IFN-γ content after 48 hours of restimulation. We could detect significant levels of IFN-γ after restimulation with Nef in cultures obtained from mice immunized with apoptotic HIV-l/MuLV infected cells immunized i.p., i.n., and i.m (Fig. 26A). The addition of GM-CSF was necessary for Nef-induced proliferation after s.c and resulted in increased IFN-γ. production after i.m. immunization. Low but significant p24 induced IFN-γ production could only be detected after i.p and i.n immunization. However, the addition of GM-CSF as an adjuvant resulted in p24 induced IF IFN-γ production also after s.c and i.m immunization (Fig. 26B). The ConA induced IFN-γ responses were similar in all groups of mice (Fig. 26C).
The IL-2 responses mirrored the proliferative responses (Fig 27). Hence, all groups of mice that received apoptotic HIV-l/MuLV infected cells, regardless of immunization route, produced IL-2 in vitro after re-stimulation with Nef and p24. The ConA induced IL-2 production was similar in all groups of mice. The quantities of IL-2 detected after ConA stimulation was comparable or even lower than the HIV-I antigen stimulated cultures, which is likely to reflect differences in the kinetics of mitogen induced IL-2 production compared with antigen induced.
Induction of HIV-I reactive antibodies in sera and at mucosal sites after immunization with apoptotic HIV-I /MuL V infected cells
The presence of HIV-I reactive IgG and IgA was measured in mice after different routes of administration with apoptotic infected cells (Table 4). The mice were immunized two times with three week interval and sera were collected two weeks after the last immunization. There was significant induction of HIV-I specific serum IgG and IgA after immunization with apoptotic HFV- 1/MuLV infected cells i.p. s.c, or Ln. However, the i.m route required the addition of GM-CSF in order to induce detectable titres against p24 IgG and IgA. The addition of GM- CSF for s.c immunization resulted in significantly increased IgG titres against gpl60, p24 and Nef as well as IgA p24. Overall the most robust responses, defined as significant reactivity against all antigens tested (gpl60, p24, and Nef), were induced after i.p immunization or after s.c immunization with addition of GM-CSF. The mice immunized i.n also had relatively high titres against all antigens tested. However, due to higher inter individual variation in the i.n. group not all values reached significance.
Because HIV-I is transmitted mostly via mucosal surfaces and is likely to persist also at these sites after infection, we measured the presence of HIV-I specific IgA isolated from faeces and vaginal lavage (Table 5). We were able to detect significant induction of faecal IgA against gρl60 and p24 after immunization with apoptotic HIV- 1/MuLV infected cells. We were also able to detect
" measurable responses of Nef-reactive IgA in faeces and against gplβO, p24 and Nef in vaginal lavage but these values did not reach significance. Ln immunization with apoptotic HTV- 1/MuLV infected cells resulted in significant titres of faecal and vaginal IgA against p24. There were no detectable mucosa associated IgA detected after immunization s.c or i.m regardless of addition of
GM-CSF.
Neutralizing activity detected in sera after immunization with apoptotic HIV- 1/MuLV infected cells
The induction of neutralizing antibodies is a major goal for the development of a prophylactic vaccine but it may also be of importance for a therapeutic HIV-I vaccine because some data support the presence of persistent neutralizing antibodies in long-term non-progressors [24-27] . We have previously reported reactivity in sera against the gp41 cross-clade epitope ELDKWASLWN after immunization with apoptotic HFV- 1/MuLV infected cells [9] . We therefore decided to investigate whether it was possible to detect neutralizing activity using a standardized assay after immunization with infected cells [19] .
In the first set of experiments mice were immunized i.p either one or two times before sera were collected and analyzed for neutralizing activity against autologous virus (Table 6). Mice were also challenged with live HIV-1/MuLV infected cells after immunizations and sera were collected after challenge. The control group of mice immunized with non-infected cells did not mount any neutralizing antibodies, not even ten days after challenge with live HIV- 1/MuLV infected cells. Immunization once with apoptotic HIV-1/MuLV cells did not result in detectable neutralizing activity. However, we were able to reveal values above the cut-off of 30% neutralization after two immunizations in all experiments performed. The presence of neutralizing activity persisted but did not increase after challenge with live HIV- 1/MuLV infected cells (Table 3). However, we could not detect neutralization against two primary isolates SE1991 :1541 or SE1838:3995 (data not shown).
To further evaluate requirements for induction of neutralizing antibodies using apoptotic HIV-1/MuLV infected cells as immunogen, we compared different routes of immunizations (Table 6). Inoculation with apoptotic MuLV infected cells were control groups for each administration route and these values were set to 0% neutralization. Sera from tree-six mice were pooled to have enough material for testing and data after two immunizations are shown. We could detect neutralization in the groups of mice that had received s.c immunizations in the presence of GM-CSF. However, s.c immunization without addition of GM-CSF did not provide detectable neutralizing activity. Similar results were obtained with the i.m. route. Hence, i.m immunization with HIV-1/MuLV infected cells did not show any neutralization while one of the two groups of mice immunized i.m in the presence of GM-CSF displayed neutralizing activity. There was also some variation in the results obtained from the group immunized i.n where one group of mice displayed neutralizing activity while the other group did not.
Table 4 - HIV-I antibody titers in serum after immunization with apoptotic HIV/MuLV infected cellsa
Immunogeii GM-CSF Route of Serum IgG Serum IgA admin gplθO p24 Nef gpl60 p24 Nef
MuLV b - Lp. <100 <100 <100 <100 <100 <100 HIVMuLV b i.p. 180±25.1 1666±533 170±23.7 261±58.3 1182+191 153±22.7
10 MuLV b s.c. <100 <100 <100 <100 <100 <100 HIV/MuLVb - s.c. 145+19.7 945±390 113±7.00 122±10.4 714±145 133±15.4
MuLV c + s.c. <100 <100 <100 <100 <100 <100 HIV/MuLVb + s.c. 602±86.1d 6275±973 d 550±105d 268±66.7 1578±319 d 159±25.0
15
MuLV c + i.m. <100 <100 <100 <100 <100 <100 HIV/MuLV0 i.m. 108±5.43 313±56.0 242±88.0 110±8.16 245±55.8 117+14.8
K* HIV/MuLV0 + i.m. 277±84.2 3017±531d 167±24.7 177±46.4 803±147d 208±62.0
20 MuLV c i.n. <100 . <100 <100 <100 <100 <100 HIV/MuLV c - i.n. 175±36.9 525+109 295±95.6 227±50.3 - 670±138 208±61.5
aFemale C57B1/6 mice were immunized at 0 and 3 weeks with syngeneic apoptotic HIV-1/MuLV infected cells either with or without GM-CSF (lμg). Serum IgG and 25 IgA were isolated two weeks after the last immunization and were analysed for presence of HIV-I binding antibodies. The data are expressed as the reciprocal of serum antibody titer (geometric mean titer, (GMT± S.E.M.))
Levels of significance between the groups immunized with either apoptotic MuLV- or HIV-1/MuLV- infected cells were evaluated by Wilcoxon signed rank test (p-values
<0.05 were considered significant; in bold) bn=12 30 cn=6 d Significant differences between the groups immunized with apoptotic HIV-1/MuLV infected cells either with or without GM-CSF were evaluated by non-parametric
Mann-Whitney test (p>0.05 were considered significant).
Table 5 - HIV antibody titers at mucosal sites after immunization with apoptotic HIV/MuLV infected cellsa
Immunogen GM-CSF Route of Faecal IgA Vaginal IgA Admin.
Total IgA gpl60 p24 Nef Total IgA gplθO p24 Nef ug/ml ug/ml
MuLV b - Lp. 59.0+13.1 <4 <4 <4 9.5±3.1 <2 - <2 <2 HIV/MuLVb i.p. 54.5+14.7 12+2.3 14+1.6 6.3±1.0 13.2±3.4 2.3±0.8 3+1.1 5.3±3.0
10
MuLV b s.c. 57.0+12.5 <4 <4 <4 9.5+2 HIV/MuLVb s.c. . 68.8+16.5 <4 <4 <4 11.8±4.2 MuLV c + s.c. 58.8+17.0 <4 <4 <4 11+2 HIV/MuLVb + s.c. 62.5±12.6 <4 <4 <4 8.6+4
15
MuLV c + i.m. 52.3+12.2 <4 <4 <4 7.2±2.4 <2 to HIV/MuLV0 i.m. 56.0+11.0 <4 <4 <4 8.7+4.2 <2 HIV/MuLV0 + i.m. 66.8±20.4 <4 <4 <4 13.3±5.4
Figure imgf000125_0001
<2
20 MuLV c Ln. 70.3+17.4 <4 <4 <4 12.2+5.6 <2 <2 <2 HTV/MuLV0 - Ln. 57.5±13.8 9.3±2.2 69±13 17±4.9 12.3+4.6 4.3±1.0 8.7±1.9 2.3±0.3
25 aFeinale C57B1/6 mice were immunized at 0 and 3 weeks with syngeneic apoptotic HIV-1/MuLV infected cells either with or without GM-CSF (lμg). Faecal and vaginal
Ig A were isolated two weeks after the last immunization and were analysed for presence of HIV-I binding antibodies. The data are expressed as the arithmetic mean+
SD.
Levels of significance between the groups immunized with either apoptotic MuLV- or HIV-1/MuLV- infected cells were evaluated by Wilcoxon signed rank test (p-values
<0.05 were considered significant; in bold)
30 bn=12 cn=6
Λ to iii toooo Table 6 - HIV Neutralizing activity in serum after immunization with apoptotic HIV/MuLV infected cellsa
to
Figure imgf000126_0001
aFemale C57B1/6 mice were immunized at 0 and 3 weeks with syngeneic apoptotic HIV-1/MuLV infected cells either with or without GM-CSF (IDg). In some experiments challenge with live infected cells was performed. Neutralization against HIVms was measured in sera obtained from pools of 3-6 mice isolated two weeks after last immunization or challenge. The data are expressed as % neutralization compared with the control group in a serum dilution of 1:40. Each lane represents data from pools of 3-6 mice. Three independent experiments using different bacthes of cellular vaccine preparations were performed for the i.p. route, while the other administration routes represent data obtained from one experiment but neutralization assay was set up using two different pools of sera. Totally 108 mice were used in the above experiments. A fluorescence plaque reduction assay using GHOST cells expressing CD4 and CXCR4 as well as the GFP marker was used. Neutralizing activity
10 against the HTVHIB isolate was analysed and was considered positive above 30% neutralization (3SD above control). Va., not applicable
Discussion
In the present report we show that it is possible to induce neutralizing activity in mice after immunization with apoptotic HIV-1/MuLV infected cells. We compared different routes of immunizations and found that the most robust neutralizing activity was induced after i.p immunization. However, neutralizing activity was also detected in the groups of mice immunized Lm and s.c in the presence of GM-CSF as well as i.n. In our first report, using apoptotic HIV-I
•- >. infected cells' as immunogen, we could detect antibodies directed against Env and against a linear peptide spanning the gp41 cross-clade epitope ELDKWASLWN [9] . Here, we can confirm induction of both IgG and IgA antibodies directed against gpl60 after immunization with apoptotic HIV- 1/MuLV infected cells either i.p. or after s.c. injection in the presence of GM-CSF. The pseudovirus HIV-1/MuLV is composed of a MuLV envelope and has the complete HIV-I LAI genome inserted [10] . Infection with HIV-1/MuLV can be neutralized by MuLV- Env-specific antibodies but not by the HIV-ILAI neutralizing mAb P4/D10 [14] . In general when two unrelated viruses infect the same cell, there is phenotypic exchange of the envelope viral glycoproteins and the pseudotype progeny commonly contains a mosaic of the glycoproteins of both viruses [10] . However, the finding that HFV- 1/MuLV is not neutralized by the P4/D10 mAb questions whether HFV-I Env exists on the surface of the pseudotype virus. In addition, it was shown that removal of the carboxyterminal domain of the transmembrane HIV-I Env protein was required to obtain pseudotype virus with a MuLV Env negative virus [28] . The finding that we can detect neutralizing activity in sera from mice immunized with HIV-1/MuLV infected cells poses the question of immunogen source and specificities of the neutralizing activity. Upon uptake the phagocytosed apoptotic vesicles are being degraded and antigen can be presented by both MHC class I and class II molecules [5] . In addition, we have shown transfer of DNA from the apoptotic cells to the phagocyte leading to de novo protein synthesis [6-8] . Hence, it would appear that the induction of apoptosis in the HIV-1/MuLV infected cells allowed for presentation of epitopes with neutralizing activity. The induction of mucosa associated IgA is a desirable component for a prophylactic HIV-I vaccine and may also have a role to play in therapeutic vaccinations. The results presented here show that it was only the i.n. and i.p. routes that gave detectable mucosa-associated IgAs after immunization with apoptotic HIV- 1/MuLV infected cells. The intranasal route of immunization resulted in induction of IgA recovered from both faeces and vaginal secretions. We previously reported that i.p. immunization with apoptotic HIV-1/MuLV infected cells can lead to resistance to challenge with live HIV- 1/MuLV infected cells. In two independent experiments; all twelve animals that received two i.p. immunizations with apoptotic HIV-1/MuLV and displayed mucosa associated antibodies [9] as well as neutralizing activity (Table 6), were resistant to mucosal challenge [9] . The frequency virus isolation positive animals immunized with control apoptotic cells were 11/14 [9] . Hence, the mucosal challenge experiments performed suggests that the immune responses induced by vaccination with apoptotic HIV- 1 /MuLV infected cells may have functional implications .
We report here that the induction of cellular immune responses, measured as splenocyte proliferation and IL-2 production, was less dependent upon the vaccination route used. Hence, all different vaccinations routes tested here (s.c, i.m., i.n., and i.p.) resulted in significant induction of proliferation and IL-2 production after restimulation with Nef or p24. The addition of GM-CSF as an adjuvant did not further improve the magnitude of proliferation. However, the addition of GM-CSF increased the Nef and p24-induced IFN-γ production as well as antibody production after s.c and i.m. immunization.
The rational behind the addition of GM-CSF was to facilitate the recruitment of dendritic cells to the site of immunization [29] . GM-CSF is able to induce differentiation of monocytes to immature dendritic cells with capacity to phagocytose apoptotic cells in vitro, hi addition, immunization with irradiated, GM-CSF transfected tumor cells was previously shown to stimulate a local inflammatory reaction consisting of DCs, macrophages and granulocytes [30, 31]. As the name implies, GM-CSF has the ability to generate granulocytes and macrophage lineage populations of cells from precursors. We could not detect any additional effect in terms of splenocyte proliferation after using GM-CSF as adjuvant, reflecting that it did not promote T cell proliferation either directly or indirectly. However, the addition of GM-CSF resulted in increased HIV-specific IFN-γ production and antibody production in sera. This finding are in line with previous reports showing augmented CD4+ T cell responses after vaccination with a bicistronic HIV-I DNA vaccine expressing gpl20 and GM-CSF [32] . Furthermore, GM-CSF converted an autoimmune response to a self-antigen into an anti-tumor response by increasing the density of DCs, increasing the frequency of antigen-specific T cells and the amount of IFN- γ produced [32] . It is conceivable that GM-CSF may exert its adjuvant effects through proliferation, recruitment and /or differentiation as well as influencing the functional capacity of antigen presenting cells.
In summary, we have shown that immunization with apoptotic HIV- 1/MuLV infected cells via the i.p. or Ln. route induced mucosa-associated IgA. Furthermore, we could detect HIV-I neutralizing activity in sera after immunization with apoptotic HIV-1/MuLV infected cells. These findings support the utility of apoptotic cells as an antigen delivery system.
References
[I] Larsson M, Beignon AS, Bhardwaj N. DC-virus interplay: a double edged sword. Semin Immunol 2004;16(3):147-61. [2] Bevan MJ. Cross-priming for a secondary cytotoxic response to minor H antigens with
H-2 congenic cells which do not cross-react in the cytotoxic assay. J Exp Med 1976;143(5):1283-
8.
[3] Yrlid U, Wick MJ. Salmonella-induced apoptosis of infected macrophages results in presentation of a bacteria-encoded antigen after uptake by bystander dendritic cells. J Exp Med 2000;191(4):613-24.
[4] Schaible UE, Winau F, Sieling PA, Fischer K, Collins FiL, Hagens K, et al. Apoptosis facilitates antigen presentation to T lymphocytes through MHC-I and CDl in tuberculosis. Nat
Med 2003;9(8): 1039-46.
[5] Cresswell P, Ackerman AL, Giodini A, Peaper DR, Wearsch PA. Mechanisms of MHC class I-restricted antigen processing and cross-presentation. Immunol Rev.2005;207: 145-57.
[6] Holmgren L, Szeles A, Rajnavolgyi E, Folkman J, Klein G, Ernberg I, et al. Horizontal transfer of DNA by the uptake of apoptotic bodies. Blood 1999;93(ll):3956-63.
[7] Spetz AL, Patterson BK, Lore K, Andersson J, Holmgren L. Functional gene transfer of
HIV DNA by an HIV receptor-independent mechanism. J Immunol 1999;163(2):736-42. [8] Bergsmedh A, Szeles A, Henriksson M, Bratt A, Folkman MJ, Spetz AL, et al.
Horizontal transfer of oncogenes by uptake of apoptotic bodies. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A
2001;98(11):6407-11.
[9] Spetz AL, Sorensen AS, Walther-Jallow L, Wahren B, Andersson J, Holmgren L, et al.
Induction of HTV-l-specific immunity after vaccination with apoptotic HIV-1/murine leukemia virus-infected cells. J Immunol 2002;169(10):5771-9.
[10] Spector DH, Wade E, Wright DA, Koval V, Clark C, Jaquish D, et al. Human immunodeficiency virus pseudotypes with expanded cellular and species tropism. J Virol
1990;64(5):2298-308.
[I I] Andang M, Hinkula J, Hotchkiss G, Larsson S, Britton S, Wong-Staal F, et al. Dose- response resistance to HTV-1/MuLV pseudotype virus ex vivo in a hairpin ribozyme transgenic
" mouse model. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 1999;96(22):12749-53.
[12] Belyakov IM, Berzofsky JA. Immunobiology of mucosal HIV infection and the basis for development of a new generation of mucosal ATDS vaccines. Immunity 2004;20(3):247-53.
[13] Haase AT. Perils at mucosal front lines for HIV and SFV and their hosts. Nat Rev Immunol 2005;5(10):783-92.
[14] Hinkula J, Rollman E, Lundholm P, Benthin R, Okuda K, Wahren B. Genetic immunization with multiple HTV-I genes provides protection against HTV- 1/MuLV pseudovirus challenge in vivo. Cells Tissues Organs 2004;177(3):169-84.
[15] VanCott TC, Kaminski RW, Mascola JR, Kalyanaraman VS, Wassef NM, Alving CR, et al. HIV-I neutralizing antibodies in the genital and respiratory tracts of mice intranasally immunized with oligomeric gpl60. J Immunol 1998;160(4):2000-12.
[16] Lundholm P, Asakura Y, Hinkula J, Lucht E, Wahren B. Induction of mucosal IgA by a novel jet delivery technique for HTV-I DNA. Vaccine 1999;17(15-16):2036-42.
[17] Devito C, Zuber B, Schroder U, Benthin R, Okuda K, Broliden K, et al. Intranasal HTV- 1-gpl 60-DNA/gρ41 peptide prime-boost immunization regimen in mice results in long-term HTV-
1 neutralizing humoral mucosal and systemic immunity. J Immunol 2004;173(l l):7078-89.
[18] Kjerrstrom A, Hinkula J, Engstrom G, Ovod V, Krohn K, Benthin R, et al. Interactions of single and combined human immunodeficiency virus type 1 (HJV-1) DNA vaccines. Virology
2001;284(l):46-61. [19] Shi Y, Albert J, Francis G, Holmes H, Fenyo EM. A new cell line-based neutralization assay for primary HTV type 1 isolates. ATDS Res Hum Retroviruses 2002;18(13):957-67.
[20] Karlsson A, Parsmyr K, Sandstrom E, Fenyo EM, Albert J. MT-2 cell tropism as prognostic marker for disease progression in human immunodeficiency virus type 1 infection. J
CHn Microbiol 1994;32(2):364-70. [21] Bjorndal A, Deng H, Jansson M, Fiore JR, Colognesi C, Karlsson A, et al. Coreceptor usage of primary human immunodeficiency virus type 1 isolates varies according to biological phenotype. J Virol 1997;71(10):7478-87. [22] Morner A, Bjorndal A, Albert J, Kewalramani VN, Liftman DR, Inoue R3 et al. Primary human immunodeficiency virus type 2 (HTV-2) isolates, like HIV-I isolates, frequently use CCR5 but show promiscuity in coreceptor usage. J Virol 1999;73(3):2343-9.
[23] Nordqvist A3 Fenyo EM. Plaque-reduction assays for human and simian immunodeficiency virus neutralization. Methods MoI Biol 2005,304:273-85.
[24] Carotenuto P3 Looij D, Keldermans L3 de Wolf F3 Goudsmit J. Neutralizing antibodies are positively associated with CD4+ T-cell counts and T-cell function in long-term AJDS-free infection. Aids 1998;12(13):1591-600.
[25] Pantaleo G, Menzo S3 Vaccarezza M3 Graziosi C, Cohen OJ3 Demarest JF3 et al. Studies in subjects with long-term nonprogressive human immunodeficiency virus infection. N Engl J
Med 1995;332(4):209-16.
[26] Pilgrim AK3 Pantaleo G, Cohen OJ3 Fink LM3 Zhou JY3 Zhou JT3 et al. Neutralizing antibody responses to human immunodeficiency virus type 1 in primary infection and long-term- npnprogressive infection. J Infect Dis 1997;176(4):924-32. [27] Lauren A3 Thorstensson R3 Fenyo EM. Comparative studies 'on mucosal and intravenous transmission of simian immunodeficiency virus (SlVsm): the kinetics of evolution to neutralization resistance are related to progression rate of disease. J Gen Virol 2006;87(Pt 3):595-
606.
[28] Schnierle BS3 Stitz J3 Bosch V3 Nocken F3 Merget-Milhtzer H3 Engelstadter M3 et al. Pseudotyping of murine leukemia virus with the envelope glycoproteins of HTV generates a retroviral vector with specificity of infection for CD4- expressing cells. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A
1997;94(16):8640-5.
[29] Hamilton JA. GM-CSF in inflammation and autoimmunity. Trends Immunol
2002;23(8):403-8. [30] Dranoff G, Jaffee E3 Lazenby A, Golumbek P3 Levitsky H3 Brose K3 et al. Vaccination with irradiated tumor cells engineered to secrete murine granulocyte-macrophage colony- stimulating factor stimulates potent, specific, and long-lasting anti-tumor immunity. Proc Natl
Acad Sci U S A 1993;90(8):3539-43.
[31] Mach N3 Dranoff G. Cytokine-secreting tumor cell vaccines. Curr Opin Immunol 2000312(5):571-5.
[32] Barouch DH, Santra S3 Tenner-Racz K3 Racz P3 Kuroda MJ3 Schmitz JE, et al. Potent
CD4+ T cell responses elicited by a bicistronic HTV-I DNA vaccine expressing gpl20 and GM-
CSF. J Immunol 2002;168(2):562-8.
Example G
Material and methods
Isolation of PBMC
Peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) were separated from healthy blood donors using ficoll-hypaque density gradient centrifugation. Blood was mixed with phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) supplemented with 0.5 % albumin from • bovine serum (BSA) in a 1 :2 ratio and loaded on Ficoll Hypaque-diatrizoate and centrifuged at 750 xg for 20 min without break. The PBMC fraction was transferred to a fresh tube and washed with PBS 0.5 % BSA. The red blood cells were lysed using Red Blood Cell lysis buffer (150 mM NH4Cl, 10 mM KHCO3, 0.1 mM Na2EDTA (pH 7.2)) at room temperature for 5 min. The reaction was stopped by adding PBS 0.5 % BSA and subsequently centrifuging at 350 xg for 5 min. The cells were washed once more with PBS 0.5%BSA and finally resuspended to a concentration of 10 x 106 cells/mL.
Transfection of primary PBMCs by AMAXA
The Nucleofector technology, developed by Amaxa Biosystems, was used as the transfection method following the manufacturer's protocol. Briefly 5 x 106 primary human T cells resuspended in 100 μl optimized transfection solution was mixed with plasmid DNA, transferred to an electroporation cuvette and electroporated using program Ul 4 by Amaxa Nucleofector. Nucleofection was done introducing pKCMV-p37 (6-10 μg; kindly provided by Prof. Britta Wahren, KI/SMI). pKCMV-p37 is a synthetic plasmid carrying the gene encoding for p24 nucleocapsid and pi 7 matrix protein. The sequence is based on the molecular clone of HIV-I LAI (Accession no A04321).
As negative controls cells transfected without any DNA and non-transfected cells were used. Immediately after transfection cells were cultured in 2 ml AIM-V medium supplemented with 10% fetal calf serum in 12-well plates. Cells were allowed to rest after the transfection for four hours and thereafter the cells were stimulated by addition of anti-human CD3 (5 μg/mL; clone OKT-3; Ortho Biotech Inc. Raritan, NJ) and anti-human CD28 (2 μg/mL; L 293; BD Biosciences; San Diego, CA) antibodies. After over night stimulation, cells were stained for the expression of different antigens and activation molecules and the remaining cells were stored in fetal calf serum supplemented with 10% DMSO at -850C.
Mice and immunizations
H-2 class I knockout HLA-A2.1 transgenic C57BL/6 mice were kindly provided by Pr Francois Lemonnier, Institut Pasteur, Paris, France. Mice were bred and kept at the animal facility at MTC, Karolinska hαstitutet. Mice were immunized subcutaneously (s.c.) with vaccine constructs according to Table 7. The genes used were: p37 gag [1-5] encoded on expression vector pKCMV (described in [I]). A total dose of 50μg of DNA was given each day of immunization, which corresponded to 0.9x106 transfected cells obtained from 0.3x10 transfected cells from three different donors. All groups of mice received recombinant murine granulocyte macrophage colony-stimulating factor (rGM-CSF, Prospec-Tany Ltd., Israel) as adjuvant (lμg/immunization). The day of immunization transfected cells were thaw, washed two times in PBS and exposed to gamma- irradiation (150 Gy) for apoptosis induction, as previously described. Animals were immunized two times with 3 weeks between immunizations. Mice were sacrificed two weeks after the last irnmunization and analysed for presence of cellular immune responses.
004303
TABLE 7
Immunization of HLA-A2.1 transgenic C56BL/6 mice Vaccine Adjuvant Group of mice (n=6 in each)
HIV-DNA3 GM-CSF 1
Ctrl-DNA , GM-CSF 2
HIV TRF apop GM-CSF 3 Ctrl TRF apop GM-CSF 4
a ΗTV-gag plasmids, as described in materials and methods, were administered as DNA plasmid directly (HTV-DNA) or transfected into cells. The obtained transfected cells were exposed to gamma-irradiation before immunization to induce apoptosis (HIV TRF apop). Control empty plasmids were used for both the DNA plasmid (Ctrl-DNA) and transfected cells (Ctrl TRF) together with GM-CSF (lμg) administered s.c. on the same day.
Cellular immune responses
Cellular responses were measured as IFN-γ secretion by splenocytes and measured by ELISpot [2]. Briefly, 2x105 Ficoll (Amersham Biosciences, Sweden,) purified splenocytes from individual animals were stimulated for 24 h in the presence of peptides (15-mers overlapping by 10 amino acids, Thermo- Hybaid, Germany) covering either Nef (control peptides) or p24 proteins.
Subtype specific peptides covering p24 of subtype A and B were used. The ELISpot assay was performed according to the manufacturers instructions (Mabtech AB, Nacka, Sweden) and results are given as number of IFN-γ , producing spot forming cells (SFC) per million plated cells. .
In addition, cellular immune responses were measured as proliferation against p24 recombinant proteins. Splenocytes (2x105 cells/well) were cultured for 3-6 days in RPMI 1640 supplemented with 2mM L-glutarnine, 5x10"5 M 2-ME, 1OmM Hepes, 50 IU/ml penicillin and 50μg/ml streptomycin as well as 10% FCS (GIBCO, Life Technologies, Paisley, United Kingdom). Antigens were purified recombinant proteins; p24 (2.5μg/ml) (Protein Sciences, Meriden, CT), control protein (2.5μg/ml) (Protein Sciences, Meriden, CT), and Concanavalin A (Con A) (2μg/ml) (Sigma). Proliferation was measured using 3H-thymidine (lμCi/well) (Amersham, Pharmacia, Uppsala, Sweden). Liquid scintillation was used to reveal counts per minute (cpm).
Results
Induction of cellular immune responses
To investigate whether cellular immune responses were induced after vaccination, mice received in total two immunizations and two weeks after the last immunization, splenocytes were assessed for their capacity to produce IFN- gamma and to proliferate in vitro. Significant increase in p24 induced proliferation was induced in the group of mice that received HTVgag transfected, activated, apoptotic PBMCs as compared with control transfected, activated apoptotic PBMCs (Figure 28). Immunization with DNA plasmids alone did not induce significant proliferation. These findings suggest that activated transfected apoptotic PBMCs can function as an antigen delivery system. The capacity to induce interferon-gamma production was also measured after stimulation with a p24 peptide pool, control peptide pool or culture in medium. The group of mice that had received HTV gag transfected activated apoptotic cells showed interferon-gamma production in vitro (Figure 29). However, this occurred even without restimulation in vitro suggesting ongoing antigen presenting activities in vivo. We can conclude that it was not an overall problem with background of the assay because it was only one group of animals that displayed interferon-gamma producing activity coinciding with the group that were immunized with a HIV containing vaccine that resulted in p24 induced proliferation.
References B2007/004303
[1] A. Brave, K. Ljungberg, E. Rollman and B. "Wahren, Multisubtype/multigene DNA immunization against HTV, Rational design of vaccines and immunotherapeutics, Keystone,
Colorado, USA (2004).
£21 A.K. Zuber, A. Brave and G. Engstrδm et al, Topical delivery of imiquimod to a mouse model as a novel adjuvant for human immunodeficiency virus (HTV) DNA, Vaccine Tl (2004)
(13-14), pp. 1791-1798.
[3] M.G. Isaguliants, N.N. Petrakova and B. Zuber et al, DNA-encoding enzymatically active
BTV-I reverse transcriptase, but not the inactive mutant, confers resistance to experimental HTV-I challenge, Intervirology 43 (2000) (4-6), pp. 288-293. £4] K. Ljungberg; E. Rollman, L. Eriksson, J. Hinkula and B. Wahren, Enhanced immune responses after DNA vaccination with combined envelope genes from different HTV-I subtypes,
Virology 302 (2002) (1), pp.44-57.
[5] A. Kjerrstrδm, J. Hinkula and G. Engstrδm et al, Interactions of single and combined human immunodeficiency virus type 1 (HTV-I) DNA vaccines, Virology 284 (2001) (1), pp. 46-61

Claims

1. A cellular vaccine for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of a pathological condition, the vaccine comprising or consisting of a population of CD 4+ T cells modified such that they contain an antigenic component, and/or a nucleic acid molecule encoding an antigenic component,
wherein the T cells are:
(a) activated, or capable of being activated; and
(b) apoptotic, or capable or being made apoptotic.
2. A cellular vaccine according to Claim 1, wherein the vaccine is for therapeutic treatment of a pathological condition.
3. A cellular vaccine according to Claim 1 or 2, wherein said CD 4+ T cells are obtainable by a method comprising:
a) activating a population of CD 4 T cells; b) modifying the population of CD 4+ T cells such that they contain an antigenic component, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding an antigenic component; and c) inducing the population of CD 4+ T cells to undergo apoptosis
wherein steps (a) to (c) may be performed in any order.
4. A cellular vaccine according to Claim 3 wherein the method further comprises culturing the population of CD A+ T cells in an appropriate medium.
5. A cellular vaccine according to Claim 3 or 4 wherein the method further comprises freezing the population of CD 4 T cells.
6. A cellular vaccine according to any one of Claims 1 to 5 wherein the CD 4+ T cells are isolated/derived from primary lymphocytes.
7. A cellular vaccine according to any one of Claims 1 to 6 wherein the CD 4+ T cells are derived from the subject in which the cellular vaccine is to be used.
8. A cellular vaccine according to any one of Claims 1 to 6 wherein the CD 4+ T cells are derived from the same species as that of the subject in which the cellular vaccine is to be used.
9. A cellular vaccine according to any one of Claims 1 to 8 wherein the CD 4+ T cells are activated, or capable of being activated, by exposure to an activating agent selected from the group consisting of lectins (such as
PHA and ConA), chemicals or agents that induce Ca2+ influx in the T cells (such as ionomycin), alloantigens, superantigens (such as SEA and SEB), monoclonal antibodies (such as anti-CD3, anti-CD28 and anti-CD49d), cytokines (such as IL-I and TNF-α, chemokine and chemokine receptors, and molecules capable of interfering with T cell surface receptors or their signal transducing molecules.
10. A cellular vaccine according to Claim 9 wherein the activating agent is PHA.
11. A cellular vaccine according to Claim 9 wherein the activating agent is an anti-CD3 antibody, eitheg alone or in combination with an anti-CD28 antibody.
12. A cellular vaccine according to Claim 9 wherein the activating agent is an anti-CD49d antibody.
13. A cellular vaccine according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the CD 4+ T cells are modified such that they contain a microorganism., or antigenic component thereof, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding a microorganism or antigenic component thereof.
14. A cellular vaccine according to Claim 13 wherein the microorganism is selected from the group consisting of bacteria, mycoplasmas, protozoa, yeasts, prions, archaea, fungi and viruses.
15. A cellular vaccine according to Claim 14 wherein the microorganism is a virus.
16. A cellular vaccine according to Claim 15 wherein the virus is selected from the group consisting of retroviruses (such as HIV viruses, e.g. HIVl and HIV2), adenoviruses (such as adenoviruses 1, 2 and 5, chimpanzee), hepatitis viruses (such as hepatitis B virus and hepatitis C virus), CMV, Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), herpes viruses (such as HHV6, HHV7 and HHV8), human T-cell lymphotropic viruses (such as HTLVl and HTL V2), Pox viruses (such as canarypox, vaccinia), rabies viruses, murine leukaemia viruses, alpha replicons, measles, rubella, polio, caliciviruses, paramyxoviruses, vesicular stomatitis viruses, papilloma, leporipox, parvoviruses, papovaviruses, togaviruses, picornaviruses, reo viruses and ortmyxo viruses (such as influenza viruses).
17. A cellular vaccine according to Claim 16 wherein the virus is an HIV virus.
18. A cellular vaccine according to Claim 17 wherein the virus is HIVl or HIV2.
19. A cellular vaccine according to Claim 14 wherein the microorganism is a bacterium.
20. A cellular vaccine according to Claim 19 wherein the bacterium is selected from the group consisting of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, salmonella, listeria, Treponema pallidum, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis and Haemophilus ducreyi.
21. A cellular vaccine according to Claim 14 wherein the microorganism is a protozoan.
22. ' A cellular vaccine according to Claim 21 wherein the protozoan is selected from the group consisting of Plasmodium falciparum,
Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium ovale, Plasmodium malariae and Trichomonas vaginalis.
23. A cellular vaccine according to any one of Claims 1 to 12 wherein the CD 4+ T cells are modified such that they contain an antigenic component of a cancer cell, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding such an antigenic component.
24. A cellular vaccine according to Claim 23 wherein the cancer cell is selected from the group consisting of cancer cells of the breast, bile duct, brain, colon, stomach, bone, reproductive organs, lung and airways, skin, gallbladder, liver, nasopharynx, nerve cells, kidney, prostate, lymph glands, gastrointestinal tract, bone marrow, blood and other tumour cells containing viruses.
25. A cellular vaccine according to any one of Claims 1 to 24 wherein the CD 4+ T cells are apoptotic, or capable or being made apoptotic, by exposure to an ap'optosis-inducing agent selected from the group consisting of gamma-irradiation, cytostatic drugs, UV-irradiation, mitomycin C, starvation {e.g. serum deprivation), Fas ligation, cytokines and activators of cell death receptors (as well as their signal transducing molecules), growth factors (and their signal transducing molecules), interference with cyclins, over-expression of oncogenes, molecules interfering with anti- apoptotic molecules, interference of the membrane potential of the mitochondria and steroids.
26. A cellular vaccine according to Claim 25 wherein the apoptosis-inducing agent is gamma-irradiation.
27. A cellular vaccine according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the cellular vaccine further comprises a population of antigen-presenting cells.
28. A cellular vaccine according to Claim 27 wherein the antigen-presenting cells are macrophages.
29. A cellular vaccine according to Claim 27 wherein the antigen-presenting cells are dendritic cells.
30. A cellular vaccine according any one of the preceding claims wherein the cells are frozen.
31. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a cellular vaccine according to any one of Claims 1 to 30 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
32. A pharmaceutical composition according to Claim 31 further comprising an adjuvant, for example GM-CSF.
33. A pharmaceutical composition according to Claim 32 wherein the composition does not comprise a separate adjuvant.
34. A method for making a cellular vaccine according to any one of Claims 1 to 30, the method comprising:
a) obtaining a population of CD 4+ T cells; and b) modifying the CD 4+ T cells such that they contain an antigenic component, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding an antigenic component
wherein the T cells are activated (or capable of being activated) and apoptotic (or capable or being made apoptotic).
35. A method according to Claim 34 wherein step (a) comprises isolating/purifying the CD 4+ T cells from primary lymphocytes.
36. A method according to Claim 34 or 35 wherein the population of CD 4+ T cells in step (a) are derived from the subject in which the cellular vaccine is to be used.
37. A method according to Claim 34 or 35 wherein the population of CD A+ T cells in step (a) are derived from the same species as that of the subject in which the cellular vaccine is to be used.
38. A method according to any one of Claims 34 to 37 wherein step (b) comprises modifying the CD 4+ T cells such that they contain a microorganism, or antigenic component thereof, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding a microorganism or antigenic component thereof.
39. A method according to Claim 38 wherein microorganism is selected from the group consisting of bacteria, mycoplasmas, protozoa, prions, archaea, yeasts, fungi and viruses.
40. A method according to Claim 39 wherein the microorganism is a virus.
41. A method according to Claim 40 wherein the virus is selected from the group consisting of retroviruses (such as HIV viruses, e.g. HIVl and HIV2), adenoviruses (such as adenoviruses 1, 2 and 5, chimpanzee), hepatitis viruses (such as hepatitis B virus and hepatitis C virus), CMV, Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), herpes viruses (such as HHV6, HHV7 and HHV8), human T-cell lymphotropic viruses (such as HTLYl and HTL V2), Pox viruses (such as canarypox, vaccinia), rabies viruses, murine leukaemia viruses, alpha replicons, measles, rubella, polio, caliciviruses, paramyxoviruses, vesicular stomatitis viruses, papilloma, leporipox, parvoviruses, papovaviruses, togaviruses, picornaviruses, reoviruses and ortmyxoviruses (such as influenza viruses).
42. A method according to Claim 41 wherein the virus is an HIV virus.
43. A method according to Claim 42 wherein the virus is HIVl or HIV2.
44. A method according to Claim 39 wherein the microorganism is a bacterium.
45. A method according to Claim 44 wherein the bacterium is selected from the group consisting of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, salmonella, listeria, Treponema pallidum, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis and Haemophilus ducreyi.
46. A method according to Claim 39 wherein the microorganism is a protozoan.
47. A method according to Claim 46 wherein the protozoan is selected from the group consisting of Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium vivax,
Plasmodium ovale, Plasmodium malariae and Trichomonas vaginalis.
48. A method according to any one of Claims 34 to 37 wherein step (b) comprises modifying the CD 4+ T cells such that they contain an antigenic component of a cancer cell, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding such an antigenic component.
49. A method according to Claim 48 wherein the cancer cell is selected from the group consisting of cancer cells of the breast, bile duct, brain, colon, stomach, bone, reproductive organs, lung and airways, skin, gallbladder, liver, nasopharynx, nerve cells, kidney, prostate, lymph glands, gastrointestinal tract, bone marrow, blood and other tumour cells containing viruses.
50. A method according to any one of Claims 34 to 49 wherein the CD 4+ T cells are modified using a method selected from the group consisting of transfection, infection and fusion.
51. A method according to Claim 50 wherein the CD 4+ T cells are modified by transfection with a nucleic acid molecule encoding the antigen component.
52. A method according to Claim 51 wherein transfection is achieved using nanoparticles.
53. A method according to Claim 50 wherein the CD 4+ T cells are modified by infection with a virus.
54. A method according to any one of Claims 34 to 53 further comprising the step of activating the CD 4+ T cells.
55. A method according to Claim 54wherein the CD 4+ T cells are activated by exposure to an activating agent selected from the group consisting of lectins (such as PHA and ConA), chemicals or agents that induce Ca2+ influx in the T cells (such as ionomycin), alloantigens, superantigens (such as SEA and SEB), monoclonal antibodies (such as anti-CD3, anti- CD28 and anti-CD49d), cytokines (such as IL-I and TNF-α, chemokine and chemokine receptors, and molecules capable of interfering with T cell surface receptors or their signal transducing molecules.
56. A method according to Claim 55 wherein the activating agent is PHA.
57. A method according to Claim 55 wherein the activating agent is an anti- CD3 antibody, either alone or in combination with an anti-CD28 antibody.
58. A method according to Claim 55 wherein the activating agent is an anti- CD49d antibody.
59. A method according to any one of Claims 34 to 58 further comprising the step of culturing the CD 4+ T cells.
60. A method according to any one of Claims 34 to 59 further comprising the step of freezing the CD 4+ T cells.
61. A method according to any one of Claims 34 to 60 further comprising the step of inducing the CD 4+ T cells to undergo apoptosis.
62. A method according to Claim 61 wherein apoptosis is induced by exposure to an apoptosis-inducing agent selected from the group consisting of gamma-irradiation, cytostatic drugs, UV-irradiation, mitomycin C, starvation (e.g. serum deprivation), Fas ligation, cytokines and activators of cell death receptors (as well as their signal transducing molecules), growth factors (and their signal transducing molecules), interference with cyclins, over-expression of oncogenes, molecules interfering with anti-apoptotic molecules, interference of the membrane potential of the mitochondria and steroids.
63. The method according to Claim 62 wherein the apoptosis-inducing agent is gamma-irradiation.
64. A method according to any one of Claims 34 to 63 further comprising the step of adding a population of antigen-presenting cells to the cellular vaccine.
65. The method according to Claim 64 wherein the antigen-presenting cells are macrophages.
66. The method vaccine according to Claim 64 wherein the antigen- presenting cells are dendritic cells.
67. A method according to any one of Claims 34 to 66 comprising the following steps, in order:
(a) Peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) are isolated from a blood sample from the patient to be tested;
(b) The PBMCs isolated in step (a) are enriched for CD4+ cells (e.g. the CD 8+ cells are depleted from the PBMCs); (c) The CD4+ cell-enriched cells obtained in step (b) are cultured in vitro;
(d) The cells are activated (for example, with anti-CD 8 and anti-CD28 mAbs in the presence of IL-2);
(e) The supernatant is collected to provide an HIV virus stock from the patient; (f) The obtained virus stock is stored frozen;
(g) Steps (a) and (b) are repeated to prepare the cells to be used as immunogens;
(h) The cells obtained in step (g) are cultured in vitro; (i) The cells are activated (for example, with anti-CD 8 and anti-CD28 mAbs in the presence of IL-2);
(j) The activated CD8 negative PBMCs are incubated with autologous virus, from the stock obtained in step (f), to obtain infected cells; (k) On the day of immunisation of the patient, the infected cells are thawed (if frozen), washed and exposed to an apoptosis-inducing agent (for example, gamma-irradiation); and
(1) The cells are kept in room temperature after apoptosis induction and are used for immunisation (for example, within 2 hours). 03
68. A method for treatment of a subject with a pathological condition, the method comprising administering to the subject a cellular vaccine according to any one Claims 1 to 30 or a pharmaceutical composition according to any one of Claims 31 to 33.
69. A method according to Claim 68 wherein the treatment is therapeutic.
70. A method according to Claim 68 or 69 wherein the subject is a primate.
>.
71. A method according to Claim 70 wherein the subj ect is a human.
72. A method according to any one of Claims 68 or 71 wherein the pathological condition is caused by a microorganism selected from the group consisting of bacteria, mycoplasmas, protozoa, yeasts, prions, archaea, fungi and viruses.
73. A method according to any one of Claims 68 to 72 wherein the microorganism is a virus.
74. A method according to Claim 73 wherein the virus is selected from the group consisting of retroviruses (such as HIV viruses, e.g. HIVl and HIV2), adenoviruses (such as adenoviruses 1, 2 and 5, chimpanzee), hepatitis viruses (such as hepatitis B virus and hepatitis C virus), CMV, Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), herpes viruses (such as HHV6, HHV7 and HHV8), human T-cell lymphotropic viruses (such as HTLVl and
HTLV2), Pox viruses (such as canarypox, vaccinia), rabies viruses, murine leukaemia viruses, alpha replicons, measles, rubella, polio, caliciviruses, paramyxoviruses, vesicular stomatitis viruses, papilloma,
. leporipox, parvoviruses, papovaviruses, togaviruses, picornaviruses, reoviruses and ortmyxo viruses (such as influenza viruses).
75. A method according to Claim 74 wherein the virus is an HIV virus.
76. A method according to Claim 75 wherein the virus is HIVl or HIV2.
77. A method according to any one of Claims 68 or 72 wherein the microorganism is a bacterium.
78. A method according to Claim 77 wherein the bacterium is selected from the group consisting of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, salmonella, listeria, Treponema pallidum, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis and Haemophilus ducreyi.
79. A method according to any one of Claims 68 or 72 wherein the microorganism is a protozoan.
80. A method according to Claim 79 wherein the protozoan is selected from the group consisting of Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium vivax,
Plasmodium ovale, Plasmodium malariae and Trichomonas vaginalis.
81. A method according to any one of Claims 68 to 71 wherein the pathological condition is a cancer.
82. A method according to Claim 81 wherein the cancer is selected from the group consisting of cancers of the breast, bile duct, brain, colon, stomach, bone, reproductive organs, lung and airways, skin, gallbladder, liver, nasopharynx, nerve cells, kidney, prostate, lymph glands, gastrointestinal tract, bone marrow, blood and other tumour cells containing viruses.
83. A method according to any one of Claims 68 to 82 wherein the T cells in the cellular vaccine are exposed to an apoptosis-inducing agent immediately prior to administration to the subject.
84. A cellular vaccine according to any one Claims 1 to 30 or a pharmaceutical composition according to any one of Claims 31 to 33 for use in medicine. 03
85. A cellular vaccine according to any one Claims 1 to 30 or a pharmaceutical composition according to any one of Claims 31 to 33 for use in the treatment of a subject with a pathological condition.
86. Use of a cellular vaccine according to any one Claims 1 to 30 or a pharmaceutical composition according to any one of Claims 31 to 33 in the preparation of a medicament for treatment of a subject with a pathological condition.
87. Use of a cellular vaccine according to any one Claims 1 to 30 or a pharmaceutical composition according to any one of Claims 31 to 33 for treatment of a subject with a pathological condition.
88. The use according to Claim 85 wherein the treatment is therapeutic.
89. The use according to Claim 85 to 88 wherein the subject is a primate.
90. The use according to Claim 89 wherein the subject is a human.
91. An adjuvant composition for use in a method of vaccination, the composition comprising or consisting of a population of T cells, wherein the T cells are:
(a) activated, or capable of being activated; and
(b) apoptotic, or capable or being made apoptotic.
92. An adjuvant composition according to Claim 91 comprising or consisting of CD 4+ T cells and/or CD 8+ T cells.
93. An adjuvant composition according to Claim 91 comprising or consisting of PBMCs.
94. An adjuvant composition according to any one of Claims 91 to 93 comprising preferentially or predominantly of CD 4+ T cells, for example at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or more CD 4+ T cells.
95. An adjuvant composition according to any one of Claims 91 to 93 comprising preferentially or predominantly of CD 8 T cells, for example at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or more
' CD 8+ T cells.
96. An adjuvant composition according to any one of Claims 91 to 95 wherein the T cells are isolated/derived from primary lymphocytes.
97. An adjuvant composition according to any one of Claims 91 to 96 wherein the T cells are derived from the subject in which the adjuvant composition is to be used.
98. An adjuvant composition according to any one of Claims 91 to 96 wherein the T cells are derived from the same species as that of the subject in which the adjuvant composition is to be used.
99. An adjuvant composition according to any one of Claims 91 to 98 wherein the T cells are activated, or capable of being activated, by exposure to an activating agent selected from the group consisting of lectins (such as PHA and ConA), chemicals or agents that induce Ca2+ influx in the T cells
(such as ionomycin), alloantigens, superantigens (such as SEA and SEB), monoclonal antibodies (such as anti-CD3, anti-CD28 and anti-CD49d), cytokines (such as IL-I and TNF-α, chemokine and chemokine receptors, and molecules capable of interfering with T cell surface receptors or their signal transducing molecules.
100. An adjuvant composition according to Claim 99 wherein the activating agent is PHA.
101. An adjuvant composition according to Claim 99 wherein the activating agent is an anti-CD3 antibody, either alone or in combination with an anti- CD28 antibody.
102. An adjuvant composition according to Claim 99 wherein the activating agent is an anti-CD49d antibody
103. An adjuvant composition according to any one of Claims 91 to 102 wherein the CD4+ T cells are apoptotic, or capable or being made apoptotic, by exposure to an apoptosis-inducing agent selected from the group consisting of gamma-irradiation, cytostatic drugs, UV-irradiation, mitomycin C5 starvation (e.g. serum deprivation), Fas ligation, cytokines and activators of cell death receptors (as well as their signal transducing molecules), growth factors (and their signal transducing molecules), interference with cyclins, over-expression of oncogenes, molecules interfering with anti-apoptotic molecules, interference of the membrane potential of the mitochondria and steroids.
104. An adjuvant composition according to Claim 103 wherein the apoptosis- inducing agent is gamma-irradiation.
105. An adjuvant composition according to any one of Claims 91 to 104 wherein the adjuvant is for use with a vaccine against a pathogenic condition selected from the group consisting of HIV, tuberculosis, malaria, influenza and cancer.
106. An adjuvant composition according to Claim 105 wherein the vaccine is an HTV vaccine.
107. An adjuvant composition according to Claim 105 wherein the vaccine is a cancer vaccine.
108. An adjuvant composition according to any one of Claims 91 to 107 wherein the vaccine comprises or consists of an attenuated or original viral vector selected from the group consisting of adenoviruses (such as adenoviruses 1, 2 and 5, chimpanzee), hepatitis viruses (such as hepatitis B virus and hepatitis C virus), Pox viruses (such as canarypox, vaccinia), rabies virus, murine leukaemia virus, alpha replicons, measles, rubella, polio, calicivirus, paramyxovirus, vesicular stomatitis virus, papilloma, leporipox, parvovirus, papovavirus, togavirus, picornavirus, reovirusx and ortmyxovirus (such as influenza viruses) and bacterial vectors (such as vectors selected from the group of mycobacteria, salmonella, listeria,
Treponema pallidum, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis and Haemophilus ducreyi).
109. An adjuvant composition according to any one of Claims 91 to 108 wherein the T cells are modified such that they contain an antigenic component, and/or a nucleic acid molecule encoding an antigenic component thereof.
110. An adjuvant composition according to Claim 109 wherein the T cells are modified such that they contain a microorganism, or antigenic component thereof, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding a microorganism or antigenic component thereof.
111. An adjuvant composition according to Claim 110 wherein the microorganism is selected from the group consisting of bacteria, mycoplasmas, protozoa, yeasts, prions, archaea, fungi and viruses.
112. An adjuvant composition according to Claim 111 wherein the microorganism is a virus.
113. An adjuvant composition according to Claim 112 wherein the virus is selected from the group consisting of retroviruses (such as HIV viruses, e.g. HIVl and HIV2), adenoviruses (such as adenoviruses 1, 2 and 5, chimpanzee), hepatitis viruses (such as hepatitis B virus and hepatitis C virus), CMV, Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), herpes viruses (such as HHV6, HHV7 and HHV8), human T-cell lymphotropic viruses (such as HTLVl and HTL V2), Pox viruses (such as canarypox, vaccinia), rabies viruses, murine leukaemia viruses, alpha replicons, measles, rubella, polio, caliciviruses, paramyxoviruses, vesicular stomatitis viruses, papilloma, leporipox, parvoviruses, papovaviruses, togaviruses, picornaviruses, reoviruses and ortmyxoviruses (such as influenza viruses).
114. An adjuvant composition according to Claim 113 wherein the virus is an HIV virus.
115. An adjuvant composition according to Claim 114 wherein the virus is HrVl or HIV2.
116. An adjuvant composition according to Claim 111 wherein the microorganism is a bacterium.
117. An adjuvant composition according to Claim 116 wherein the b acterium is selected from the group consisting of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, salmonella, listeria, Treponema pallidum, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis and Haemophilus ducreyi.
118. An adjuvant composition according to Claim 111 wherein the microorganism is a protozoan.
119. An adjuvant composition according to Claim 118 wherein the protozoan is selected from the group consisting of Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium ovale, Plasmodium malariae and Trichomonas vaginalis.
120. An adjuvant composition according to Claim 109 wherein the T cells are modified such that they contain an antigenic component of a cancer cell, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding such an antigenic component.
121. An adjuvant composition according to Claim 120 wherein the cancer cell is selected from the group consisting of cancer cells of the breast, bile duct, brain, colon, stomach, bone, reproductive organs, lung and airways, skin, gallbladder, liver, nasopharynx, nerve cells, kidney, prostate, lymph glands, gastrointestinal tract, bone marrow, blood and other tumour cells containing viruses.
122. An adjuvant composition according to any one of Claims 91 to 121 wherein the adjuvant composition further comprises a population of antigen-presenting cells.
123. An adjuvant composition according to Claim 122 wherein the antigen- presenting cells are macrophages.
124. An adjuvant composition according to Claim 122 wherein the antigen- presenting cells are dendritic cells.
125. An adjuvant composition according to any one of Claims 91 to 124 wherein the composition is frozen.
126. A pharmaceutical composition comprising an adjuvant composition according to any one of Claims 91 to 125 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
127. A combination product comprising:
(a) an adjuvant composition according to any one of Claims 91 to 125; and
(b) a vaccine, wherein each of components (a) and (b) is formulated in admixture with a pharmaceutically-acceptable diluent or carrier.
128. A combination product as claimed in Claim 127 which comprises an adjuvant composition according to any one of Claims 91 to 125, a vaccine and a pharmaceutically-acceptable diluent or carrier.
129. A combination product as claimed in Claim 128 which comprises a kit of parts comprising components:
(a) a pharmaceutical formulation according to Claim 126; and
(b) a vaccine;
which components (a) and (b) are each provided in a form that is suitable for administration in conjunction with the other.
130. A method of making an adjuvant composition according to any one of Claims 91 to 125, the method comprising obtaining a population of T cells, wherein the T cells are activated (or capable of being activated) and apoptotic (or capable or being made apoptotic).
131. A method according to Claim 130 wherein the T cells are isolated/purified from primary lymphocytes.
132. A method according to Claim 130 or 131 wherein the population of T cells in step (a) are derived from the subject in which the adjuvant composition to be Used.
133. A method according to Claim 130 or 131 wherein the population of T cells in step (a) are derived from the same species as that of the subject in which the adjuvant composition is to be used.
134. A method according to any one of Claims 130 to 133 further comprising the step of exposing the T cells to an activating agent.
135. A method according to Claim 134 wherein the activating agent is selected from the group consisting of lectins (such as PHA and ConA), chemicals or agents that induce Ca2+ influx in the T cells (such as ionomycin), alloantigens, superantigens (such as SEA and SEB)5 monoclonal antibodies (such as anti-CD3, anti-CD28 and . anti-CD49d)5 cytokines (such as IL-I and TNF -α, chemokine and chemokine receptors, and molecules capable of interfering with T cell surface receptors or their . signal transducing molecules.
136. A method according to Claim 135 wherein the activating agent is PHA.
137. A method according to Claim 135 wherein the activating agent is an anti- CD3 antibody, either alone or in combination with an anti-CD28 antibody.
138. A method according to Claim 135 wherein the activating agent is an anti- CD49d antibody
139. A method according to any one of Claims 130 to 138 further comprising the step of exposing the T cells to an apoptosis-inducing agent.
140. A method according to Claim 139 wherein the apoptosis-inducing agent is selected from the group consisting of gamma-irradiation, cytostatic drugs,
UV-irradiation, mitomycin C, starvation {e.g. serum deprivation), Fas ligation, cytokines and activators of cell death receptors (as well as their signal transducing molecules), growth factors (and their signal transducing molecules), interference with cyclins, over-expression of oncogenes, molecules interfering with anti-apoptotic molecules, interference of the membrane potential of the mitochondria and steroids.
141. A method according to Claim 140 wherein the apoptosis-inducing agent is gamma-irradiation.
142. A method according to any one of Claims 130 to 141 further comprising the step of modifying the T cells such that they contain an antigenic component, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding an antigenic component
143. A method according to Claim 142 wherein the antigenic component is a
* >. microorganism or antigenic component thereof.
144. A method according to Claim 143 wherein the microorganism is selected from the group consisting of bacteria, mycoplasmas, protozoa, prions, archaea, yeasts, fungi and viruses.
145. A method according to Claim 144 wherein the microorganism is a virus.
146. A method according to Claim 145 wherein the virus is selected from the group consisting of retroviruses (such as HTV viruses, e.g. HIVl and HIV2), adenoviruses (such as adenoviruses 1, 2 and 5, chimpanzee), hepatitis viruses (such as hepatitis B virus and hepatitis C virus), CMV,
Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), herpes viruses (such as HHV6, HHV7 and HHV8), human T-cell lymphotropic viruses (such as HTLVl and HTLV2), Pox viruses (such as canarypox, vaccinia), rabies viruses, murine leukaemia viruses, alpha replicons, measles, rubella, polio, caliciviruses, paramyxoviruses, vesicular stomatitis viruses, papilloma, leporipox, parvoviruses, papovaviruses, togaviruses, picornaviruses, reoviruses and ortmyxoviruses (such as influenza viruses).
147. A method according to Claim 146 wherein the virus is an HIV virus.
148. A method according to Claim 147 wherein the virus is HIVl or HIV2.
149. A method according to Claim 144 wherein the microorganism is a bacterium.
150. A method according to Claim 149 wherein the bacterium is selected from the group consisting of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, salmonella, listeria,
Treponema pallidum, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis and Haemophilus ducreyi.
151. A method according to Claim 144 wherein the microorganism is a protozoan.
152. A method according to Claim 151 wherein the protozoan is selected from the group consisting of Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium ovale, Plasmodium malariae and Trichomonas vaginalis.
153. A method according to Claim 142 wherein the antigenic component is from a cancer cell.
154. A method according to Claim 153 wherein the cancer cell is selected from the group consisting of cancer cells of the breast, bile duct, brain, colon, stomach, bone, reproductive organs, lung and airways, skin, gallbladder, liver, nasopharynx, nerve cells, kidney, prostate, lymph glands, gastrointestinal tract, bone marrow, blood and other tumour cells containing viruses.
155. A method according to any one of Claims 142 to 154 wherein the T cells are modified using a method selected from the group consisting of transfection, infection and fusion.
156. A method according to Claim 155 wherein the T cells are modified by transfection with a nucleic acid molecule encoding the antigen component.
157. A method according to Claim 156 wherein transfection is achieved using nanoparticles.
158. A method according to Claim 155 wherein the T cells are modified by infection with a virus.
159. A method according to any one of Claims 130 to 158 further comprising the step of culturing the T cells.
160. A method according to any one of Claims 130 to 159 further comprising the step of freezing the T cells.
161. A method according to any one of Claims 130 to 160 further comprising the step of adding a population of antigen-presenting cells to the cellular vaccine.
162. The method according to Claim 161 wherein the antigen-presenting cells are macrophages.
163. The method according to Claim 161 wherein the antigen-presenting cells are dendritic cells.
164. A method for treatment of a subject with a pathological condition, the method comprising administering to the subject a vaccine and an adjuvant composition according to any one of Claims 91 to 125, a pharmaceutical composition according to Claim 126, or a combination product according to any one of Claims 127 to 129.
165. A method according to Claim 164 wherein the.method is a vaccination.
166. A method according to Claim 164 or 165 wherein the pathological condition is caused by microorganism selected from the group consisting of bacteria, mycoplasmas, protozoa, yeasts, prions, archaea, fungi and viruses.
167. A method according to any one of Claims 164 to 166 wherein the microorganism is a virus.
168. A method according to Claim 167 wherein the virus is selected from the group consisting of retroviruses (such as HIV viruses, e.g. HIVl and HIV2), adenoviruses (such as adenoviruses 1, 2 and 5, chimpanzee), hepatitis viruses (such as hepatitis B virus and hepatitis C virus), CMV,
Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), herpes viruses (such as HHV6, HHV7 and HHV8), human T-cell lymphotropic viruses (such as HTLVl and HTLV2), Pox viruses (such as canarypox, vaccinia), rabies viruses, murine leukaemia viruses, alpha replicons, measles, rubella, polio, caliciviruses, paramyxoviruses, vesicular stomatitis viruses, papilloma, leporipox, parvoviruses, papovaviruses, togaviruses, picornaviruses, reo viruses and ortmyxo viruses (such as influenza viruses).
169. A method according to Claim 168 wherein the virus is an HIV virus.
170. A method according to Claim 169 wherein the virus is HIVl or HIV2.
171. A method according to any one of Claims 164 to 166 wherein the microorganism is a bacterium.
172. A method according to Claim 171 wherein the bacteria is selected from the group consisting of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, salmonella, listeria, Treponema pallidum, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis and Haemophilus ducreyi. .
173. A method according to any one of Claims 164 to 166 wherein the microorganism is a protozoan.
174. A method according to Claim 173 wherein the protozoan is selected from the group consisting of Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium ovale, Plasmodium malariae and Trichomonas vaginalis.
175. A method according to Claim 164 or 165 wherein the pathological condition is a cancer.
176. A method according to Claim 175 wherein the cancer is selected from the group consisting of cancer cells of the breast, bile duct, brain, colon, stomach, bone, reproductive organs, lung and airways, skin, gallbladder, liver, nasopharynx, nerve cells, kidney, prostate, lymph glands, gastrointestinal tract, bone marrow, blood and other tumour cells containing viruses.
177. A method according to any one of Claims 164 to 176 wherein the T cells in the adjuvant composition are exposed to an apoptosis-inducing agent immediately prior to administration to the subject.
178. An adjuvant composition according to any one of Claims 91 to 125, a pharmaceutical composition according to Claim 126, or a combination product according to any one of Claims 127 to 129 for use in medicine.
179. An adjuvant composition according to any one of Claims 91 to 125, a pharmaceutical composition according to Claim 126, or a combination product according to any one of Claims 127 to 129 for use in the treatment of a subject with a pathological condition.
180. Use of an adjuvant composition according to any one of Claims 91 to 125, a pharmaceutical composition according to Claim 126, or a combination product according to any one of Claims 127 to 129 in the preparation of a medicament for treatment of a subject with a pathological condition.
181. A method of enhancing the effect of a vaccine comprising administering to a subject an adjuvant composition according to any one of Claims 91 to 125, a pharmaceutical composition according to Claim 126, or a combination product according to any one of Claims 127 to 129.
182. A method of activating antigen-presenting cells comprising administering contacting the antigen-presenting cells with an adjuvant composition according to any one of Claims 91 to 125, a pharmaceutical composition according to Claim 126, or a combination product according to any one of Claims 127 to 129.
183. A composition having microbicide activity, or capable thereof upon exposure to antigen-presenting cells, the composition comprising or consisting of a population of T cells, wherein the T cells are:
(a) activated, or capable of being activated; and
(b) apoptotic, or capable or being made apoptotic.
184. A composition according to Claim 183 comprising or consisting of CD 4+ T cells and/or CD 8+ T cells.
185. A composition according to Claim 184 comprising or consisting of PBMCs.
186. A composition according to any one of Claims 183 to 185 comprising preferentially or predominantly of CD 4+ T cells, for example at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or more CD 4+ T cells.
187. A composition according to any one of Claims 183 to 185 comprising preferentially or predominantly of CD 8+ T cells, for example at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or more CD 8+ T cells.
188. A composition according to any one of Claims 183 to 187 wherein the T cells are isolated/derived from primary lymphocytes.
189. A composition according to Claims 183 to 188 wherein the T cells are derived from the subject in which the composition is to be used.
190. A composition according to Claims 183 to 189 wherein the T cells are derived from the same species as that of the subject in which the composition is to be used.
191. A composition according to Claims 183 to 190 wherein the T cells are obtained or derived from an immortalised cell line.
192. A composition according to Claim 183 or 191 wherein the T cells are activated, or capable of being activated, by exposure to an activating agent selected from the group consisting of lectins (such as PHA and ConA), chemicals or agents that induce Ca2+ influx in the T cells (such as ionomycin), alloantigens, superantigens (such as SEA and SEB), monoclonal antibodies (such as anti-CD3, anti-CD28 and anti-CD49d), cytokines (such as IL-I and TNF-α, chemokine and chemokine receptors, and molecules capable of interfering with T cell surface receptors or then- signal transducing molecules.
193. A composition according to Claim 192 wherein the activating agent is PHA.
194. A composition according to Claim 192 wherein the activating agent is an anti-CD3 antibody, either alone or in combination with an anti-CD28 antibody.
195. A composition according to Claim 192 wherein the activating agent is an anti-CD49d antibody
196. A composition according to any one of Claims 183 to 195 wherein the T cells are apoptotic, or capable or being made apoptotic, by exposure to an apoptosis-inducing agent selected from the group consisting of gamma- irradiation, cytostatic drugs, UV-irradiation, mitomycin C, starvation (e.g. serum deprivation), Fas ligation, cytokines and activators of cell death receptors (as well as their signal transducing molecules), growth factors (and their signal transducing molecules), interference with cyclins, over- expression of oncogenes, molecules interfering with anti-apoptotic molecules, interference of the membrane potential of the mitochondria and steroids.
197. A composition according to Claim 196 wherein the apoptosis-inducing agent is gamma-irradiation.
198. A composition according to any one of Claims 183 to 197 wherein the T cells are modified such that they contain an antigenic component, and/or a nucleic acid molecule encoding an antigenic component thereof.
199. A composition according to Claim 198 wherein the T cells are modified such that they contain a microorganism, or antigenic component thereof, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding a microorganism or antigenic component thereof.
200. A composition according to Claim 199 wherein the microorganism is selected from the group consisting of bacteria, mycoplasmas, protozoa, prions, archaea, yeasts, fungi and viruses.
201. A composition according to Claim 200 wherein the microorganism is a virus.
202. A composition according to Claim 201 wherein the virus is selected from the group consisting of retroviruses (such as HIV viruses, e.g. HIVl and 7 004303
HIV2), adenoviruses (such as adenoviruses 1, 2 and 5, chimpanzee), hepatitis viruses (such as hepatitis B virus and hepatitis C virus), CMV, Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), herpes viruses (such as HHV6, HHV7 and HHV8), human T-cell lymphotropic viruses (such as HTLVl and HTL V2), Pox viruses (such as canarypox, vaccinia), rabies viruses, murine leukaemia viruses, alpha replicons, measles, rubella, polio, caliciviruses, paramyxoviruses, vesicular stomatitis viruses, papilloma, leporipox, parvoviruses, papovaviruses, togaviruses, picornaviruses, reoviruses and ortmyxoviruses (such as influenza viruses).
203. A composition according to Claim 202 wherein the virus is an HIV virus.
204. A composition according to Claim 203 wherein the virus is HIVl or HIV2.
205. A composition according to Claim 200 wherein the microorganism is a bacterium.
206. A composition according to Claim 205 wherein the bacterium is selected from the group consisting of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, salmonella, listeria, Treponema pallidum, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis and Haemophilus ducreyi.
207. A composition according to Claim 200 wherein the microorganism is a protozoan,
208. A composition according to Claim 207 wherein the protozoan is selected from the group consisting of Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium ovale, Plasmodium malariae and Trichomonas vaginalis.
209. A composition according to any one of Claims 183 to 208 wherein the adjuvant composition further comprises a population of antigen- presenting cells.
210. A composition according to Claim 209 wherein the antigen-presenting cells are macrophages.
211. A composition according to Claim 209 wherein the antigen-presenting cells are dendritic cells.
212. A composition according to any one of Claims 183 to 211 wherein the composition is frozen.
213. A composition according to any one of Claims 183 to 212 further comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
214. A combination product comprising:
(a) a composition according to any one of Claims 183 to 213; and
(b) a population of antigen-presenting cells,
wherein each of components (a) and (b) is formulated in admixture with a pharmaceutically-acceptable diluent or carrier.
215. A combination product as claimed in Claim 214 which comprises a composition according to any one of Claims 183 to 213, a population of antigen-presenting cells and a pharmaceutically-acceptable diluent or carrier.
216. A combination product as claimed in Claim 214 which comprises a kit of parts comprising components:
(a) a composition according to any one of Claims 183 to 213; and
(b) a population of antigen-presenting cells; which components (a) and (b) are each provided in a form that is suitable for administration in conjunction with the other.
217. A combination product according any one of Claims 214 to 218 wherein the composition is frozen.
218. A method of making a composition according to any one of Claims 183 to 216, the method comprising obtaining a population of T cells, wherein the T cells are activated (or capable of being activated) and apoptotic (or capable or being made apoptotic).
219. A method according to Claim 218 wherein the T cells are isolated/purified from primary lymphocytes.
220. A method according to Claim 218 or 219 wherein the population of T cells in step (a) are derived from the subject in which the composition to be used.
221. A method according to Claim 218 or 219 wherein the population of T cells in step (a) are derived from the same species as that of the subject in which the composition is to be used.
222. A method according to any one of Claims 218 to 221 further comprising the step of exposing the T cells to an activating agent.
223. A method according to Claim 222 wherein the activating agent is selected from the group consisting of lectins (such as PHA and ConA), chemicals or agents that induce Ca2+ influx in the T cells (such as ionomycin), alloantigens, superantigens (such as SEA and SEB), monoclonal antibodies (such as anti-CD3, anti-CD28 and anti-CD49d), cytokines
(such as IL-I and TNF-α, chemokine and chemokine receptors, and molecules capable of interfering with T cell surface receptors or their signal transducing molecules.
224. A method according to Claim 223 wherein the activating agent is PHA.
225. A method according to Claim 223 wherein the activating agent is an anti- CD3 antibody, either alone or in combination with an anti-CD28 antibody.
226. A method according to Claim 223 wherein the activating agent is an anti- CD49d antibody
227. A method according to any one of Claims 218 to 226 further comprising the step of exposing the CD 4+ T cells to an apoptosis-inducing agent.
228. A method according to Claim 227 wherein the apoptosis-inducing agent is selected from the group consisting of gamma-irradiation, cytostatic drugs, UV-irradiation, mitomycin C, starvation {e.g. serum deprivation), Fas ligation, cytokines and activators of cell death receptors (as well as their signal transducing molecules), growth factors (and their signal transducing molecules), interference with cyclins, over-expression of oncogenes, molecules interfering with anti-apoptotic molecules, interference of the membrane potential of the mitochondria and steroids.
229. A method according to Claim 228 wherein the apoptosis-inducing agent is gamma-irradiation.
230. A method according to any one of Claims 218 to 229 further comprising the step of modifying the T cells such that they contain an antigenic component, or a nucleic acid molecule encoding an antigenic component
231. A method according to Claim 230 wherein the antigenic component is a microorganism or antigenic component thereof.
232. A method according to Claim 231 wherein the microorganism is selected from the group consisting of bacteria, mycoplasmas, protozoa, yeasts, prions, archaea, fungi and viruses.
233. A method according to Claim 232 wherein the microorganism is a virus.
234. A method according to Claim 233 wherein the virus is selected from the group consisting of retroviruses (such as HTV viruses, e.g. HTVl and HIV2), adenoviruses (such' as adenoviruses 1, 2 and 5, chimpanzee), hepatitis viruses (such as hepatitis B virus and hepatitis C virus), CMV,
Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), herpes viruses (such as HHV6, HHV7 and HHV8), human T-cell lymphotropic viruses (such as HTLVl and HTLV2), Pox viruses (such as canarypox, vaccinia), rabies viruses, murine leukaemia viruses, alpha replicons, measles, rubella, polio, caliciviruses, paramyxoviruses, vesicular stomatitis viruses, papilloma, leporipox, parvoviruses, papovaviruses, togaviruses, picornaviruses, reo viruses and ortmyxoviruses (such as influenza viruses).
235. A method according to Claim 234 wherein the virus is an HIV virus.
236. A method according to Claim 235 wherein the virus is HTVl or HTV2.
237. A method according to Claim 232 wherein the microorganism is a bacterium.
238. A method according to Claim 237 wherein the bacteria is selected from the group consisting of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, salmonella, listeria, Treponema pallidum, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis and Haemophilus ducreyi.
239. A method according to Claim 232 wherein the microorganism is a protozoan.
240. A method according to Claim 239 wherein the protozoan is selected from the group consisting of Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium ovale, Plasmodium malaήae and Trichomonas vaginalis.
241. A method according to any one of Claims 218 to 240 wherein the T cells are modified using a method selected from the group consisting of transfection, infection and fusion.
242." A method according to Claim 241 wherein the T cells are modified by transfection with a nucleic acid molecule encoding the antigen component.
243. A method according to Claim 242 wherein transfection is achieved using nanoparticles.
244. A method according to Claim 241 wherein the T cells are modified by infection with a virus.
245. A method according to any one of Claims 218 to 244 further comprising the step of culturing the T cells.
246. A method according to any one of Claims 218 to '245 further comprising the step of freezing the T cells.
247. A method according to any one of Claims 218 to 246 further comprising the step of adding a population of antigen-presenting cells to the composition.
248. The method according to Claim 247 wherein the antigen-presenting cells are macrophages.
249. The method according to Claim 247 wherein the antigen-presenting cells are dendritic cells.
250. A method for treatment of a subject with a pathological condition, the method comprising administering to the subject a composition according to any one of Claims 183 to 213, or a combination product according to any one ofClaims 214 to 217.
251. A method according to Claim 250 wherein the pathological condition is caused by microorganism selected from the group consisting of bacteria, mycoplasmas, protozoa, yeasts, prions, archaea, fungi and viruses.
252. A method according to Claim 250 or 251 wherein the microorganism is a virus.
253. A method according to Claim 252 wherein the virus is selected from the group consisting of retroviruses (such as HIV viruses, e.g. HIVl and
HIV2), adenoviruses (such as adenoviruses 1, 2 and 5, chimpanzee), hepatitis viruses (such as hepatitis B virus and hepatitis C virus), CMV, Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), herpes viruses (such as HHV6, HHV7 and HHV8), human T-cell lymphotropic viruses (such as HTLVl and HTL V2), Pox viruses (such as canarypox, vaccinia), rabies viruses, murine leukaemia viruses, alpha replicons, measles, rubella, polio, caliciviruses, paramyxoviruses, vesicular stomatitis viruses, papilloma, leporipox, parvoviruses, papovaviruses, togaviruses, picornaviruses, reo viruses and ortmyxo viruses (such as influenza viruses).
254. A method according to Claim 253 wherein the virus is an HIV virus.
255. A method according to Claim 254 wherein the virus is HIVl or HIV2.
256. A method according to Claim 250 or 251 wherein the microorganism is a bacterium.
257. A method according to Claim 256 wherein the bacteria is selected from the group consisting of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, salmonella, listeria, Treponema pallidum, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis and Haemophilus ducreyi.
258. A method according to Claim 250 or 251 wherein the microorganism is a protozoan (such as Trichomonas vaginalis) or fungus (such as Candida albicans).
259. A method according to any one of Claims 250 to 258 wherein the T cells in the composition are exposed to an apoptosis-inducing agent immediately prior to administration to the subject.
260. A composition according to any one of Claims 183 to 213, or a combination product according to any one of Claims 214 to 217 for use hi medicine.
261. A composition according to any one of Claims 183 to 213, or a combination product according to any one of Claims 214 to 217 for use in the treatment of a subject with a pathological condition.
262. Use of a composition according to any one' of Claims 183 to 213, or a combination product according to any one of Claims 214 to 217 in the preparation of a medicament for treatment of a subject with a pathological condition.
263. Use of a composition according to any one of Claims 183 to 213, or a combination product according to any one of Claims 214 to 217 in the preparation of a medicament for killing microorganisms.
264. Use of a composition according to any one of Claims 183 to 213, or a combination product according to any one of Claims 214 to 217 to kill microorganisms.
265. The use according to Claim 264 wherein the pathological condition is caused by microorganism selected from the group consisting of bacteria, mycoplasmas, protozoa, yeasts, prions, archaea, fungi and viruses.
266. The use according to Claim 264 or 265 wherein the microorganism is a virus.
267. A method according to Claim 266 wherein the virus is an HTV virus.
268. A method according to Claim 267 wherein the virus is HIVl or HIV2.
269. A method for making a composition having microbicide activity, the composition comprising contacting a population of activated, apoptotic T cells with a population of antigen-presenting cells in a cell medium in vitro and then obtaining cell medium therefrom.
270. A composition having microbicide activity obtained or obtainable by a method according to Claim 269.
271. A composition according to Claim 270 wherein the composition comprises one or more chemokines/cytokines with anti-viral activity.
272. A method for stimulation of antigen-presenting cells, which method comprises the following steps:
a) providing CD 4+ T cells isolated from primary lymphocytes; b) activation of the T cells; c) culturing of the T cells in appropriate medium; d) modification of the T cells with a microbial agent or antigen thereof using a method selected from the group consisting of transfection, infection or fusion; e) freezing the T cells; f) induction of apoptosis in the T cells; and g) addition of the activated apoptotic T cells to antigen-presenting cells, wherein the order in which the steps are performed is optional.
273. The method according to Claim 272, wherein the method comprises the following steps:
a) providing CD 4+ T cells isolated from primary lymphocytes; b) activation of the T cells; c) culturing of the T cells in appropriate medium; d) modification of the T cells with a microbial agent or antigen thereof using a method selected from the group consisting of transfection, infection or fusion; e) freezing the T cells; f) induction of apoptosis in the T cells; and g) addition of the activated apoptotic T cells to antigen-presenting cells.
274. The method according to Claim 272, wherein the method comprises the following steps:
a) providing CD 4+ T cells isolated from primary lymphocytes; b) culturing of the T cells in appropriate medium; c) activation of the T cells; d) modification of the T cells with a microbial agent or antigen thereof using a method selected from the group consisting of transfection, infection or fusion; e) freezing the T cells; f) induction of apoptosis in the T cells; and g) addition of the activated apoptotic T cells to antigen-presenting cells.
275. The method according to claim 272, wherein the method comprises the following steps: a) providing CD 4+ T cells isolated from primary lymphocytes; b) activation of the T cells; c) culturing of the T cells in appropriate medium; d) modification of the T cells with a microbial agent or antigen thereof using a method selected from the group consisting of transfection, infection or fusion; e) induction of apoptosis in the T cells; f) freezing the T cells; and g) addition of the activated apoptotic T cells to antigen-presenting cells.
276. The method according to Claim 272, wherein the method comprises the following steps:
a) providing CD 4+ T cells isolated from primary lymphocytes; b) modification of the T cells with a microbial agent or antigen thereof using a method selected from the group consisting of transfection, infection or fusion; c) culturing of the T cells in appropriate medium; d) activation of the T cells; e) freezing the T cells; f) induction of apoptosis in the T cells; and g) addition of the activated apoptotic T cells to antigen-presenting cells.
277. The method according to Claim 272, wherein the method comprises the following steps:
a) providing CD 4+ T cells isolated from primary lymphocytes; b) modification of the T cells with a microbial agent or antigen thereof using a method selected from the group consisting of transfection, infection or fusion; c) culturing of the T cells in appropriate medium; d) activation of the T cells; e) induction of apoptosis in the T cells; f) freezing the T cells; and g) addition of the activated apoptotic T cells to antigen-presenting cells.
278. The method according to Claim 272, wherein the antigen-presenting cells are macrophages.
279. The method according to Claim 272, wherein the antigen-presenting cells are dendritic cells.
280. The method according to Claim 272, wherein the T cells are autologous.
281. The method according to Claim 272, wherein the T cells are allogeneic.
282. The method according to Claim 272, wherein the modification of the T cells is performed by infection.
283. The method according to Claim 282, wherein the method for modification is performed by infection with a virus selected from the group consisting of viruses within the herpes virus family, such as EBV, and retroviruses, such as HIV.
284. The method according to Claim 282, wherein the infection is performed with HIV-I or HIV-2.
285. The method according to Claim 272, wherein the modification of the T cells is performed by transfection.
286. The method according to Claim 285, wherein the transfection is conducted with microbial genes.
287. The method according to Claim 285, wherein the transfection is conducted with microbial genes selected from the group consisting of HIV, hepatitis B and C virus, CMV, EBV, influenza virus and Mycobacterium tuberculosis genes.
288. The method according to Claim 272, wherein the T cells are activated through the addition of a substance selected from the group of consisting of PHA and ConA.
289. The method according to any Claim 272, wherein the T cells are activated through the addition of a superantigen selected from the group consisting of SEA and SEB.
290. The method according to Claim 272, wherein the T cells are activated through the addition of a monoclonal antibody selected from the group consisting of anti-CD3, anti-CD28 and anti-CD49d.
291. The method according to Claim 272, wherein the T cells are activated through the addition of anti-CD 3 and/or anti-CD28.
292. The method according to Claim 272, wherein the apoptosis is induced using a method selected from the group comprising of gamma-irradiation, addition of cytostatic drugs and UV-irradiation.
293. An in vitro method for production of a cellular vaccine which method comprises the following steps:
a) providing CD 4+ T cells isolated from primary lymphocytes; b) activation of the T cells; c) culturing of the T cells in appropriate medium; d) modification of the T cells with a microbial agent or antigen thereof using a method selected from the group consisting of transfection, infection or fusion; e) freezing the T cells; and f) induction of apoptosis in the T cells, 04303
wherein the order in which the steps are performed is optional.
294. The method according to Claim 293, wherein the method comprises the following steps:
a) providing CD 4+ T cells isolated from primary lymphocytes; b) culturing of the T cells in appropriate medium; c) activation of the T cells; d) modification of the T cells with a microbial agent or antigen thereof using a method selected from the group consisting of transfection, infection or fusion; e) freezing the T cells; and f) induction of apoptosis in the T cells.
295. The method according to Claim 293, wherein the method comprises the following steps:
a) providing CD 4+ T cells isolated from primary lymphocytes; b) activation of the T cells; c) culturing of the T cells in appropriate medium; d) modification of the T cells with a microbial agent or antigen thereof using a method selected from the group consisting of transfection, infection or fusion; e) induction of apoptosis in the T cells; and f) freezing the T cells.
296. The method according to Claim 293, wherein the method comprises the following steps:
a) providing CD 4+ T cells isolated from primary lymphocytes; b) modification of the T cells with a microbial agent or antigen thereof using a method selected from the group consisting of transfection, infection or fusion; c) culturing of the T cells in appropriate medium; 5 d) activation of the T cells; e) freezing the T cells; and f) induction of apoptosis in the T cells.
297. The method according to Claim 293, wherein the method comprises the o folio wing steps :
a) providing CD 4+ T cells isolated from primary lymphocytes; b) modification of the T cells with a microbial agent or antigen thereof using a method selected from the group consisting of transfection, 5 infection or fusion; c) culturing of the T cells in appropriate medium; d) activation of the T cells; e) induction of apoptosis in the T cells; and f) freezing the T cells.
298. The method according to Claim 293, wherein the modification of the T cells is performed by infection.
299. The method according to Claim 298, wherein the infection is performed with a virus selected from the group consisting of viruses within the herpes virus family, such as EBV and retroviruses, such as HTV.
300. The method according to Claim 299, wherein the infection is performed with HIV-I or HIV-2.
301. The method according to Claim 293, wherein the modification of the T cells is performed by transfection.
302. The method according to Claim 301, wherein the transfection is conducted with microbial genes.
303. The method according to Claim 302, wherein the transfection is conducted with microbial genes selected from the group consisting of
HIV, hepatitis B and C virus, CMV, EBV, influenza virus and Mycobacterium tuberculosis genes.
304. The method according to Claim 293, wherein the T-cells are autologous.
305. The method according to Claim 293, wherein the T-cells are allogeneic.
306. The method according to Claim 293, wherein the T cells are activated through the addition of a substance selected from the group of consisting of PHA and ConA.
307. The method according to any Claim 293, wherein the T cells are activated through the addition of a superantigen selected from the group consisting of SEA and SEB.
308. The method according to Claim 293, wherein the T cells are activated through the addition of a monoclonal antibody selected from the group consisting of anti-CD3, anti-CD28 and anti-CD49d.
309. The method according to Claim 293, wherein the T cells are activated through the addition of anti-CD3 and/or anti-CD28.
310. The method according to Claim 293, wherein the apoptosis is induced using a method selected from the group comprising of gamma-irradiation, addition of cytostatic drugs and UV-irradiation.
311. The method according to Claim 310, wherein apoptosis is induced through the use of gamma-irradiation.
312. A vaccine produced according to the method of any one of Claims 293 to 311.
313. The vaccine according to Claim 312 for therapeutic treatment of a pathological condition caused by a microorganism selected from the group consisting of HIV, hepatitis B virus, hepatitis C virus, CMV5 EBV, influenza virus and Mycobacterium tuberculosis.
314. The vaccine according to Claim 313 for prophylactic treatment of infectious agents.
315. The vaccine according to any one of the Claims 312 to 314, wherein the vaccine is autologous.
316. The vaccine according to any one of the Claims 312 to 315, wherein the vaccine is allogeneic.
317. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the vaccine according to any ' one of the Claims 312 to 314 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent thereof.
318. A method for prevention, alleviation or treatment of a pathological condition in a patient comprising administering a vaccine according to any one of Claims 312 to 316 to said patient.
319. The method according to Claim 318 wherein the vaccine is active against a virus or bacteria selected from the group consisting of HFV5. hepatitis B and C virus, CMV, EBV, influenza virus and Mycobacterium tuberculosis.
320. The method according to Claim 319 wherein the vaccine is active against HIV-I orHIY-2.
PCT/GB2007/004303 2006-11-10 2007-11-12 Novel compositions and uses thereof WO2008056174A2 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US12/514,233 US20100040589A1 (en) 2006-11-10 2007-11-12 Novel Compositions and Uses Thereof
EP07824532A EP2089054A2 (en) 2006-11-10 2007-11-12 Novel compositions and uses thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
GB0622399.4 2006-11-10
GBGB0622399.4A GB0622399D0 (en) 2006-11-10 2006-11-10 Novel compositions and uses thereof

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2008056174A2 true WO2008056174A2 (en) 2008-05-15
WO2008056174A3 WO2008056174A3 (en) 2008-07-03

Family

ID=37594654

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/GB2007/004303 WO2008056174A2 (en) 2006-11-10 2007-11-12 Novel compositions and uses thereof

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US20100040589A1 (en)
EP (1) EP2089054A2 (en)
GB (1) GB0622399D0 (en)
WO (1) WO2008056174A2 (en)

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016170541A1 (en) 2015-04-21 2016-10-27 Enlivex Therapeutics Ltd. Therapeutic pooled blood apoptotic cell preparations and uses thereof
US11000548B2 (en) 2015-02-18 2021-05-11 Enlivex Therapeutics Ltd Combination immune therapy and cytokine control therapy for cancer treatment
US11304976B2 (en) 2015-02-18 2022-04-19 Enlivex Therapeutics Ltd Combination immune therapy and cytokine control therapy for cancer treatment
US11318163B2 (en) 2015-02-18 2022-05-03 Enlivex Therapeutics Ltd Combination immune therapy and cytokine control therapy for cancer treatment
US11497767B2 (en) 2015-02-18 2022-11-15 Enlivex Therapeutics R&D Ltd Combination immune therapy and cytokine control therapy for cancer treatment
US11512289B2 (en) 2015-02-18 2022-11-29 Enlivex Therapeutics Rdo Ltd Combination immune therapy and cytokine control therapy for cancer treatment
US11596652B2 (en) 2015-02-18 2023-03-07 Enlivex Therapeutics R&D Ltd Early apoptotic cells for use in treating sepsis
US11730761B2 (en) 2016-02-18 2023-08-22 Enlivex Therapeutics Rdo Ltd Combination immune therapy and cytokine control therapy for cancer treatment

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010042951A2 (en) * 2008-10-10 2010-04-15 Nano Terra Inc. Anti-reflective coatings comprising ordered layers of nanowires and methods of making and using the same
US9415070B2 (en) 2012-11-09 2016-08-16 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Methods and compositions for localized delivery of agents to virally infected cells and tissues

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20060233750A1 (en) * 2005-04-15 2006-10-19 Jim Xiang Materials and method of modulating the immune response
WO2006120439A2 (en) * 2005-05-10 2006-11-16 Avaris Ab Cellular vaccine and use thereof

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0633929B1 (en) * 1992-04-01 2004-03-03 The Rockefeller University METHOD FOR $i(IN VITRO) PROLIFERATION OF DENDRITIC CELL PRECURSORS AND THEIR USE TO PRODUCE IMMUNOGENS
US6300090B1 (en) * 1994-07-29 2001-10-09 The Rockefeller University Methods of use of viral vectors to deliver antigen to dendritic cells
US6274378B1 (en) * 1997-10-27 2001-08-14 The Rockefeller University Methods and compositions for obtaining mature dendritic cells
WO1999042564A2 (en) * 1998-02-20 1999-08-26 The Rockefeller University Apoptotic cell-mediated antigen presentation to dendritic cells
US7005131B1 (en) * 1999-08-13 2006-02-28 The Rockefeller University Protective antigen of Epstein Barr Virus
US6506596B2 (en) * 2000-06-01 2003-01-14 Anna-Lena Spetz-Holmgren Method of DNA transfer

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20060233750A1 (en) * 2005-04-15 2006-10-19 Jim Xiang Materials and method of modulating the immune response
WO2006120439A2 (en) * 2005-05-10 2006-11-16 Avaris Ab Cellular vaccine and use thereof

Cited By (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11596652B2 (en) 2015-02-18 2023-03-07 Enlivex Therapeutics R&D Ltd Early apoptotic cells for use in treating sepsis
US11304976B2 (en) 2015-02-18 2022-04-19 Enlivex Therapeutics Ltd Combination immune therapy and cytokine control therapy for cancer treatment
US11717539B2 (en) 2015-02-18 2023-08-08 Enlivex Therapeutics RDO Ltd. Combination immune therapy and cytokine control therapy for cancer treatment
US11000548B2 (en) 2015-02-18 2021-05-11 Enlivex Therapeutics Ltd Combination immune therapy and cytokine control therapy for cancer treatment
US11497767B2 (en) 2015-02-18 2022-11-15 Enlivex Therapeutics R&D Ltd Combination immune therapy and cytokine control therapy for cancer treatment
US11512289B2 (en) 2015-02-18 2022-11-29 Enlivex Therapeutics Rdo Ltd Combination immune therapy and cytokine control therapy for cancer treatment
US11318163B2 (en) 2015-02-18 2022-05-03 Enlivex Therapeutics Ltd Combination immune therapy and cytokine control therapy for cancer treatment
EP3285877A4 (en) * 2015-04-21 2018-12-05 Enlivex Therapeutics Ltd. Therapeutic pooled blood apoptotic cell preparations and uses thereof
AU2016250570B2 (en) * 2015-04-21 2021-07-01 Enlivex Therapeutics Rdo Ltd Therapeutic pooled blood apoptotic cell preparations and uses thereof
CN113106053A (en) * 2015-04-21 2021-07-13 恩立夫克治疗有限责任公司 Therapeutic pooled apoptotic cell preparation and uses thereof
AU2021203382B2 (en) * 2015-04-21 2023-02-09 Enlivex Therapeutics Rdo Ltd Therapeutic pooled blood apoptotic cell preparations and uses thereof
EP4140492A1 (en) * 2015-04-21 2023-03-01 Enlivex Therapeutics Rdo Ltd Therapeutic pooled blood apoptotic cell preparations and uses thereof
WO2016170541A1 (en) 2015-04-21 2016-10-27 Enlivex Therapeutics Ltd. Therapeutic pooled blood apoptotic cell preparations and uses thereof
US10857181B2 (en) 2015-04-21 2020-12-08 Enlivex Therapeutics Ltd Therapeutic pooled blood apoptotic cell preparations and uses thereof
US11883429B2 (en) 2015-04-21 2024-01-30 Enlivex Therapeutics Rdo Ltd Therapeutic pooled blood apoptotic cell preparations and uses thereof
US11730761B2 (en) 2016-02-18 2023-08-22 Enlivex Therapeutics Rdo Ltd Combination immune therapy and cytokine control therapy for cancer treatment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2008056174A3 (en) 2008-07-03
US20100040589A1 (en) 2010-02-18
EP2089054A2 (en) 2009-08-19
GB0622399D0 (en) 2006-12-20

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20090263421A1 (en) Cellular vaccine
US20100040589A1 (en) Novel Compositions and Uses Thereof
Mehta-Damani et al. Generation of antigen-specific CD8+ CTLs from naive precursors.
JP2002504322A (en) Apoptotic cell-mediated antigen presentation to dendritic cells
Zhao et al. Induction of anti-human immunodeficiency virus type 1 (HIV-1) CD8+ and CD4+ T-cell reactivity by dendritic cells loaded with HIV-1 X4-infected apoptotic cells
Bánki et al. Complement as an endogenous adjuvant for dendritic cell-mediated induction of retrovirus-specific CTLs
Zhang et al. Incorporation of CD40 ligand into SHIV virus-like particles (VLP) enhances SHIV-VLP-induced dendritic cell activation and boosts immune responses against HIV
US20120082687A1 (en) Use of cell adhesion inhibitor for the mobilization of antigen presenting cells and immune cells in a cell mixture (AIM) from the peripheral blood and methods of use
US20040219168A1 (en) Method for generating highly active human dendritic cells from monocytes
WO2009149539A1 (en) Enhancing antigen-specific cd8+ t cell response using irf-7 mrna
Romain et al. CD 34‐derived dendritic cells transfected ex vivo with HIV‐G ag m RNA induce polyfunctional T‐cell responses in nonhuman primates
US20110300179A1 (en) Novel Compositions and Uses Thereof
US20090041792A1 (en) Dendritic cells, uses therefor, and vaccines and methods comprising the same
AU769538B2 (en) Efficient ex vivo expansion of CD4+ and CD8+ T-cells from HIV infected subjects
Whiteside et al. Production of a dendritic cell-based vaccine containing inactivated autologous virus for therapy of patients with chronic human immunodeficiency virus type 1 infection
Kaiserlian et al. Dendritic cells and viral immunity: friends or foes?
HUSCH et al. CD3, CD8 double-positive cells from HIV-1-infected chimpanzees show group-specific inhibition of HIV-1 replication
Villamide-Herrera et al. Macaque dendritic cells infected with SIV-recombinant canarypox ex vivo induce SIV-specific immune responses in vivo
EP2617434A1 (en) HIV-1 integrase deficient immunogens and methods for loading dendritic cells with said immunogens
US20100291683A1 (en) Modified Antigen Presenting Cells and Methods of Use
RU2465324C1 (en) Method for generation of specific immune response on human immunodeficiency virus antigens
US20230372398A1 (en) Virus specific t-cells and methods of treating and preventing viral infections
US11077185B2 (en) Vaccine to pathogenic immune activation cells during infections
Oshiro et al. Dendritic cell immunotherapy for HIV infection: from theory to reality
Liu NanoAPC deliver antigen, IL-2 and co-stimulatory molecules to antigen specific T cells and activate viral specific T cells in chronic infections

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 07824532

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007824532

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 12514233

Country of ref document: US